Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended February 1, 2020January 30, 2021

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                                    to

Commission File Number: 1-4365

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Georgia

    

58-0831862

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

999 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 688, Atlanta, Georgia 30309

(Address of principal executive offices)                              (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

(404) 659-2424

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $1 par value

OXM

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

NONE

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes     No ��

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes     No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes     No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes     No 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer  

Non-accelerated filer 

Smaller reporting company 

Emerging growth company 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes     No 

As of August 2, 2019,July 31, 2020, which is the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant (based upon the closing price for the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on that date) was $978,846,984.$510,615,213. For purposes of this calculation only, shares of voting stock directly and indirectly attributable to executive officers, directors and holders of 10% or more of the registrant’s voting stock (based on Schedule 13G filings made as of or prior to August 2, 2019)July 31, 2020) are excluded. This determination of affiliate status and the calculation of the shares held by any such person are not necessarily conclusive determinations for other purposes.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

Title of Each Class

    

Number of Shares Outstanding
as of March 20, 202019, 2021

Common Stock, $1 par value

16,750,40316,930,735

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of our proxy statement for our Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 16, 202015, 2021 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

Table of Contents

Table of Contents

Page

PART I

Item 1.

Business

57

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

2625

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

4139

Item 2.

Properties

4139

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

4240

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

4240

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

4341

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

4542

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

4643

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

6968

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

7270

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

111108

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

111108

Item 9B.

Other Information

113110

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

113110

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

114110

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

114110

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

114110

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

114110

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

115111

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

116112

Signatures

117113

2

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Our SEC filings and public announcements may include forward-looking statements about future events. Generally, the words "believe," "expect," "intend," "estimate," "anticipate," "project," "will" and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements, which generally are not historical in nature. We intend for all forward-looking statements contained herein, in our press releases or on our website, and all subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf, to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and the provisions of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (which Sections were adopted as part of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995). Such statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions including, without limitation, the effectimpact of the currentongoing coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak;pandemic, including uncertainties about its scope and duration (including resurgence of COVID-19 cases), future store closures or other restrictions (including reduced hours and capacity) due to government mandates, and the effectiveness of store re-openings and reduction initiatives (including our ability to effectively renegotiate rent obligations), any or all of which may also affect many of the following risks; demand for our products, which may be impacted by competitive conditions and/or evolving consumer shopping patterns; macroeconomic factors that may impact consumer discretionary spending for apparel and related products; the impact of any restructuring initiatives we may undertake in one or more of our business lines, including the process, timing, costs, uncertainties and effects of our announced exit of the Lanier Apparel business; costs of products as well as the raw materials used in those products; expected pricing levels; costs of labor; the timing of shipments requested by our wholesale customers; changes,expected outcomes of pending or potential litigation and the impact on our business operations of suchregulatory actions; changes in international, federal or state tax, trade and other laws and regulations, including the potential imposition of additional duties, tariffs, taxes duties; the ability of business partners, including suppliers, vendors, licensees and landlords, to meet their obligations to us and/or other chargescontinue our business relationship to the same degree in light of current or barriers to trade and our ability to implement mitigating sourcing strategies;future financial stress, staffing shortages, liquidity challenges and/or bankruptcy filings; weather; fluctuations and volatility in global financial markets; retention of and disciplined execution by key management; the timing and cost of store and restaurant openings and remodels, as well astechnology implementations and other capital expenditures; acquisition and disposition activities, including our ability to timely recognize expected synergies from acquisitions; expected outcomes of pending or potential litigation and regulatory actions; the impact of any restructuring initiatives we may undertake in one or more of our business lines; access to capital and/or credit markets; the impact of tax and other legislative changes; changes in accounting standards and related guidance; and factors that could affect our consolidated effective tax rate.rate, including estimated Fiscal 2020 taxable losses eligible for carry back under the CARES Act. Forward-looking statements reflect our expectations at the time such forward looking statements are made, based on information available at such time, and are not guarantees of performance. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, these expectations could prove inaccurate as such statements involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties, or other risks or uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial, materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or projected. Important factors relating to these risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors and elsewhere in this report and those described from time to time in our future reports filed with the SEC. We caution that one should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. We disclaim any intention, obligation or duty to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

3

Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF RISKS AFFECTING OUR BUSINESS

Our business is subject to numerous risks. The following summary highlights some of the risks you should consider with respect to our business and prospects. This summary is not complete and the risks summarized below are not the only risks we face. You should review and carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described in more detail in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors, which includes a more complete discussion of the risks summarized below:

Risks Related to our Industry and Macroeconomic Conditions

The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and will continue to have, a material adverse effect on our business, revenues, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business and financial condition are heavily influenced by general economic and market conditions which are outside of our control.

We operate in a highly competitive industry and may face competition from companies with significantly greater resources than us.

Failure to anticipate and adapt to changing fashion trends and consumer preferences could harm our reputation and financial performance.

Our operations and those of our suppliers, vendors and wholesale customers may be affected by changes in weather patterns, natural or man-made disasters, civil unrest, public health crises, war, terrorism or other catastrophes.

Risks Related to our Business Strategy and Operations

Our inability to execute our direct to consumer and portfolio-level strategies in response to shifts in consumer shopping behavior could adversely affect our financial results and operations.

Failure to maintain the reputation or value of our brands could harm our business operations and financial condition.

We may be unable to grow our business through organic growth, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

Failure to successfully execute our strategic initiative to improve Tommy Bahama’s operating performance may have an adverse impact on our growth and profitability.

The acquisition of new businesses is inherently risky, and we cannot be certain that we will realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisition.

The divestiture or discontinuation of businesses and product lines, such as our exit of the Lanier Apparel business, could result in unexpected liabilities and adversely affect our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

The loss of one or more of our key wholesale customers, or a significant adverse change in a customer’s financial position, could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.

Our business could be harmed if we fail to maintain proper inventory levels.

We are subject to risks associated with leasing real estate for our retail stores and restaurants.

We make use of debt to finance our operations, which exposes us to risks that could adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

Risks Related to Cybersecurity and Information Technology

Cybersecurity attacks and/or breaches of information security or privacy could disrupt our operations, cause us to incur additional expenses, expose us to litigation and/or cause us financial harm.

Our operations are reliant on information technology, and any interruption or other failure could have an adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

4

Table of Contents

Reliance on outdated technology or failure to upgrade our information technology systems and capabilities could impair the efficient operation of our business and our ability to compete.

Remote work arrangements could inhibit our ability to effectively operate our business and result in enhanced cybersecurity risks.

Risks Related to our Sourcing and Distribution Strategies

Our reliance on third party producers in foreign countries to meet our production demands exposes us to risks that could disrupt our supply chain, increase our costs and negatively impact our operations.

Any disruption or failure in our primary distribution facilities may materially adversely affect our business or operations.

Fluctuations and volatility in the cost and availability of raw materials, labor and freight may materially increase our costs.

Labor-related matters, including labor disputes, may adversely affect our operations.

Our international operations, including foreign sourcing, result in an exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Our geographic concentration of retail stores, restaurants and wholesale customers exposes us to certain regional risks.

Risks Related to Regulatory, Tax and Financial Reporting Matters

Our business is subject to various federal, foreign, state and local laws and regulations, and the costs of compliance with, or the violation of, such laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on our costs or operations.

Changes in international trade regulation could increase our costs and disrupt our supply chain.

Any violation or perceived violation of our codes of conduct or environmental and social compliance programs, including by our manufacturers or vendors, could have a material adverse effect on our brands.

As a global apparel company, we may experience fluctuations in our tax liabilities and effective tax rate.

Impairment charges for intangible assets or goodwill could have a material adverse impact on our financial results.

Any failure to maintain liquor licenses or comply with applicable regulations could adversely affect the profitability of our restaurant operations.

General Risks

Our business depends on our senior management and other key personnel, and failure to successfully attract, retain and implement succession of our senior management and key personnel may have an adverse effect on our operations and ability to execute our strategies.

We may be unable to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property.

We are subject to periodic litigation, which may cause us to incur substantial expenses or unexpected liabilities.

Our common stock price may be highly volatile, and we may be unable to meet investor and analyst expectations.

Other factors may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

DEFINITIONS

As used in this report, unless the context requires otherwise, "our," "us" or "we" means Oxford Industries, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries; "SG&A" means selling, general and administrative expenses; "SEC" means the United

5

Table of Contents

States Securities and Exchange Commission; "FASB" means the Financial Accounting Standards Board; "ASC" means the FASB Accounting Standards Codification; "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States; "discontinued operations" means the assets and operations of our former Ben Sherman operating group which we sold in Fiscal 2015; "TBBC" means The Beaufort Bonnet Company; and "U.S. Tax Reform" means the United States

3

Table of Contents

Tax Cuts and Jobs Act as enacted on December 22, 2017.and “CARES Act” means the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act. Additionally, the terms listed below reflect the respective period noted:

Fiscal 20202021

52 weeks ending January 30, 202129, 2022

Fiscal 2020

52 weeks ended January 30, 2021

Fiscal 2019

52 weeks ended February 1, 2020

Fiscal 2018

52 weeks ended February 2, 2019

Fiscal 2017

53 weeks ended February 3, 2018

Fiscal 2016

52 weeks ended January 28, 2017

Fiscal 2015

52 weeks ended January 30, 2016

Fourth quarter Fiscal 20142020

5213 weeks ended January 31, 201530, 2021

Third quarter Fiscal 2020

13 weeks ended October, 2020

Second quarter Fiscal 2020

13 weeks ended August 1, 2020

First quarter Fiscal 2020

13 weeks ended May 2, 2020

Fourth quarter Fiscal 2019

1314 weeks ended February 1, 2020

Third quarter Fiscal 2019

13 weeks ended November 2, 2019

Second quarter Fiscal 2019

13 weeks ended August 3, 2019

First quarter Fiscal 2019

13 weeks ended May 4, 2019

Fourth quarter Fiscal 2018

14 weeks ended February 2, 2019

Third quarter Fiscal 2018

13 weeks ended November 3, 2018

Second quarter Fiscal 2018

13 weeks ended August 4, 2018

First quarter Fiscal 2018

13 weeks ended May 5, 2018

46

Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1.   Business

BUSINESS AND PRODUCTS

Overview

We are a globalleading branded apparel company that designs, sources, markets and distributes products bearing the trademarks of our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Southern Tide lifestyle brands and other ownedbrands. Tommy Bahama and licensed brands as well as private label apparel products. During Fiscal 2019, 93%Lilly Pulitzer, in the aggregate, represent more than 85% of our net sales were from products bearing brands that we own and 97% of our net sales were in the United States.

Our business strategy is to develop and market compelling lifestyle brands and products that evoke a strong emotional response from our target consumers. We consider lifestyle brands to be those brands that have a clearly defined and targeted point of view inspired by an appealing lifestyle or attitude. Furthermore, we believe lifestyle brands that create an emotional connection, like Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Southern Tide, can command greater loyalty and higher price points at retail and create licensing opportunities. We believe the attraction of a lifestyle brand depends on creating compelling product, effectively communicating the respective lifestyle brand message and distributing products to consumers where and when they want them.

We believe the principal competitive factors in the apparel industry are reputation, value, and image of brand names; design;design of differentiated, innovative or otherwise compelling product; consumer preference; price; quality; marketing; product fulfillment capabilities; and customer service. Our ability to compete successfully in styling and marketingthe apparel industry is directly related to our proficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference and presenting appealing products for consumers. Our design-led, commercially informed lifestyle brand operations strive to provide exciting, differentiated products each season.

To further strengthen each lifestyle brand’s connections with consumers, we directly communicate with consumers through digital and print media on a regular basis. We believe our ability to effectively communicate the images, lifestyle and products of our brands and create an emotional connection with consumers is critical to the success of our brands. Advertising for our brands often attempts to convey the lifestyle of the brand as well as a specific product.

During Fiscal 2019, 70%2020, 77% of our net sales were through our direct to consumer channels of distribution, which consists of our 189187 brand-specific full-price retail stores, our e-commerce websites, our 20 Tommy Bahama food and beverage operationslocations and our 35 Tommy Bahama outlet stores. During Fiscal 2019,2020, our e-commerce, retail e-commerce(including outlet) and restaurant operations represented 39%43%, 23%27%, and 8%7%, respectively, of our net sales.sales compared to 23%, 39%, and 8%, respectively, in Fiscal 2019. Our direct to consumer operations provide us with the opportunity to interact directly with our customers, present to them a broad assortment of our current season products and immerse them in the theme of the lifestyle brand. We believe that presenting our products in a digital or physical setting specifically designed to showcase the lifestyle on which the brands are based enhances the image of our brands.

Our full-price retail stores allow us the opportunity to carry a full line of current season merchandise, including apparel, accessories and other products, all presented in an aspirational brand-specific atmosphere. We believe that our full-price retail stores provide high visibility for our brands and products and allow us to stay close to the preferences of our consumers, whileconsumers. Further, we believe that our presentation of products and our strategy to operate the full-price retail stores with limited in-store promotional activities are good for our lifestyle brands and, in turn, enhance business with our wholesale customers. While about one-half of our retail locations are located in resort or travel to destinations and states, we believe there are also providingopportunities in both warmer and colder climates, as we believe the more important consideration is whether the location attracts the affluent consumer that we are targeting.

Our e-commerce business continues to grow, with e-commerce sales in Fiscal 2020 totaling $324 million and representing 43% of our net sales. Our growing e-commerce business is very profitable for our lifestyle brands as each brand has average e-commerce order values in excess of $100 and a platform for long-term growthhigh full-price gross margin in the 70% range. This

7

Table of Contents

provides a significant amount of profit that is available to pay for the brands. incremental picking, packing and freight expense associated with an e-commerce sale.

We also operate 1620 Tommy Bahama food and beverage locations, including 14 restaurants includingand six Marlin Bars, generally adjacent to a Tommy Bahama full-price retail store location, which we believe further enhance the brand’s image with consumers and 35 Tommy Bahama outlet stores, which play an important role in overall inventory and brand management. Our e-commerce websites provide the opportunity to increase revenues by reaching a larger population of consumers and at the same time allow our brands to provide a broader range of products.

The remaining 30%23% of our net sales in Fiscal 2019 were2020 was generated from our wholesale distribution channels. Our wholesale operations include sales of our lifestyle brands, which complement our direct to consumer operations and provide access to a larger group of consumers, and also represents substantially allincludes the net sales of the Lanier Apparel operating group.group, which we are exiting in the second half of Fiscal 2021. Our wholesale operations of our lifestyle brands include sales to various specialty stores, Signature Stores, better department stores, multi-branded e-commerce retailers and other retailers. As we seek to maintain the integrity of our lifestyle brands by limiting promotional activity in our retail stores and e-commerce websites, we generally target wholesale customers that follow this same approach in their stores.approach.

5

Table of Contents

Each of our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Southern Tide and Lanier Apparel and Southern Tide operating groups operates in highly competitive apparel markets. No single apparel firm or small group of apparel firms dominates the apparel industry, and our direct competitors vary by operating group and distribution channel. The apparel industry is cyclical and very dependent upon the overall level and focus of discretionary consumer spending, which changes as consumer preferences and regional, domestic and international economic conditions change. Increasingly, consumers are choosing to spend less of their discretionary spending on certain product categories, including apparel, while spending more on services and other product categories. Further, negative economic conditions often have a longer and more severe impact on the apparel industry than on other industries.

We believe theThe retail apparel market is evolving very rapidly and in ways that are having a disruptive impact on traditional fashion retailing. Many of the changes in the industry were accelerated or exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic. The application of technology, including the internet and mobile devices, to fashion retail provides consumers increasing access to multiple, responsive distribution platforms and an unprecedented ability to communicate directly with brands and retailers. As a result, consumers have more information and greater control over information they receive as well as broader, faster and cheaper access to goods than ever before. This is revolutionizing the way that consumers shop for fashion and other goods, which continues to be evidenced by weakness and store closures for certain department stores and mall-based retailers, decreased consumer retail traffic, a more promotional retail environment, expansion of off-price and discount retailers, and a shift from bricks and mortar to internet purchasing. These changes may require that brands and retailers approach their operations, including marketing and advertising, very differently than historical practices and may result in increased operating costs and capital investments to generate growth or even maintain their current sales levels.

Investments and Opportunities

While thisthe evolution in the fashion retail industry (including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic) presents significant risks, especially for traditional retailers and others who fail or are unable to adapt, we believe it also presents a tremendous opportunity for brands and retailers to capitalize on the changing consumer environment. We believe our lifestyle brands have true competitive advantages in this new retailing paradigm, and we are leveraging technology to serve our consumers when and where they want to be served. We continue to believe that our lifestyle brands, with their strong emotional connections with consumers, are well suited to succeed and thrive in the long term while managing the various challenges facing our industry. However,industry, including the near-term challenges resulting from COVID-19. Further, each of our brands aim to further enhance their customer-focused, dynamic, thriving, digitally-driven, mobile-centered, cross-channel personalized and seamless shopping experience that recognizes and serves customers in their brand discovery and purchasing habits of the future.

Meanwhile, we must be very diligent in our effort to avoid compromising the integrity of our brands by maintaining or growing sales with wholesale customers that may not be aligned with our long-term strategy. This is

8

Table of Contents

particularly important with the challenges in the department store channel, which represented 11%9% of our consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2019.2020.

Even before the COVID-19 pandemic, an important initiative for us has been to increase the profitability of our Tommy Bahama operating group, which is our largest operating group. Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, we made progress in recent years on this initiative, which remains a focus area for the long-term prospects of the business and continues to focus on increasing gross margin and operating margin through: product cost reductions; selective price increases; reducing inventory purchases; redefining our approach to inventory clearance; effectively managing controllable and discretionary operating expenses; and taking a more conservative approach to retail store openings and lease renewals.

In order to maximize the success of each of our brands, we believe we must continue to invest in our lifestyle brands to take advantage of their long-term growth opportunities. Future investments include capital expenditures primarily related to the direct to consumer operations, such as technology enhancements, e-commerce initiatives and retail store and restaurantfood and beverage build-out for new, relocated or remodeled locations, as well as distribution center and administrative office expansion initiatives.

While we have made progress in recent years on improving the profitability of our Tommy Bahama operating group, which is our largest operating group, this initiative remains a focus area for the long-term prospects of the business and has generally focused on increasing gross margin and operating margin through: product cost reductions; selective price increases; reducing inventory purchases; redefining our approach to inventory clearance; effectively managing controllable and discretionary operating expenses; and taking a more conservative approach to retail store openings and lease renewals.

While we believe we have significant opportunities to appropriately deploy our capital and resources in our existing lifestyle brands, we will continue to evaluate opportunities to add additional lifestyle brands to our portfolio if we identify appropriate targets that meet our investment criteria. However,

In Fiscal 2020, we made the decision to exit our Lanier Apparel business, which is expected to be completed during the second half of Fiscal 2021. In Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, Lanier Apparel, which has primarily sold tailored clothing products, represented 5% and 8%, respectively, of our consolidated net sales. This decision is in lightline with our stated business strategy of developing and marketing compelling lifestyle brands and takes into consideration the increased challenges faced by the Lanier Apparel business, many of which were magnified by the COVID-19 outbreak, we are reassessing our capital allocation priorities in the near term.pandemic.

Important factors relating to certain risks, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict, which could impact our business are described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors of this report.

COVID-19 Pandemic

The COVID-19 pandemic has had a significant effect on overall economic conditions and our operations and is the primary reason for a 33% reduction in net sales and a significant net loss in Fiscal 2020, after years of profitable operating results. While our mission remains the enhancement of long-term shareholder value, our focus during this crisis has been (1) the health and well-being of our employees, customers and communities, (2) protecting the reputation, value and image of our brands and (3) preserving liquidity.

Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, we saw reduced consumer traffic starting in early March 2020 and temporarily closed all our retail and restaurant locations. We began reopening our stores and restaurants in early May 2020 with additional stores and restaurants reopening throughout the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2020. We have reopened substantially all of our direct to consumer locations using a phased approach in accordance with local government guidelines and with additional safety protocols. Substantially all locations are experiencing reduced traffic, limited operating hours and capacity, seating and other limitations, with such factors impacting individual locations differently. Certain retail stores and restaurants, including several in Hawaii and California, were required to close again for certain periods in the Third and Fourth Quarters of Fiscal 2020 after local jurisdictions reinstated some closure requirements. There can be no assurance that additional closures will not occur as a result of any resurgence of COVID-19 cases and/or additional government mandates or recommendations. Generally, locations with attached restaurants or Marlin Bars, in outdoor centers and in drivable resort vacation destinations performed better than locations in indoor malls in Fiscal 2020. At the same time, the shift from in-store shopping to online shopping has accelerated during the COVID-19 pandemic resulting in a 24% growth in our e-commerce businesses during Fiscal 2020.

There is significant uncertainty as to the duration and severity of the pandemic as well as the associated business disruption, impact on discretionary spending and restrictions on our ongoing operations. Thus, the ultimate

69

Table of Contents

impact of the pandemic cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. However, the COVID-19 pandemic is expected to continue to have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition in the near-term due to the anticipated lower net sales from our bricks and mortar locations; reduced demand from our wholesale customers, several of which filed for bankruptcy in 2020 or are undergoing restructurings or closures; the uncertainty as to the continued strength of our brands’ e-commerce businesses during the pendency of the pandemic and thereafter; overall changes in consumer spending habits and consumer confidence; any potential disruptions to our supply chain; and a slowdown in the U.S. and global economies.

We took several actions in Fiscal 2020 to mitigate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, operations and liquidity, which included:

we furloughed and laid off a significant number of our retail, restaurant and office employees;
certain salaried employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executives, took temporary reductions in base salary during Fiscal 2020;
our Board of Directors elected to reduce its cash retainers for Fiscal 2020;
we worked with our suppliers to cancel, delay or suspend future product deliveries;
we worked with our wholesale customers to identify suitable changes to our business arrangements;
we negotiated equitable rental arrangements with substantially all of our direct to consumer location landlords, believing that the payment of rents for both the closure and subsequent periods is inappropriate due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, and are continuing those discussions with some landlords;
under the CARES Act, and other regulations in other countries, we obtained employee retention credits for certain compensation paid to employees even while they were not working during the COVID-19 pandemic and have deferred the payment of the employer portion of FICA;
we suspended, cancelled or deferred certain capital expenditure projects, reducing our capital expenditures for Fiscal 2020;
during much of Fiscal 2020, we had drawn down certain amounts on our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to increase our cash position and preserve financial flexibility; and
our Board of Directors reduced the rate of our dividend payable for Fiscal 2020.

Also, we established management committees, reporting to our Chief Executive Officer, to continue to monitor the COVID-19 pandemic and its impact and are taking the necessary measures to protect the health and safety of our employees and customers.

We anticipate that net sales in each of our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Southern Tide operating groups will continue to be negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic in Fiscal 2021, with the impact being more pronounced in the first half of the year and then beginning to rebound a little more in the second half of the year once more consumers are vaccinated, begin to travel again or otherwise begin to return to a more normal way of life.

Given our net cash position as of January 30, 2021, substantial availability under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and expectation of positive cash flows from operations in Fiscal 2021, among other factors, we believe we have adequate liquidity and the financial discipline to address the near-term challenges related to the COVID-19 pandemic and to position ourselves well to thrive in the post-pandemic retail environment.

10

Table of Contents

Operating Groups

Our business is primarily operated through our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Lanier Apparel and Southern Tide operating groups. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. Our operating group structure reflects a brand-focused management approach, emphasizing operational coordination and resource allocation across each brand’s direct to consumer, wholesale and licensing operations, as applicable.

Our business has historically been operated primarily through our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, and Southern Tide each design, source, market and distribute apparel and related products bearing their respective trademarks and license their trademarks for other product categories, while Lanier Apparel designs, sources and distributes branded and private label men’s tailored clothing, sportswear and other products. Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, the elimination of inter-segment sales and any other items that are not allocated to the operating groups including LIFO inventory accounting adjustments. Because our LIFO inventory pool does not correspond to our operating group definitions, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the operating groups. Corporate and Other also includesIn Fiscal 2020, we made the operationsdecision to exit our Lanier Apparel business, which is expected to be completed during the second half of other businesses which are not included in our operating groups, including the operations of TBBC and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center.

Fiscal 2021. For additional information about each of our operating groups, see Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, and Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements, each included in this report. The table below presents certain financial information about each of our operating groups, as well as Corporate and Other (in thousands).

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

Fiscal 2017

    

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

Net Sales

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama

$

676,652

$

675,358

$

686,021

$

419,817

$

676,652

$

675,358

Lilly Pulitzer

 

284,700

 

272,299

 

248,931

 

231,078

 

284,700

 

272,299

Southern Tide

 

34,664

 

46,409

 

45,248

Lanier Apparel

 

97,251

 

100,471

 

106,852

 

38,796

 

95,200

 

99,904

Southern Tide

 

46,409

 

45,248

 

40,940

Corporate and Other

 

17,778

 

14,090

 

3,467

 

24,478

 

19,829

 

14,657

Consolidated net sales

$

1,122,790

$

1,107,466

 

1,086,211

$

748,833

$

1,122,790

 

1,107,466

Operating Income (Loss)

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama

$

53,207

$

53,139

$

55,002

$

(53,310)

$

53,207

$

53,139

Lilly Pulitzer

 

51,795

 

47,239

 

46,608

 

27,702

 

51,795

 

47,239

Southern Tide (1)

 

(64,801)

 

5,554

 

5,663

Lanier Apparel

 

1,465

 

5,057

 

6,546

 

(26,654)

 

1,953

 

6,000

Southern Tide

 

5,554

 

5,663

 

4,504

Corporate and Other (1)(2)

 

(18,346)

 

(20,506)

 

(26,660)

 

(6,786)

 

(18,834)

 

(21,449)

Consolidated Operating Income

$

93,675

$

90,592

 

86,000

$

(123,849)

$

93,675

 

90,592

(1)Southern Tide included a $60 million impairment charge for goodwill and intangible assets in Fiscal 2020, with no such charges in Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018.
(2)Corporate and Other included a LIFOlast-in, first-out (LIFO) accounting credit of $9 million, charge of $1 million $1 million and $8charge of $1 million in Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, and Fiscal 2017, respectively.

The table below presents the total assets of each of our operating groups (in thousands).

    

February 1, 2020

    

February 2, 2019

Assets

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama (1)

$

668,197

$

439,353

Lilly Pulitzer (1)

 

199,913

 

152,113

Lanier Apparel (1)

 

43,533

 

54,369

Southern Tide (1)

 

99,667

 

97,939

Corporate and Other (2)

 

22,059

 

(16,520)

Consolidated Total Assets

$

1,033,369

$

727,254

7

Table of Contents

(1)The increase in total assets for Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Southern Tide were primarily a result of the recognition of operating lease assets in Fiscal 2019 due to the adoption of the revised lease accounting guidance, while the decrease in Lanier Apparel was primarily due to lower inventories and receivables partially offset by operating lease assets.
(2)Total assets for Corporate and Other include LIFO reserves of $63 million and $62 million as of February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019, respectively. The change in total assets for Corporate and Other from February 2, 2019 was primarily due to the increased cash as of February 1, 2020.

Tommy Bahama

Tommy Bahama designs, sources, markets and distributes men’s and women’s sportswear and related products. Tommy Bahama’s typical consumer is older than 45 years old, has a household annual income in excess of $100,000, lives in or travels to warm weather and resort locations and embraces a relaxed and casual approach to daily living. Tommy Bahama products can be found in our Tommy Bahama stores and on our Tommy Bahama e-commerce website, tommybahama.com, as well as at better department stores, independent specialty stores and multi-branded e-commerce retailers. We also operate Tommy Bahama restaurants and license the Tommy Bahama name for various product categories. During Fiscal 2019,2020, 95% of Tommy Bahama’s sales were to customers within the United States, with the remaining sales in Canada Australia and Asia.Australia.

We believe that the attraction to our consumers of the Tommy Bahama brand, which was founded in 1992, is a reflection of our efforts over many years to maintain appropriate quality and design of our Tommy Bahama apparel, accessories and licensed products, limit the distribution of Tommy Bahama products to a select tier of retailers, and effectively communicate the relaxed and casual Tommy Bahama lifestyle. We expect to continue to follow this approach for the brand in the future. We believe that the retail sales value of all Tommy Bahama branded products sold during Fiscal 2019, including our estimate of retail sales by our wholesale customers and other third party retailers, exceeded $1.2 billion.

We believe there are ample opportunities to expand the direct to consumer reach of the Tommy Bahama brand in the future, while maintaining its historically select distribution. In order to take advantage of opportunities for long-termlong-

11

Table of Contents

term growth, we must continue to invest in the Tommy Bahama brand. These investments include capital expenditures and ongoing expenses to enhance e-commerce and other technology capabilities; open new stores and restaurants; remodel and/or relocate existing stores and restaurants; maintain and upgrade our distribution and other facilities; and enhance our marketing efforts to communicate the lifestyle to existing and targeted newprospective consumers.

In recent years,Even before the COVID-19 pandemic, an important initiative for us has been to increase the profitability of the Tommy Bahama business. Whileoperating group. Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have made progress in recent years on improving the profitability of our Tommy Bahama operating group, this initiative, which remains a focus area for the long-term prospects of the business and has generally focusedcontinues to focus on increasing gross margin and operating margin through: product cost reductions; selective price increases; reducing inventory purchases; redefining our approach to inventory clearance; effectively managing controllable and discretionary operating expenses; and taking a more conservative approach to retail store openings and lease renewals.

During Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, we incurred certain charges related to the restructure of our Tommy Bahama Japan operations, which we plan to exit entirely during the first half of Fiscal 2020. These charges included in Tommy Bahama are discussed in Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements. We expect that operating results in our Tommy Bahama Asia-Pacific operations, which now consists of our Tommy Bahama operations in Australia, should be profitable going forward.

Design, Sourcing, Marketing and Distribution

Tommy Bahama products are designed by product specific teams who focus on the target consumer. The design process includes feedback from buyers, consumers and sales agents, along with market trend research. Our Tommy Bahama apparel products generally incorporate fabrics made of cotton, silk, linen, nylon, leather, tencel and other natural and man-made fibers, or blends of two or more of these materials.

8

Table of Contents

We operate a buying office located in Hong Kong to manage the production and sourcing of the substantial majority of our Tommy Bahama products. During Fiscal 2019, we used approximately 150 suppliers to manufacture our Tommy Bahama products with 63% and 13% of Tommy Bahama’s product purchases from manufacturers in China and Vietnam, respectively. The largest 10 suppliers of Tommy Bahama products provided 48% of the products acquired during Fiscal 2019, with no individual supplier providing more than 10%.

Advertising and marketing are an integral part of the long-term strategy for the Tommy Bahama brand, and we therefore devote significant resources to these efforts. Tommy Bahama’s advertising, which emphasizes the brand’s image and lifestyle, attempts to engage individuals within the target consumer demographic and guide them on a regular basis to our retail stores, e-commerce websites or wholesale customers’ stores and websites in search of our products. The marketing of the Tommy Bahama brand includes email, internet and social media advertising and traditional media such as catalogs, print and other communications, as well as moving media and trade show initiatives. As a lifestyle brand, we believe that it is very important that Tommy Bahama communicate regularly with consumers about product offerings or other brand events in order to maintain and strengthen Tommy Bahama’s guest connections.

We also believe that highly visible full-price retail store locations with creative design, broad merchandise selection and brand appropriate visual presentation are key enticements for customers. We intend for our full-price retail stores to enhance our guests’ shopping experience, which we believe will increase brand loyalty. Marketing initiatives at our full-price retail stores may include special event promotions and a variety of public relations activities designed to create awareness of our products, including those that support worthwhile causes in local communities.

In addition, we use loyalty award cards, Flip Side events and Friends & Family events to drive traffic to our stores and websites. These initiatives are effective in increasing traffic as the proportion of our sales that occur during our marketing initiatives have increased in recent years, which puts some downward pressure on our direct to consumer gross margins. We believe our traditional and digital media communications increase the sales of our own full-price retail stores and e-commerce operations, as well as the sales of our products for our wholesale customers.

For certain wholesale customers, we also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to enhance the presentation of our products and/or participate in cooperative advertising programs.

We operate a Tommy Bahama distribution center in Auburn, Washington, which serves our North America direct to consumer and wholesale operations. Activities at the distribution center include receiving finished goods from suppliers, inspecting the products and shipping the products to our Tommy Bahama stores, our wholesale customers and our e-commerce customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of Tommy Bahama inventory at the distribution center to support our direct to consumer operations, as well as pre-booked orders and some limited replenishment ordering for our wholesale customers. We use local third party distribution centers for our Asia-Pacific operations.

Direct to Consumer Operations

A key component of our Tommy Bahama growth strategy is to operate our own stores, restaurants and e-commerce websites, which we believe permits us to develop and build brand awareness by presenting our products in a setting specifically designed to showcase the aspirational lifestyle on which the products are based. Our Tommy Bahama direct to consumer channels, which consist of retail store, e-commerce and restaurant operations, in the aggregate, represented 84% and 80% of Tommy Bahama’s net sales in Fiscal 2019.2020 and Fiscal 2019, respectively. Retail store, e-commerce and restaurant net sales accounted for 48%37%, 20%36% and 12%11%, respectively, of Tommy Bahama’s net sales in Fiscal 2020 compared to 48%, 20% and 12%, respectively, in Fiscal 2019.

Our direct to consumer strategy for the Tommy Bahama brand includes locating and operating full-price retail stores in upscale malls, lifestyle shopping centers, resort destinations and brand-appropriate street locations. Generally, we seek to locate our full-price retail stores in shopping areas and malls that have high-profile or upscale consumer brand adjacencies. As of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, the majority of our Tommy Bahama full-price retail stores were in street-front locations or lifestyle centers with the remainder primarily in regional indoor malls, with a number of those regional indoor locations in resort travel destinations. Our full-price retail stores allow us the opportunity to carry a full line of current season merchandise, including apparel, home products and accessories, all presented in an aspirational, island-inspired atmosphere designed to be relaxed, comfortable and unique. We believe that the Tommy Bahama full-price

9

Table of Contents

retail stores provide high visibility for the brand and products and allow us to stay close to the preferences of our consumers. Further, we believe that our presentation of products and our strategy to operate the full-price retail stores with limited in-store promotional activities are good for the Tommy Bahama brand and, in turn, enhance business with our wholesale customers. Generally, we believe there are opportunities for additional full-price retail stores in both warmer and colder climates, as we believe the more important consideration is whether the location attracts the affluent consumer that we are targeting. We believe that we have opportunities for continued direct to consumer sales growth for our Tommy Bahama women’s business, which represented 31%29% of sales in our full-price direct to consumer operations in Fiscal 2019. In Fiscal 2019, approximately one-fourth of the sales of women’s product in our full-price direct to consumer operations were swimwear, cover-ups and swim-related products.2020.

Disposal of discontinued or end of season inventory is an ongoing part of any apparel business and Tommy Bahama uses its outlet stores, sales to off-price retailers and selected initial markdowns in our full-price retail stores and on our e-commerce websites to sell its end of season or excess inventory. Our Tommy Bahama outlet stores, which generated 7% and 9% of our total Tommy Bahama net sales in Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, respectively, are generally located in outlet shopping centers that include other upscale retailers and serve an important role in overall inventory management by often allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products at better prices than are otherwise available from outside parties. We believe that this approach has helped us protect the integrity of the Tommy Bahama brand by allowing our full-price retail stores to limit promotional activity while controlling the distribution of discontinued and out-of-season product. To supplement the clearance items sold in Tommy Bahama outlets, some of the product sold inwe merchandise our Tommy Bahama outlets are made specifically for our outlets.with some made-for products. We anticipate that we would generally expect to operate one outlet for approximately every three full-price retail stores. In Fiscal 2019, we closed two outlets at the expiration of their respective lease term.

For Tommy Bahama’s domestic full-price retail stores and retail-restaurant locations operating for the full Fiscal 2019 year, sales per gross square foot, excluding restaurant sales and restaurant space, were approximately $615 during Fiscal 2019. In Fiscal 2019, our domestic outlet stores generated approximately $335 of sales per square foot for outlets open for the entire 2019 fiscal year.

As of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, we operated 1620 Tommy Bahama food and beverage locations including 14 restaurants includingand six Marlin Bar locations, generally adjacent to a Tommy Bahama full-price retail store location. These retail-restaurantretail-food and beverage locations, which generategenerated approximately 25% of Tommy Bahama’s net sales in Fiscal 2019, provide us with the opportunity to immerse customers in the ultimate Tommy Bahama experience. We do not anticipate that the majority of our retail locations will have an adjacent restaurant;food and beverage location; however, in select high-profile brand appropriate locations we have determined that an adjacent restaurantfood and beverage location can further enhance the image or exposure of the brand.brand in select, high-profile, brand appropriate locations. The net sales per square foot in our domestic full-price retail stores that are adjacent to a restaurant are on averagefood and beverage location have historically been twice the sales per square foot of our other domestic full-price retail stores. We believe that the customer immersing themselves into the Tommy Bahama lifestyle by having a meal or a drink at the Tommy Bahama restaurantfood and beverage location and visiting the adjacent retail store may entice the customer to purchase additional Tommy Bahama merchandise and potentially provide a memorable consumer experience that further

12

Table of Contents

enhances the relationship between Tommy Bahama and the consumer. The Marlin Bar concept, like our traditional restaurant locations, is adjacent to one of our retail locations and serves food and beverages, but in a smaller space and with food options more focused on small plate offerings rather than entrees. We believe that with the smaller footprint, reduced labor requirements and lower required capital expenditure for build-out, the Marlin Bar concept provides us with the long-term potential for opening retail-restaurantretail-food and beverage locations in sites that otherwise may not have been suitable or brand appropriate for one of our traditional retail-restaurant locations.

As of February 1, 2020, the total square feet of space used for our Tommy Bahama full-price retail store and outlet store operations was 0.6 million with another 0.1 million of total square feet used in our Tommy Bahama restaurant operations. The table below provides certain information regarding Tommy Bahama retail stores and restaurants operated by us as of February 1, 2020.January 30, 2021.

10

Table of Contents

    

FullPrice Retail

    

    

RetailRestaurant

    

    

FullPrice Retail

    

    

RetailFood & Beverage

    

Stores

Outlet Stores

Locations (1)

Total

Stores

Outlet Stores

Locations (1)

Total

Florida

 

20

 

5

 

5

 

30

 

18

 

6

 

8

 

32

California

 

16

 

4

 

3

 

23

 

15

 

4

 

3

 

22

Texas

 

7

 

4

 

2

 

13

 

6

 

4

 

2

 

12

Hawaii

 

5

 

1

 

3

 

9

 

5

 

1

 

4

 

10

Nevada

 

4

 

1

 

1

 

6

 

4

 

1

 

1

 

6

Maryland

 

3

 

2

 

 

5

New York

 

2

 

2

 

1

 

5

 

2

 

2

 

1

 

5

Other states

 

36

 

12

 

1

 

49

 

38

 

13

 

1

 

52

Total domestic

 

93

 

31

 

16

 

140

 

88

 

31

 

20

 

139

Canada

 

7

 

2

 

 

9

 

7

 

2

 

 

9

Total North America

 

100

 

33

 

16

 

149

 

95

 

33

 

20

 

148

Australia

 

10

 

2

 

 

12

 

10

 

2

 

 

12

Japan

 

1

 

 

 

1

Total

 

111

 

35

 

16

 

162

 

105

 

35

 

20

 

160

Average square feet per store (2)

 

3,400

 

4,700

 

4,300

 

  

 

3,400

 

4,700

 

4,300

 

  

Total square feet at year end (2)

 

380,000

 

165,000

 

70,000

 

  

 

360,000

 

165,000

 

85,000

 

  

(1)Consists of 14 traditional format retail-restaurant locations of our traditional island format and twosix Marlin Bar retail-restaurant locations.
(2)Square feet for retail-restaurant locations consists of retail space square feetfootage and excludes square feet used in the associated restaurant operations.

During Fiscal 2020 Florida, California, Texas and Hawaii represented 35%, 17%, 10% and 7%, respectively, of our Tommy Bahama retail and restaurant sales, while in Fiscal 2019, Florida, California, Texas and Hawaii represented 27%, 17%, 9% and 12%, respectively, of our Tommy Bahama retail and restaurant sales.

The table below reflects the changes in store count for Tommy Bahama storeslocations during Fiscal 2019.2020.

    

FullPrice Retail

    

    

RetailRestaurant

    

    

FullPrice Retail

    

    

RetailFood & Beverage

    

Stores

Outlet Stores

Locations

Total

Stores

Outlet Stores

Locations

Total

Open as of beginning of fiscal year

 

113

 

37

 

17

 

167

 

111

 

35

 

16

 

162

Opened

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

2

 

4

Marlin Bar conversion

(2)

2

Closed

 

(3)

 

(2)

 

(1)

 

(6)

 

(5)

 

(1)

 

 

(6)

Open as of end of fiscal year

 

111

 

35

 

16

 

162

 

105

 

35

 

20

 

160

WeIn future periods, we anticipate that many of our new store count at the end of Fiscal 2020openings will be comparable to our store count at the end of Fiscal 2019. Our initial Fiscal 2020 plan included opening six Marlin Bars, of which twoBar locations that are relocations and expansions ofnew locations or replace existing full-price retail store locations, one is aor traditional restaurant locations. Currently, we have two openings scheduled for Fiscal 2021 including the Marlin Bar at Fashion Valley in San Diego, which opened in February 2021, and the conversion of athe Tommy Bahama retail-restaurant location in Las Vegas to a Marlin Bar, which is scheduled to open in the second half of the year. We continue to look for other appropriate locations for retail stores and three are entirely new locations, andMarlin Bars. We believe that in Fiscal 2021, we may close a very limited number of openingslocations.

13

Table of full-price retail locations. As of March 30, 2020, we have completed two of these Marlin Bars, while the other locations are scheduled for later in the year and being reassessed due to the COVID-19 outbreak.Contents

The operation of full-price retail stores, outlet stores, Marlin Bars and retail-restaurant locations requirerequires a greater amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations, as well as greater ongoing operating costs. We estimate that we will spend approximately $1 million on average in connection with the build-out of a domestic full-price retail store. However, individual locations, particularly those in urban locations, may require investments greater than these amounts depending on a variety of factors, including the location and size of the full-price retail store. The cost of a traditional Tommy Bahama retail-restaurant location and a Marlin Bar is significantly more than the cost of a full-price retail store and can vary significantly depending on a variety of factors. Historically, the cost of our retail-restaurant locations has been approximately $5 million and the cost of our Marlin Bar locations has been approximately $3 million; however, we have spentthe cost of a restaurant and Marlin Bar can vary significantly more than that amount for certain locations and significantly less than this amount for our two Marlin Bar locations. For most of our retail stores and restaurants,our retail-food and beverage locations, the landlord provides certain incentives to fund a portion of our capital expenditures.

11

Table of Contents

Additionally, we incur capital expenditure costs related to periodic remodels of existing stores, particularly when we renew or extend a lease beyond the original lease term, or otherwise determine that a remodel of a store is appropriate. We also incur capital expenditures when a lease expires, and we determine it is appropriate to relocate to a new location in the same vicinity as the previous store. Alternatively, when a lease expires we may decide to close the store rather than relocating the store to another location or renewing the lease. The capital cost of store relocations is generally comparable to the costs of opening a new full-price retail store or outlet store. We anticipate that the capital expenditures for relocations and remodels, in the aggregate, may continue to increase in future periods.

In addition to our full-price retail stores and outlet stores, our direct to consumer approach includes various e-commerce websites, including the tommybahama.com website. During Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, e-commerce sales represented 36% and 20%, respectively, of Tommy Bahama’s net sales, compared to 18% in Fiscal 2018.sales. Our Tommy Bahama websites allowwebsite allows consumers to buy Tommy Bahama products directly from us via the internet. These websites also enable us to increase our database of consumer contacts, which allows us to communicate directly and frequently with consenting consumers. As we reach more customers in the future, we anticipate that our e-commerce distribution channel for Tommy Bahama will continue to grow at a faster pace than our domestic full-price retail store operations or wholesale operations.

Wholesale Operations

To complement our direct to consumer operations and have access to a larger group of consumers, we continue to maintain our profitable wholesale operations for Tommy Bahama. Tommy Bahama’s wholesale customers include better department stores, specialty stores and multi-brand e-commerce retailers that generally follow a retail model approach with limited discounting. We value our long-standing relationships with our wholesale customers and are committed to working with them to enhance the success of the Tommy Bahama brand within their stores.

Wholesale sales for Tommy Bahama accounted for 16% and 20% of Tommy Bahama’s net sales in Fiscal 2019.2020 and Fiscal 2019, respectively. Approximately 55%9% of Tommy Bahama’s wholesale businessnet sales reflects sales to major department stores with theour remaining wholesale sales primarily sales to specialty stores. Tommy Bahama men’s products are available in more than 1,800 retail locations in North America, while Tommy Bahama women’s products are available in more than 1,100 retail locations in North America. During Fiscal 2019, 15%2020, 12% of Tommy Bahama’s net sales were to Tommy Bahama’s 10 largest wholesale customers, with its largest customer representing less than 5% of Tommy Bahama’s net sales.

We believe that the integrity and continued success of the Tommy Bahama brand, including its direct to consumer operations, is dependent, in part, upon controlled wholesale distribution, with careful selection of the retailers through which Tommy Bahama products are sold. As a result of our approach to limiting our wholesale distribution, we believe that sales growth in our men’s apparel wholesale business which represented approximately 86% of Tommy Bahama’s domestic wholesale sales in Fiscal 2019, may be somewhat limited.limited in the long-term. However, we believe that we may have opportunities for wholesale sales increases for our Tommy Bahama women’s business in the future, with its appeal evidenced by women’s product representing 31% of salesits performance in our full-price retail stores and e-commerce websites in Fiscal 2019.

We maintain Tommy Bahama apparel sales offices and showrooms in New York and Seattle, as well as other locations, to facilitate sales to our wholesale customers. Our Tommy Bahama wholesale operations use a sales force consisting of a combination of Tommy Bahama employees and independent commissioned sales representatives.

Licensing Operations

We believe licensing is an attractive business opportunity for the Tommy Bahama brand. For an established lifestyle brand, licensing typically requires modest additional investment but can yield high-margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure. In evaluating a licensee for Tommy Bahama, we typically consider the candidate’s experience, financial stability, sourcing expertise and marketing ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed licensed products with other Tommy Bahama products.

Our agreements with Tommy Bahama licensees are for specific geographic areas and expire at various dates in the future, and in limited cases include contingent renewal options. Generally, the agreements require minimum royalty

12

Table of Contents

payments as well as royalty payments based on specified percentages of the licensee’s net sales of the licensed products as well as obligations to expend certain funds towards marketing the brand on an approved basis. Our license agreements generally provide us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution. Third party license arrangements for our Tommy Bahama products include the following product categories:

Men’s and women’s headwear

Watches

Outdoor furniture and related products

Footwear

Belts, leather goods and gifts

Indoor furniture

Men’s hosiery

Handbags

Mattresses and box springs

Sleepwear

Luggage

Bedding and bath linens

Shampoo, soap and bath amenities

Fabrics

Table top accessories

Cigar accessories

Fragrances

Distilled spirits

In addition to our license arrangements for the specific product categories listed above, we may enter into certain international distributor agreements which allow those parties to distribute Tommy Bahama apparel and other products on a wholesale and/or retail basis within certain countries or regions. As of February 1, 2020, we have agreements for distribution of Tommy Bahama products in the Middle East, Greater China and parts of Latin America. The products sold by the distributors generally are identical to the products sold in our own Tommy Bahama stores. In addition to selling Tommy Bahama goods to wholesale accounts, the distributors may, in some cases, operate their own retail stores. As of February 1, 2020, we have licensed Tommy Bahama stores located in the Middle East, Greater China and Central America. None of these agreements are expected to generate growth that would materially impact the operating results of Tommy Bahama in the near term.

Seasonal Aspects of Business

Tommy Bahama’s operating results are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. Typically, the demand in the direct to consumer operations, including sales at our own stores and e-commerce sites, for Tommy Bahama products in our principal markets is generally higher in the spring, summer and holiday seasons and lower in the fall season. However, wholesale product shipments are generally shipped prior to each of the retail selling seasons. As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments or other factors affecting the business may vary from one year to the next, we do not believe that net sales or operating income (loss) for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating income (loss) for Fiscal 2019 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years. The following table presents the percentage of net sales and operating income (loss) for Tommy Bahama by quarter for Fiscal 2019:

    

First Quarter

    

Second Quarter

    

Third Quarter

    

Fourth Quarter

 

Net sales

 

24

%  

28

%  

19

%  

29

%

Operating income (loss)

 

29

%  

44

%  

(15)

%  

42

%

websites.

Lilly Pulitzer

Lilly Pulitzer designs, sources, markets and distributes upscale collections of women’s and girl’s dresses, sportswear and related products. The Lilly Pulitzer brand was originally created in the late 1950s by Lilly Pulitzer and is an affluent brand with a heritage and aesthetic based on the Palm Beach resort lifestyle. The brand is somewhat unique among women’s brands in that it has demonstrated multi-generational appeal, including among young women in college or recently graduated from college; young mothers with their daughters; and women who are not tied to the academic calendar. Lilly Pulitzer products can be found in our owned Lilly Pulitzer stores, in Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores, which are described below, and on our Lilly Pulitzer website, lillypulitzer.com, as well as in better department and

14

Table of Contents

independent specialty stores. During Fiscal 2019,2020, 50% and 35%33% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales were for women’s sportswear and dresses, respectively, with the remaining sales consisting of Lilly Pulitzer accessories, including scarves, bags, jewelry and belts, children’s apparel, footwear and licensed products.

13

Table of Contents

We believe that there are opportunities to expand the reach of the Lilly Pulitzer brand in the future, while at the same time maintaining its historically select distribution. We believe that in order to take advantage of opportunities for long-term growth, we must continue to invest in the Lilly Pulitzer brand. These investments include enhancing e-commerce and other technology capabilities; opening and operating full-price retail stores; remodeling and/or relocating existing stores; and increasing employment,headcount, advertising and other functions to support the business. While we believe that these investments will generate long-term benefits, the investments may have a short-term negative impact on Lilly Pulitzer’s operating margin, particularly if there is insufficient sales growth to absorb the incremental costs in a particular year.

We believe the attraction of the Lilly Pulitzer brand to our consumers is a reflection of years of maintaining appropriate quality and design, of the Lilly Pulitzer apparel, accessories and licensed products, restricting the distribution of the Lilly Pulitzer products to a select tier of retailers and effectively communicating the message of Lilly Pulitzer’s optimistic Palm Beach resort chic lifestyle. We believe this approach to quality, design, distribution and communication has been critical in allowing us to achieve the current retail price points for Lilly Pulitzer products. We believe that the retail sales value of all Lilly Pulitzer branded products sold during Fiscal 2019, including our estimate of retail sales by our wholesale customers and other third party retailers, exceeded $325 million.

Design, Sourcing, Marketing and Distribution

Lilly Pulitzer’s products are developed by our dedicated design teams located at the Lilly Pulitzer headquarters in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania as well as in Palm Beach, Florida. Our Lilly Pulitzer design teams focus on the target consumer, and the design process combines feedback from buyers, consumers and our sales force, along with market trend research. Lilly Pulitzer apparel products are designed to incorporate various fiber types, including cotton, silk, linen and other natural and man-made fibers, or blends of two or more of these materials.

Lilly Pulitzer uses a combination of in-house employees in our King of Prussia and Hong Kong offices and third party buying agents primarily based in Asia to manage the production and sourcing of its apparel products. Through its buying agents and direct sourcing, Lilly Pulitzer used approximately 60 vendors, with no individual supplier providing more than 10% and the largest 10 suppliers providing 55%, of the products acquired during Fiscal 2019. In Fiscal 2019, 45% of Lilly Pulitzer’s product purchases were from manufacturers located in China.

Advertising and marketing are an integral part of the long-term strategy of the Lilly Pulitzer brand, and we therefore devote significant resources to advertising and marketing. Lilly Pulitzer’s advertising attempts to engage individuals within the brand’s consumer demographic and guide them on a regular basis to our full-price retail stores, e-commerce websites and wholesale customers’ stores and websites in search of our products. The marketing of the Lilly Pulitzer brand includes email, internet, social media and influencer advertising, as well as traditional media such as catalogs, print and other communications and moving media and trade show initiatives. We believe that it is very important that a lifestyle brand effectively communicate with consumers on a regular basis about product offerings or other brand events in order to maintain and strengthen the brand’s connections with guests.

In addition to our ongoing Lilly Pulitzer marketing initiatives, on occasion we also enter into collaborations with third parties to increase brand awareness or create additional brand excitement. Often these collaborations do not generate material direct revenue for Lilly Pulitzer, but instead provide significant press or social media exposure and excitement for the brand that complement our ongoing advertising and marketing initiatives. We believe in today’s environment it is important to continue to find new, creative ways to advertise in order to differentiate the brand.

We believe that highly visible full-price retail store locations with creative design, broad merchandise selection and brand appropriate visual presentation are key enticements for customers to visit and buy merchandise. We believe that full-price retail stores enhance the shopping experience of our customers, which will increase consumer brand loyalty. Marketing initiatives at certain of our full-price retail stores may include special event promotions and a variety of public relations activities designed to create awareness of our stores and products and in some cases including "shop and share" events benefiting local charities. At certain times during the year, an integral part of the direct to consumer marketing plan for Lilly Pulitzer includes certain gift with purchase programs where the consumer earns the right to a Lilly Pulitzer gift product if certain spending thresholds are achieved. We believe that our full-price retail store

14

Table of Contents

operations, as well as our traditional and digital media communications and periodic collaborations with others, enhance brand awareness and increase the sales of Lilly Pulitzer products in all channels of distribution.

For certain of our wholesale customers, we also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to enhance the presentation of our branded products at their retail locations and/or participate in cooperative advertising programs.

Lilly Pulitzer operates a distribution center in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania. Activities at the distribution center include receiving finished goods from suppliers, inspecting the products and shipping the products to wholesale customers, Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores and our e-commerce customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory at the distribution center to support our direct to consumer operations, as well as pre-booked orders and some limited replenishment ordering for our wholesale customers.

Direct to Consumer Operations

A key component of our Lilly Pulitzer growth strategy is to operate our own stores and e-commerce website, which we believe permits us to develop and build brand awareness by presenting products in a setting specifically designed to showcase the aspirational lifestyle on which they are based. Lilly Pulitzer’s direct to consumer distribution channel, which consists of full-price retail store and e-commerce operations, represented 84% and 79% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales in Fiscal 2019.

Our direct to consumer strategy for the Lilly Pulitzer brand includes operating full-price retail stores in higher-end malls, lifestyle shopping centers, resort destinations2020 and brand-appropriate street locations. Sales at our full-price retail stores represented 41% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales during Fiscal 2019. As of February 1, 2020, about 40%2019, respectively. A key element of our Lilly Pulitzer stores were located in outdoor regional lifestyle centers and approximately one-third of our Lilly Pulitzer stores were located in indoor regional malls, with the remaining locations in resort or street locations. In certain resort locations such as Nantucket and Watch Hill, our stores are only open during the resort season. Additionally, we may open temporary pop-up stores in certain locations.

Each full-price retail store carries a wide range of merchandise, including apparel, footwear and accessories, all presented in a manner intended to enhance the Lilly Pulitzer image, brand awareness and acceptance. Our Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores allow us to present Lilly Pulitzer’s full line of current season products. We believe our Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores provide high visibility for the brand and products and enable us to stay close to the needs and preferences of consumers. We also believe that our presentation of products and our strategy to operate the full-price retail stores with limited promotional activities complement our business with our wholesale customers. Generally, we believe there are opportunities for full-price retail stores in both warmer and cooler climates, as we believe the more important consideration is whether the location attracts the affluent consumer that we are targeting.

15

Table of Contents

Lilly Pulitzer’s full-price retail store sales per gross square foot for Fiscal 2019 were approximately $720 for the full-price retail stores which were open the full Fiscal 2019 year. The table below provides certain information regarding Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores as of February 1, 2020.

Number of

FullPrice Retail

Stores

Florida

18

Massachusetts

7

Virginia

6

North Carolina

4

Ohio

3

Texas

3

Other

20

Total

61

Average square feet per store

2,600

Total square feet at year-end

160,000

The table below reflects the changes in store count for Lilly Pulitzer stores during Fiscal 2019.

FullPrice Retail

Stores

Open as of beginning of fiscal year

62

Opened

2

Closed

(3)

Open as of end of fiscal year

61

During Fiscal 2019, we opened Lilly Pulitzer stores in Newport Beach, California, and Wilmington, North Carolina, and closed three stores which were no longer deemed appropriate locations for the brand. In Fiscal 2020, we anticipate that Lilly Pulitzer’s store opening pace will be comparable to or less than the store opening pace in Fiscal 2019. The operation of full-price retail stores requires a greater amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations, as well as greater ongoing operating costs. We anticipate that most future full-price retail store openings will generally be less than 2,500 square feet on average; however, the determination of actual size of the store will depend on a variety of criteria. To open a 2,500 square foot Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail store, we anticipate capital expenditures of approximately $1 million on average. For most of our full-price retail stores, the landlord provides certain incentives to fund a portion of our capital expenditures.

In addition to new store openings, we also incur capital expenditure costs related to remodels, expansions or downsizing of existing stores, particularly when we renew or extend a lease beyond the original lease term, or otherwise determine that a remodel of a store is appropriate. We may also incur capital expenditures if we determine it is appropriate to relocate a store to a new location. The cost of store relocations, if any, will generally be comparable to the cost of opening a new store. Alternatively, when a lease expires we may decide to close the store rather than relocating the store to another location or renewing the lease.

In addition to operating Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores, another key element of our direct to consumer strategy is the lillypulitzer.com website, which represented 64% and 38% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales in Fiscal 2019. 2020 and Fiscal 2019, respectively. Another key component of our Lilly Pulitzer direct to consumer strategy is to operate our own Lilly Pulitzer stores, which represented 20% and 41% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales in Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, respectively.

The Lilly Pulitzer e-commerce business has experienced significant growth in recent years, and we anticipate that the rate ofnet sales growth of the e-commerce business will remain strong in the future. We also use the Lilly Pulitzer website as an effective means of liquidating discontinued or out-of-season inventory in a brand appropriate manner and at gross margins in excess of 40% via e-commerce flash clearance sales. These sales are brand appropriate events that create a significant amount of excitement with loyal Lilly Pulitzer consumers, who are looking for an opportunity to purchase Lilly Pulitzer products at a discounted price. These e-commerce flash clearance sales typically run for three days during the summer clearance period in September and for two days during the post-holiday clearance period in January,

16

Table of Contents

allowing the Lilly Pulitzer website to generally remain full-price for the remaining 360 days of the year. During Fiscal 2019,2020, approximately 44%one-third of Lilly Pulitzer’s e-commerce sales were e-commerce flash clearance sales. In addition to the e-commerce flash clearance events, in Fiscal 2020, we did have a few select promotional events to sell inventory that had previously been purchased for sale in our retail stores during the year.

Our Lilly Pulitzer retail stores permit us to develop and build brand awareness by presenting Lilly Pulitzer products in a setting specifically designed to showcase the aspirational lifestyle on which they are based. Our retail store strategy for the Lilly Pulitzer brand includes operating full-price retail stores in higher-end lifestyle shopping centers and malls, resort destinations and brand-appropriate street locations. As of January 30, 2021, about 40% of our Lilly Pulitzer stores were located in outdoor regional lifestyle centers and approximately one-third of our Lilly Pulitzer stores were located in indoor regional malls, with the remaining locations in resort or street locations. In certain seasonal locations such as Nantucket and Watch Hill, our stores are only open during the resort season. Additionally, we may open temporary pop-up stores in certain locations.

15

Table of Contents

The table below provides certain information regarding Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores as of January 30, 2021.

Number of

FullPrice Retail

Stores

Florida

18

Massachusetts

7

Virginia

5

North Carolina

4

Ohio

3

Texas

3

Other

19

Total

59

Average square feet per store

2,500

Total square feet at year-end

150,000

During Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, 51% and 43%, respectively, of Lilly Pulitzer’s retail sales were in stores located in Florida with no other state generating more than 10% of retail sales. The table below reflects the changes in store count for Lilly Pulitzer stores during Fiscal 2020.

FullPrice Retail

Stores

Open as of beginning of fiscal year

61

Opened

Closed

(2)

Open as of end of fiscal year

59

Currently, we are negotiating leases for certain retail store locations and will continue to look for other appropriate locations. We believe that in Fiscal 2021, we may close a limited number of locations. The operation of full-price retail stores requires a greater amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations, as well as greater ongoing operating costs. We anticipate that most future full-price retail store openings will generally be 2,500 square feet or less on average; however, the determination of actual size of the store will depend on a variety of criteria.

In addition to new store openings, we also incur capital expenditure costs related to remodels or expansions of existing stores, particularly when we renew or extend a lease beyond the original lease term, or otherwise determine that a remodel of a store is appropriate. We may also incur capital expenditures if we determine it is appropriate to relocate a store to a new location. The capital cost of store relocations, if any, will generally be comparable to the cost of opening a new store.

Wholesale Operations

To complement our direct to consumer operations and have access to a larger group of consumers, we continue to maintain our profitable wholesale operations for Lilly Pulitzer. These wholesale operations are primarily with Signature Stores, independent specialty stores, Signature Stores, better department stores and multi-branded e-commerce retailers that generally follow a retail model approach with limited discounting. During Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, approximately 16% and 21%, respectively, of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales were sales to wholesale customers. During Fiscal 2019,2020, about one-third of Lilly Pulitzer’s wholesale sales were to Lilly Pulitzer’s Signature Stores, one-fourth of Lilly Pulitzer’s wholesale sales were to specialty stores and one-fourthabout one-fifth of Lilly Pulitzer’s wholesale sales, or less than 5% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales, were to department stores. The remaining wholesale sales were primarily to national accounts, including on-line retailers, and off-price retailers. Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales to its 10 largest wholesale customers represented 12%9% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales in Fiscal 20192020 with its largest customer representing less than 5% of Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales.

16

Table of Contents

An important part of Lilly Pulitzer’s wholesale distribution is sales to Signature Stores. For these stores, we enter into agreements whereby we grant the other party the right to independently operate one or more stores as a Lilly Pulitzer Signature Store, subject to certain conditions, including designating substantially all the storefloor space specifically for Lilly Pulitzer products and adhering to certain trademark usage requirements. We sell products to these Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores on a wholesale basis and do not receive royalty income associated with these sales. As of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, there were 5344 Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores.

We believe that the integrity and continued success of the Lilly Pulitzer brand, including its direct to consumer operations, is dependent, in part, upon controlled wholesale distribution with careful selection of the retailers through which Lilly Pulitzer products are sold. We continue to value our long-standing relationships with our wholesale customers and are committed to working with them to enhance the success of the Lilly Pulitzer brand within their stores. Lilly Pulitzer apparel products are available in approximately 300 wholesale doors.

We maintain Lilly Pulitzer apparel sales offices and showrooms in Palm Beach, Florida, King of Prussia, Pennsylvania and New York City. Our wholesale operations for Lilly Pulitzer use a sales force consisting of salaried sales employees.

Licensing Operations

We license the Lilly Pulitzer trademark to licensees in categories beyond Lilly Pulitzer’s core product categories. In the long term, we believe licensing may be an attractive business opportunity for the Lilly Pulitzer brand, particularly once our direct to consumer presence has expanded. Once a brand is established, licensing requires modest additional investment but can yield high-margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure. In evaluating a potential Lilly Pulitzer licensee, we consider the candidate’s experience, financial stability, manufacturing performance and marketing ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed products with other Lilly Pulitzer branded products.

Our agreements with Lilly Pulitzer licensees are for specific geographic areas and expire at various dates in the future. Generally, the agreements require minimum royalty payments as well as royalty and advertising payments based on specified percentages of the licensee’s net sales of the licensed products. Our license agreements generally provide us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution.

Third party license arrangements for Lilly Pulitzer products include the following product categories: stationery and gift products; home furnishing products; and eyewear.

17

Table of Contents

Seasonal Aspects of Business

Lilly Pulitzer’s operating results are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style as well as demand by distribution channel may vary significantly depending on the time of year. Typically, the demand in the direct to consumer operations for Lilly Pulitzer products is generally higher in the spring, summer and resort seasons and lower in the fall season. However, wholesale product shipments are generally shipped prior to each of the retail selling seasons. Further, in the third and fourth quarters of our fiscal year, which have not historically been strong full-price direct to consumer or wholesale quarters for Lilly Pulitzer, Lilly Pulitzer has held significant e-commerce flash clearance sales which partially offsets the impact of seasonality on Lilly Pulitzer’s sales, but to a lesser degree on operating income. As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments, the magnitude of e-commerce flash clearance sales or other factors affecting the business may vary from one year to the next, we do not believe that net sales or operating income for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales for Fiscal 2019 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years. The following table presents the percentage of net sales and operating income for Lilly Pulitzer by quarter for Fiscal 2019:

    

First Quarter

    

Second Quarter

    

Third Quarter

    

Fourth Quarter

 

Net sales

 

25

%  

27

%  

25

%  

23

%

Operating income

 

29

%  

40

%  

21

%  

10

%

Lanier Apparel

Lanier Apparel designs, sources and distributes branded and private label men’s apparel, including tailored clothing, casual pants and sportswear, across a wide range of price points, but primarily at moderate price points. The majority of our Lanier Apparel products are sold under certain trademarks licensed to us by third parties. Lanier Apparel’s licensed brands for certain product categories include Kenneth Cole®, Dockers®, Cole Haan® and Nick Graham®. Additionally, we design and market products for our owned Billy London®, Oxford®, Duck Head® and Strong Suit® brands. Sales of branded products licensed to us or owned by us represented 65% and 15%, respectively, of Lanier Apparel’s net sales during Fiscal 2019.

In addition to these branded businesses, Lanier Apparel designs and sources private label apparel products for certain customers, including tailored clothing and pants programs for large department stores, warehouse clubs, and other retailers. Sales of private label products represented 20% of Lanier Apparel’s net sales in Fiscal 2019. For our large retail customers, the private label programs offer the customer product exclusivity, generally at higher gross margins than they would achieve on branded products, while allowing us the opportunity to leverage our design, sourcing, production, logistics and distribution infrastructure. For other customers, we may perform any combination of design, sourcing, production, logistics or distribution services for a brand owner. In these cases, the brand owner may have determined it is more efficient to outsource certain functions, may be a smaller company that lacks such functional expertise or may want to focus their energies on the other aspects of their brand. Lanier Apparel is an efficient operator that excels in sourcing, production, logistics, distribution and design and can leverage its infrastructure by providing services and resources to these smaller brand owners.

Our Lanier Apparel products are primarily sold through large retailers including department stores, discount and off-price retailers, warehouse clubs, national chains, specialty retailers, multi-branded e-commerce retailers and others. Lanier Apparel’s products are sold in more than 5,000 retail locations. In Lanier Apparel, we have long-standing relationships with some of the United States’ largest retailers, including department stores which represented 30% of Lanier Apparel’s sales in Fiscal 2019. During Fiscal 2019, Lanier Apparel’s four largest customers represented 24%, 18%, 14% and 13% respectively, of Lanier Apparel’s net sales. Sales to Lanier Apparel’s 10 largest customers represented more than 85% of Lanier Apparel’s net sales during Fiscal 2019. The amount and percentage of net sales attributable to an individual customer in future years may be different than Fiscal 2019 as sales to wholesale customers are not tied to long-term contracts.

As certain of Lanier Apparel’s private label and branded sales are program based, where Lanier Apparel must bid for a program on a case-by-case and season-by-season basis, an individual customer could increase, decrease or

18

Table of Contents

discontinue its purchases from us at any time. Thus, significant fluctuations in Lanier Apparel’s operating results from one year to the next may result, particularly if a program is not renewed, the customer decides to use another vendor, we determine that the return on the program is not acceptable to us, a new program is initiated, there is a significant increase in the volume of the program or otherwise.

The moderate price point tailored clothing and sportswear markets are extremely competitive sectors, with significant retail competition as well as gross margin pressures due to retail sales price pressures and production cost increases. We believe that our Lanier Apparel business has historically excelled at bringing quality products to our large big box customers at competitive prices and managing inventory risk appropriately while requiring minimal capital expenditure investments.

In order to better align Lanier Apparel’s operations with its historical operational strength of focusing on larger customers, we have decided to exit certain unprofitable or smaller customers and reduce infrastructure costs related to its sportswear business. We believe these changes will allow Lanier Apparel to focus on large volume programs and customers, where it has historically been successful.

Design, Manufacturing, Sourcing, Marketing and Distribution

We believe that superior customer service and supply chain management, as well as the design of quality products, are all integral components of our strategy in the branded and private label tailored clothing and sportswear markets in which Lanier Apparel operates. Our Lanier Apparel design teams, which are primarily located in New York City and Atlanta, focus on the target consumer for each brand and product. The design process combines feedback from buyers and sales agents along with market trend research and input from manufacturers. Our various Lanier Apparel products are manufactured from a variety of fibers, including wool, silk, linen, cotton and other natural fibers, as well as synthetics and blends of these materials.

Lanier Apparel manages production in Asia and Latin America through the efforts of our Lanier Apparel offices in Atlanta and Hong Kong as well as third party buying agents. Lanier Apparel’s sourcing operations are also supplemented, as appropriate, by third party contractors who may provide certain sourcing functions or in-country quality assurance to further enhance Lanier Apparel’s global sourcing operations. During Fiscal 2019, 70% of Lanier Apparel’s product purchases were from manufacturers located in Vietnam. Lanier Apparel purchased goods from approximately 125 suppliers in Fiscal 2019. The 10 largest suppliers of Lanier Apparel provided 90% of the finished goods and raw materials Lanier Apparel acquired from third parties during Fiscal 2019, with 30% of our product purchases acquired from Lanier Apparel’s largest third party supplier. In addition to purchasing products from third parties, Lanier Apparel operates a manufacturing facility, located in Merida, Mexico, which produced 10% of our Lanier Apparel products during Fiscal 2019.

The advertising efforts of Lanier Apparel are much more product specific than the advertising for our owned lifestyle brands. For Lanier Apparel’s licensed branded products, advertising primarily consists of cooperative advertising with our larger customers, contributions to the licensor based on a specified percentage of our net sales to fund the licensor’s general brand advertising initiatives and attending brand appropriate trade shows. As a provider of private label apparel, Lanier Apparel is generally not responsible for advertising for private label brands. For its owned brands, Lanier Apparel engages in marketing activities to increase the recognition and appeal of the brands.

For Lanier Apparel, we use a distribution center located in Toccoa, Georgia, a distribution center in Lyons, Georgia and certain third party distribution centers for our product shipments, where we receive goods from our suppliers, inspect those products and ship the goods to our customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory to support programs for pre-booked orders and to meet customer demand for at-once ordering. For certain standard product styles, which represents about one-half of Lanier Apparel’s net sales, we maintain in-stock replenishment programs, providing shipment to customers and consumers within just a few days of receiving the order. These types of programs generally require higher inventory levels. Lanier Apparel uses various off-price retailers to sell excess prior-season inventory.

19

Table of Contents

We maintain apparel sales offices and showrooms for our Lanier Apparel products in several locations, including New York City and Atlanta and employ a sales force consisting primarily of salaried employees. Lanier Apparel operates websites for certain of its businesses and also ships orders directly to consumers who purchase products from the websites of certain of its wholesale customers. Sales to our customers where the consumer orders from the website of Lanier Apparel’s wholesale customers, e-commerce retailers and catalog retailers as well as sales on Lanier Apparel’s own websites represented 20% of Lanier Apparel’s sales in Fiscal 2019.

Seasonal Aspects of Business

Lanier Apparel’s operating results are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style may vary significantly depending on the time of year. As a wholesale apparel business, in which product shipments generally occur prior to the retail selling seasons, the seasonality of Lanier Apparel often reflects stronger spring and fall wholesale deliveries which typically occur in our first and third quarters; however, in some fiscal years this will not be the case due to certain of Lanier Apparel’s operations resulting from program-driven businesses. The timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments, the introduction of new programs, the loss of programs or customers or other factors affecting the business may vary significantly from one year to the next. For example, in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2019, Lanier Apparel incurred significant inventory markdown charges which along with lower net sales, resulted in an operating loss for the quarter. Therefore, we do not believe that net sales or operating income of Lanier Apparel for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating income for Fiscal 2019 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years. The following table presents the percentage of net sales and operating income for Lanier Apparel by quarter for Fiscal 2019:

    

First Quarter

    

Second Quarter

    

Third Quarter

    

Fourth Quarter

 

Net sales

 

27

%  

22

%  

30

%  

21

%

Operating income

 

81

%  

17

%  

133

%  

(131)

%

Southern Tide

We acquired the Southern Tide lifestyle apparel brand in Fiscal 2016. Southern Tide designs, sources, markets and distributes high-quality apparel bearing the distinctive Skipjack logo. Southern Tide offers an extensive selection of men’s shirts, pants, shorts, outerwear, ties, swimwear, footwear and accessories, as well as women’s and youth collections. Launched in 2006, Southern Tide combines the modern design elements of today’s youthful trends with love for the Southern culture and lifestyle. The brand has an appeal to all ages who have an appreciation for classic design, vibrant colors and a great fit and an affection for the coast. Southern Tide products can be found inat independent specialty retailers, better department stores, Southern Tide Signature Stores aswhich are described below, and on our Southern Tide website, southerntide.com.southerntide.com, and our three Southern Tide retail stores. During Fiscal 2019, 79%2020, 64% of Southern Tide’s sales were wholesale sales, and 21%32% of Southern Tide’s sales were e-commerce sales and 4% of Southern Tide’s sales were retail store sales.

We believe that there is significant opportunity to expand the reach of the Southern Tide brand by further increasing the wholesale presence of the brand and growing the direct to consumer business including e-commerce and retail sales. We believe that the wholesale growth and expansion will be at a prudent pace as we believe that the integrity and success of the Southern Tide brand is dependent, in part, upon controlled wholesale distribution with careful selection of the retailers through which Southern Tide products are sold. We anticipate that the direct to consumer operations will grow at a faster pace than wholesale operations fueled by the addition of more owned Southern Tide retail stores in future years, after openingas well as continued growth in our Southern Tide e-commerce operations. We opened the first owned Southern Tide retail store in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2019, as well as continued growthand had two additional store openings in our Southern Tide e-commerce operations.Fiscal 2020.

We believe that in order to take advantage of opportunities for long-term growth, we must continue to invest in the Southern Tide brand. While we believe that these investments will generate long-term benefits, the investments may have a short-term negative impact on Southern Tide���sTide’s operating margin given the current size of the Southern Tide business. We believe that the retail sales value of all Southern Tide branded products sold during Fiscal 2019, including our estimate of retail sales by our wholesale customers and other third party retailers, exceeded $85 million.

20

Table of Contents

Design, Sourcing, Marketing and Distribution

Southern Tide’s products are developed by our dedicated design teams located at the Southern Tide headquarters in Greenville, South Carolina. Our Southern Tide design teams focus on the target consumer, and the design process combines feedback from buyers, consumers and our sales force, along with market trend research. Southern Tide apparel products are designed to incorporate various fiber types, including cotton and other natural and man-made fibers, or blends of two or more of these materials.

During Fiscal 2019, Southern Tide used our Hong Kong-based sourcing office to manage the production and sourcing of a majority of its apparel product purchases with the remaining product purchases via third party buying agents. Southern Tide used approximately 60 suppliers with the largest individual supplier providing 20% of the Southern Tide products in Fiscal 2019. Also, the largest 10 suppliers of Southern Tide provided 70% of the Southern Tide products acquired. Approximately 35%, 25% and 25% of Southern Tide apparel products were sourced from China, Vietnam and Indonesia, respectively.

Advertising and marketing are an integral part of the long-term strategy for the Southern Tide brand, and we therefore devote significant resources to advertising and marketing. Southern Tide’s advertising attempts to engage individuals within the brand’s consumer demographic and guide them on a regular basis to our e-commerce website and wholesale customers’ stores and websites in search of our products. The marketing of the Southern Tide brand includes email, internet and social media advertising as well as traditional media such as catalogs, print and other correspondence with customers and moving media and trade show initiatives. We believe that it is very important that a lifestyle brand effectively communicate with consumers on a regular basis about product offerings or other brand events in order to maintain and strengthen the brand’s connections with consumers. For certain of our wholesale customers, we also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to enhance the presentation of our branded products at their retail locations and/or participate in cooperative advertising programs. Additionally, Southern Tide enters into certain sponsorship or co-branding arrangements, which may be for a particular cause or non-profit organization, that the Southern Tide team believes will resonate with its target consumers.

Southern Tide used our owned distribution center in Lyons, Georgia for its warehouse and distribution center operations. Activities at the distribution center include receiving finished goods from suppliers, inspecting the products and shipping the products to wholesale customers and our e-commerce customers as well as embroidery of certain collegiate, corporate and golf related products. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory at the distribution center to support our direct to consumer operations, as well as pre-booked orders and some limited replenishment ordering for our wholesale customers.

Wholesale Operations

At this time, Southern Tide’s business is predominantly a wholesale business with sales to independent specialty stores, department stores and Southern Tide Signature Stores. Southern Tide’s wholesale operations provide an opportunity to grow our business and have access to a large group of consumers. During Fiscal 2019,2020, approximately 19%16% and 7% of Southern Tide’s sales were to department stores and 10% of net sales were to Southern Tide Signature Stores.Stores, respectively. Southern Tide’s net sales to its 10 largest wholesale customers represented 38%30% of Southern Tide’s net sales in Fiscal 2019,2020, with its largest customer representing 15%12% of Southern Tide’s net sales. Southern Tide products are available in more than 1,000 retail locations.

A component of Southern Tide’s plans for growth in wholesale distribution is sales to Signature Stores. For Signature Stores, we enter into license agreements whereby we grant the other party the right to independently operate one or more stores as a Southern Tide Signature Store, subject to certain conditions, including designating substantially all the storefloor space specifically for Southern Tide products and adhering to certain trademark usage requirements. We sell products to these Southern Tide Signature Stores on a wholesale basis and do not receive royalty income associated with these sales. As of February 1, 2020,

17

Table of Contents

January 30, 2021, there were 1518 Signature Stores including stores in Florida, Massachusetts, South Carolina and North Carolina. We anticipate some additional Signature Stores opening in Fiscal 2020.the future. In addition, we believe there is opportunity for wholesale growth for Southern Tide in women’s apparel, which represented 15%18% of Southern Tide’s net sales in Fiscal 2019.

21

Table of Contents

We maintain Southern Tide apparel sales offices and showrooms in Greenville, South Carolina. Our wholesale operations for Southern Tide use a sales force consisting of a combination of salaried sales employees and commissioned agents.2020.

Direct to Consumer Operations

A key component of our Southern Tide growth strategy is to expand our direct to consumer operations, which consists of the Southern Tide website and retail store operations. The Southern Tide website markets a full line of merchandise, including apparel and accessories, all presented in a manner intended to enhance the Southern Tide image, brand awareness and acceptance. We believe our Southern Tide website enables us to stay close to the needs and preferences of consumers. In addition to off-price retailers, we also use the Southern Tide website as a means of liquidating discontinued or out-of-season inventory in a brand appropriate manner. During the year, we have a number of e-commerce flash clearance sales per year,events, which are typically in industry end of season promotional periods.

In the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2019, we opened our first owned Southern Tide retail store in Jacksonville, Florida. During the year,In Fiscal 2020, we prepared for this retail store opening and roll-out by adding retail management leadership to the Southern Tide team. We anticipate openingopened retail stores in Fort Lauderdale and Destin, Florida duringFlorida. In Fiscal 2020,2021, we plan to open a retail store in Islamadora, Florida and we continue to look at additional opportunities for locations that may open later in the year. In the last couple of years, we prepared for these store openings and roll-out by supplementing the Southern Tide leadership team with retail management experience.

The operation of full-price retail stores requires a greater amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations, as well as greater ongoing operating costs. We anticipate that most future full-price retail store openings will generally be approximately 2,000 square feet on average; however, the determination of actual size of the store will depend on a variety of criteria. To open a 2,000 square foot Southern Tide full-price retail store, we anticipate capital expenditures of less than $1 million per store. We anticipate that for most of our full-price retail stores, the landlord will provide certain incentives to fund a portion of our capital expenditures,expenditures.

Lanier Apparel

In Fiscal 2020, we made the decision to exit our Lanier Apparel business, which is consistentexpected to be completed during the second half of Fiscal 2021. This decision is in line with our other operating groups.stated business strategy of developing and marketing compelling lifestyle brands and takes into consideration the increased challenges faced by the Lanier Apparel business, many of which were magnified by the COVID-19 pandemic.

Licensing Operations

We currently license the Southern Tide trademark to licenseesLanier Apparel designs, sources and distributes branded and private label men’s apparel, primarily consisting of tailored clothing and casual pants, across a wide range of price points, but primarily at moderate price points. The moderate price point tailored clothing market has been an extremely competitive sector for certain bed, bath and tie product categories. The agreements require minimum royalty paymentsyears, with significant retail competition as well as royalty payments based on specified percentagesincreasing gross margin pressures due to retail sales price pressures and production cost increases.

The majority of our Lanier Apparel products were historically sold under certain trademarks licensed to us by third parties including Kenneth Cole®, Dockers®, Cole Haan® and Nick Graham®. Additionally, we designed and marketed products for our owned Billy London®, Oxford®, and Strong Suit® brands. In addition to these branded businesses, Lanier Apparel designed and sourced private label apparel products for certain customers. Lanier Apparel products are sold through large retailers including department stores, discount and off-price retailers, warehouse clubs, national chains, specialty retailers, multi-branded e-commerce retailers and others.

In Lanier Apparel, we historically had long-standing relationships with some of the licensee’sUnited States’ largest retailers, including department stores which represented approximately 30% of Lanier Apparel’s sales in Fiscal 2020. Lanier Apparel’s three largest customers represented 20%, 15% and 10%, respectively, of Lanier Apparel’s net sales in Fiscal 2020, while sales to Lanier Apparel’s 10 largest customers represented more than 77% of the licensed products and provides us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channelsLanier Apparel’s net sales during Fiscal 2020. Approximately 70% of distribution. In the long term, we believe licensing may be an attractive business opportunity for Southern Tide, but opportunities may be somewhat limited until the sales volume and distribution of the Southern Tide brand expands. Once the brand is more fully established, licensing requires modest additional investment but can yield high-margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure.

Seasonal Aspects of Business

Southern Tide’s operating results are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specificLanier Apparel’s product or style as well as the demand by distribution channel may vary significantly depending on the time of year. Southern Tide is primarilypurchases were from manufacturers located in Vietnam, with a wholesale apparel business and currently has a heaviersignificant concentration of Spring/Summer product category offerings. Thus, the seasonality of Southern Tide generally reflects stronger sales in the first half of the fiscal year. The timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments or other factors affecting the business may varypurchases from one year to the next. Therefore, we do not believe that net sales or operating income of Southern Tide for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating income for Fiscal 2019 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years. The following table presents the percentage of net sales and operating income for Southern Tide by quarter for Fiscal 2019:

    

First Quarter

    

Second Quarter

    

Third Quarter

    

Fourth Quarter

 

Net sales

 

30

%  

27

%  

20

%  

23

%

Operating income

 

45

%  

33

%  

10

%  

12

%

just a few manufacturers.

2218

Table of Contents

Corporate and Other

Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, the elimination of inter-segment sales and any other items that are not allocated to the operating groups including LIFO accounting adjustments. Because our LIFO inventory pool does not correspond to our operating group definitions, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the operating groups. Corporate and Other also includes the operations of other businesses which are not included in our four operating groups. The operations of TBBC, Duck Head® and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center are included in Corporate and Other. TBBC which we acquired in December 2017, designs, sources, markets and distributes premium childrenswear including bonnets, hats, apparel, swimwear and accessories through the TBBC e-commerce website, thebeaufortbonnetcompany.com, as well as wholesale specialty retailers. Duck Head designs, sources, markets and distributes premium men’s apparel including pants, shorts and tops through the Duck Head e-commerce website, duckhead.com, as well as wholesale specialty retailers.

TRADEMARKS

We own trademarks, many of which are very important and valuable to our business including Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Southern Tide. Generally, our trademarks are subject to registrations and pending applications throughout the world for use on apparel and, in some cases, apparel-related products, accessories, home furnishings and beauty products, as well as in connection with retail services. We continue to evaluate our worldwide usage and registration of our trademarks. In general, trademarks remain valid and enforceable as long as the trademarks are used in connection with our products and services in the relevant jurisdiction and the required registration renewals are filed. Important factors relating to risks associated with our trademarks include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.

ADVERTISING AND MARKETING

During Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, we incurred $50 million and $56 million, respectively of advertising expense. Advertising and marketing are an integral part of the long-term strategy for our lifestyle brands, and we therefore devote significant resources to these efforts. Thus, we believe that it is very important that our brands communicate regularly with consumers about product offerings or other brand events in order to maintain and strengthen connections with consumers. Our advertising emphasizes the respective brand’s image and lifestyle and attempts to engage individuals within the target consumer demographic and guide them on a regular basis to our e-commerce websites, retail stores or wholesale customers’ stores and websites in search of our products.

We increasingly utilize digital marketing, social media and email, as well as direct mail, to interact with consumers. Our marketing may also include sponsorships, collaborations, and co-branding initiatives, which may be for a particular cause or non-profit organization that is expected to resonate with target consumers, and traditional media such as catalogs, print and other correspondence with consumers.

We vary our engagement tactics to elevate the consumer experience as we attract new consumers, drive conversion, build loyalty, activate consumer advocacy and address the transformation of consumer shopping behaviors. Our creative marketing teams design and produce imagery and content, social media strategies, email and print campaigns designed to drive traffic to our direct to consumer locations and websites as well as to increase influencer amplification. We attempt to increase our brand awareness through a strategic emphasis on technology and continuing to elevate our digital presence which encompasses e-commerce, mobile e-commerce, digital media, social media and influencer marketing. We are also investing in analytical capabilities to promote a more personalized experience across our distribution channels. We continue to innovate to better meet consumer online shopping preferences (e.g. loyalty, ratings and reviews and mobile phone applications) and build brand equity. The COVID-19 pandemic has had a significant impact on consumer behaviors and has accelerated the trend for a digital first consumer. This provided a catalyst for accelerating the implementation of new direct to consumer business models and consumer engagement programs, such as selling through social media.

19

Table of Contents

Marketing initiatives in our direct to consumer operations may include special event promotions, including loyalty award card, Flip Side, Friends & Family and gift with purchase events and a variety of public relations activities designed to create awareness of our brands and products, drive traffic to our websites and stores, convert new consumers and increase demand and loyalty. Our various initiatives are effective in increasing online and in-store traffic resulting in the proportion of our sales that occur during our marketing initiatives increasing in recent years, which puts some downward pressure on our direct to consumer gross margins.

We believe that highly visible full-price retail store locations with creative design, broad merchandise selection and brand appropriate visual presentation are key enticements for customers to visit and buy merchandise. We believe that full-price retail stores attract new consumers and enhance the shopping experience of our existing customers, which will increase consumer brand loyalty, our net sales and sales of our products for our wholesale customers.

For certain of our wholesale customers, we may also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to enhance the presentation of our products at their retail locations and/or participate in cooperative advertising programs.

PRODUCT DESIGN

We believe the principal competitive factors in the apparel industry are the reputation, value, and image of brand names; design of differentiated, innovative or otherwise compelling product; consumer preference; price; quality; marketing; product fulfillment capabilities; and customer service. Our ability to compete successfully in the apparel industry is directly related to our proficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference and presenting appealing products for consumers. Our design-led, commercially informed lifestyle brand operations strive to provide exciting, differentiated products each season.

Each of our lifestyle brands’ products are designed and developed by dedicated brand-specific teams who focus on the target consumer for the respective brand. The design process includes feedback from buyers, consumers and sales agents, along with market trend research. Our apparel products generally incorporate fabrics made of cotton, silk, linen, nylon, leather, tencel and other natural and man-made fibers, or blends of two or more of these materials.

PRODUCT SOURCING AND CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY

We intend to maintain flexible, diversified, cost-effective sourcing operations that provide high-quality apparel and related products. Our operating groups, either internally, using in-house employees located in the United States and/or Hong Kong, or through the use of third party buying agents, source virtuallymanage the production and sourcing of substantially all of our apparel and related products from non-exclusive, third party producers located in foreign countries, with a significant concentration in Asia. During Fiscal 2019, approximately 49% and 18% of our apparel and related products, excluding restaurant products, acquired directly by us or via buying agents, were from producers located in China and Vietnam, respectively, with no other country representing more than 10% of such purchases. We expect that the percentage of our products sourced from producers located in China will decrease in Fiscal 2020 and possibly in future years. countries.

Although we place a high value on long-term relationships with our suppliers of apparel and related products and have used many of our suppliers for a number of years, generally we do not have long-term contracts with our suppliers. Instead, we conduct business on an order-by-order basis. Thus, we compete with other companies for the production capacity of independent manufacturers. We believe that this approach provides us with the greatest flexibility in identifying the appropriate manufacturers while considering quality, cost, timing of product delivery and other criteria. We generally acquire products sold in our restaurant operations from various third party domestic suppliers. During Fiscal 2019,2020, no individual third party manufacturer, licensee or other supplier provided more than 10% of our product purchases in total or for our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer operating groups, while the purchases for our smaller operating groups and businesses each had certain vendors that provided more than 10% of product purchases. During Fiscal 2020, we purchased our products from approximately 300 suppliers with the 10 largest suppliers providing approximately 25% of our product purchases.

The production of our apparel and related products has a significant concentration in Asia. During Fiscal 2020 approximately 35% and 22%, compared to 49% and 18% for Fiscal 2019, of our apparel and related products, excluding restaurant products, acquired directly by us or via buying agents, were from producers located in China and Vietnam, respectively with no other country representing more than 10% of such purchases. For Fiscal 2020, the percentage of products sourced from China for our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer operating groups were 47% and 28%,

20

Table of Contents

respectively, with the percentage concentration from China for both operating groups decreasing from the prior year. We expect that the percentage of our products sourced from producers located in China will decrease further.

We purchase virtuallysubstantially all of our apparel and related products from third party producers as package purchases of finished goods, which are manufactured with oversight by us or our third party buying agents and to our design and fabric specifications. The use of contract manufacturers reduces the amount of capital investment required by us, as operating manufacturing facilities can require a significant amount of capital investment. We depend on the ability of third party producers to secure a sufficient supply of specified raw materials, adequately finance the production of goods ordered and maintain sufficient manufacturing and shipping capacity. We believe that purchasing substantially all of our products as package purchases allows us to reduce our working capital requirements as we are not required to purchase, or finance the purchase of, the raw materials or other production costs related to our apparel and related product purchases until we take ownership of the finished goods, which typically occurs when the goods are shipped by the third party producers. In addition to purchasing products from third parties, our Lanier Apparel operating group operatesoperated an owned manufacturing facility located in Merida, Mexico, which produced 2% of our total company products duringceased operations in Fiscal 2019.2020.

23

Table of Contents

As the design, manufacture and transportation of apparel and related products for our brands may take as many as six months for each season, we typically make commitments months in advance of when products will arrive in our retail stores or our wholesale customers’ stores. We continue to seek ways to reduce the time required from design and ordering to bringing products to our customers. As our merchandising departments must estimate our requirements for finished goods purchases for our own retail stores and e-commerce sites based on historical product demand data and other factors, and as purchases for our wholesale accounts must be committed to prior to the receipt of customer orders, we carry the risk that we have purchased more inventory than will ultimately be desired or that we will not have purchased sufficient inventory to satisfy demand, resulting in lost sales opportunities.

As part of our commitment to source our products in a lawful, ethical and socially responsible manner, each of our operating groups has implemented a code of conduct program applicable to vendors from whom we purchase apparel and related products, which includes provisions related to abiding by applicable laws as well as compliance with other business or ethical standards, including related human rights, health, safety, working conditions, environmental and other requirements. We require that each of our vendors and licensees comply with the applicable code of conduct or substantially similar compliance standards. All of our vendors from whom we purchase goods are also required by us to adhere to the United States Customs and Border Protection’s Customs-Trade Partnership Against Terrorism program, including standards relating to facility, procedural, personnel and cargo security. On an ongoing basis we assess vendors’ compliance with the applicable code of conduct and applicable laws and regulations through audits performed by either our employees or our designated agents. The assessment of compliance by vendors is directed by our corporate leadership team. In the event we determine that a vendor is not abiding by our required standards, we work with the vendor to remediate the violation. If the violation is not satisfactorily remediated, we will discontinue use of the vendor. For more information on our initiatives with respect to corporate social responsibility, please visit our website at oxfordinc.com.

IMPORT RESTRICTIONS AND OTHER GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS

We are exposed to certain risks as a result of our international operations as substantially all of our merchandise, as well as the products purchased by our licensing partners, is manufactured by foreign suppliers. During Fiscal 2019,2020, approximately 49%35% and 18%22% of our apparel and related products, excluding restaurant products, acquired directly by us or via buying agents, were from producers located in China and Vietnam, respectively, with no other country representing more than 10% of such purchases. Products imported by us, or imported by others and ultimately sold to us, are subject to customs, trade and other laws and regulations governing their entry into the United States and other countries where we sell our products, including various federal, state and local laws and regulations that govern any of our activities that may have adverse environmental, health and safety effects. Noncompliance with these laws and regulations may result in significant monetary penalties.

Substantially all of the merchandise we acquire is subject to certain duties which are assessed on the value of the imported product. These amounts represent a component of the inventories we sell and are included in cost of goods sold in our consolidated statements of operations. We paid total duties of more than $30 million and $45 million on

21

Table of Contents

products imported into the United States directly by us in Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, respectively, with the average duty rate on those products of approximately 16%17% of the value of the imported product.product in Fiscal 2020. Duty rates vary depending on the type of garment, fiber content and country of origin and are subject to change in future periods. In addition, while the World Trade Organization’s member nations have eliminated quotas on apparel and textiles, the United States and other countries into which we import our products are still allowed in certain circumstances to unilaterally impose "anti-dumping" or "countervailing" duties in response to threats to their comparable domestic industries.

Although we have not been materially inhibited from doing business insourcing products from desired markets in the past, we cannot assure that significant impediments will not arise in the future as we expand product offerings and brands and enter into new markets. In recent years the United States government has implemented additional duties on certain product categories across various industries and during Fiscal 2019 higher tariffs on apparel and related products manufactured in China were implemented.industries. It is possible that additional duty increases could occur in future years, which could have a significant unfavorable impact on the apparel retail industry and our cost of goods sold, operations, net sales, net earnings and cash flows. Our management regularly monitors proposed regulatory changes and the existing regulatory environment, including any impact on our operations or on our ability to import products. As a result of these changes

24

Table of Contents

and increased costs of production in certain countries that unfavorably impact our cost of goods sold, we continue to make changes in our supply chain, including exiting certain factories and sourcing those apparel or related products from a factory in a different foreign country. We anticipate that the proportion of our products sourced from China will decrease in Fiscal 2020 as a result of our ongoing efforts to shift production from China.

In addition, apparel and other related products sold by us are subject to stringent and complex product performance and security and safety standards, laws and other regulations. These regulations relate principally to product labeling, certification of product safety and importer security procedures. We believe that we are in material compliance with those regulations. Our licensed products and licensing partners are also generally subject to such regulation. Our agreements require our licensing partners to operate in compliance with all laws and regulations.

Important factors relating to risks associated with government regulations include those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.

DISTRIBUTION CENTERS

We operate four distribution centers, with each operating group generally serviced by one distribution center. Our Auburn, Washington, King of Prussia, Pennsylvania and Toccoa, Georgia distribution centers serve our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Lanier Apparel operating groups, respectively. Our Lyons, Georgia distribution center provides services for our smaller Southern Tide, TBBC and Duck Head businesses, as well as our Lilly Pulitzer business and certain third party customers.

Activities at the distribution centers include receiving finished goods from suppliers, inspecting the products and shipping the products to our retail store, e-commerce and wholesale customers, each as applicable. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory at the distribution centers to support our direct to consumer operations, as well as pre-booked, at-once and some in-stock replenishment orders for our wholesale customers. We use a local third party distribution center for our Tommy Bahama Australia operations.

More than 75% of our net sales in Fiscal 2020 were direct to consumer sales, which are filled on a current basis; accordingly, an order backlog is not material to our business.

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES

We believe that sophisticated information systems and functionality are important components of maintaining our competitive position and supporting continued growth of our businesses, particularly in the ever-changing consumer shopping environment. Our information systems are designed to provide effective retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and wholesale operations while emphasizing efficient point-of-sale, distribution center, design, sourcing, order processing, marketing, customer relationship management, accounting and other functions. We regularly evaluate the adequacy of our information technologies and upgrade or enhance our systems to gain operating efficiencies, to provide additional consumer access and to support our anticipated growth as well as other changes in our business. We believe

22

Table of Contents

that continuous upgrading and enhancements to our information systems with newer technology that offers greater efficiency, functionality and reporting capabilities is critical to our operations and financial condition.

LICENSING AGREEMENTS

We license the Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Southern Tide trademarks to licensees in categories beyond our brands’ core product categories. We believe licensing is an attractive business opportunity for our larger lifestyle brands. Once a brand is more fully established, licensing typically requires modest additional investment but can yield high-margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure. In evaluating a licensee for our brands, we typically consider the candidate’s experience, financial stability, sourcing expertise and marketing ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed licensed products with our products.

Our agreements with our licensees are brand specific, relate to specific geographic areas and have expirations at various dates in the future, with contingent renewal options in limited cases. Generally, the agreements require minimum royalty payments as well as royalty payments based on specified percentages of the licensee’s net sales of the licensed products as well as certain obligations for advertising and marketing. Our license agreements generally provide us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution.

We license the Tommy Bahama brand for a broad range of product categories including indoor furniture, outdoor furniture, beach chairs, bedding and bath linens, fabrics, leather goods and gifts, headwear, hosiery, sleepwear, shampoo, toiletries, fragrances, cigar accessories, distilled spirits and other products. Third party license arrangements for Lilly Pulitzer products include stationery and gift products; home furnishing products; and eyewear. We currently license the Southern Tide trademark to licensees for certain bed and bath product categories.

In addition to our license arrangements for the specific product categories listed above, we may enter into certain international distributor agreements which allow those parties to distribute apparel and other products on a wholesale and/or retail basis within certain countries or regions. As of January 30, 2021, we have agreements for the distribution of Tommy Bahama products in the Middle East and parts of Latin America. The products sold by the distributors generally are identical to the products sold in our own Tommy Bahama stores. In addition to selling Tommy Bahama goods to wholesale accounts, the distributors may, in some cases, operate their own retail stores. As of January 30, 2021, we have licensed Tommy Bahama stores located in the Middle East and Central America. None of these international distributor agreements are expected to generate growth that would materially impact our operating results in the near term.

SEASONAL ASPECTS OF BUSINESS

Each of our operating groups is impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. For detailsTypically, the demand for products for our larger brands and principal markets is higher in the spring, summer and holiday seasons and lower in the fall season (generally, the third quarter of our fiscal year). As a result, our quarterly operating results and working capital requirements fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter, with the third quarter historically having the lowest net sales compared to our other quarters and incurring an operating loss. Further, the impact of seasonality on each of our operating groups, see the business discussion of each operating group above.

As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments, weather or other factors affecting our operations may vary from one year to the next,next. Therefore, we do not believe that net sales or operating income for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating income for Fiscal 2019 or Fiscal 2020 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years. years, particularly in light of the COVID-19 pandemic’s significant impact on our Fiscal 2020 operating results.

HUMAN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

Our third quarter has historically been our smallest net saleskey strategy is to own brands that make people happy, and operating income quarter based on the appeal and assortmentwe recognize that successful execution of our brands’ product collections. The following table presents our percentage of net salesstrategy starts with people. We believe treating people fairly and operating results by quarter for Fiscal 2019:

    

First Quarter

    

Second Quarter

    

Third Quarter

    

Fourth Quarter

 

Net sales

 

25

%  

27

%  

22

%  

26

%

Operating income

 

32

%  

43

%  

3

%  

22

%

ORDER BACKLOG

As two-thirds of our sales are directwith respect is key to consumer sales, which are not reflected in an order backlog,long-term success and, more importantly, is simply the order backlog for wholesale sales may be impacted by a variety of factors, we do not believe that order backlog information is necessarily indicative of salesright thing to be expected for future periods. Therefore, we believe the order backlog is not material for an understanding of our business taken as a whole. Further, as our sales continue to shift towards direct to consumer rather than wholesale sales, the order backlog will continue to be less meaningful as a measure of our future sales and results of operations.do.

2523

Table of Contents

EMPLOYEES

As of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, we employed approximately 6,100 persons,3,900 individuals globally, more than 95% of whom approximately 85% were employed in the United States. Approximately 2,700 and 800 of these employees were dedicated to our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer businesses, respectively, while approximately 70% of our employees were retail store and restaurant employees. Our employee base fluctuates during the year, as we typically hire seasonal employees to support our retail store and restaurant operations, primarily during the holiday selling season. None of our employees as of January 30, 2021 was represented by unions.

Fiscal 2020 was a challenging year for our company, with the COVID-19 pandemic causing temporary, extended closures of all of our retail stores and restaurants in the First Half of Fiscal 2020 and significantly disrupting the retail apparel industry. Even after reopening certain of our bricks and mortar operations, due to government and health requirements and guidelines, we elected to offer only limited curbside pickup at some locations and restrict operating hours, where necessary. We also made some difficult decisions to strategically reduce our workforce to right-size our operations to preserve liquidity in the short-term but, more importantly, position ourselves to thrive in a post-pandemic retail environment. As a result, our total employee headcount declined more than 30% from the end of Fiscal 2019 to the end of Fiscal 2020.

Commitment to our Core Values

Our actions are guided by our company’s core values:

Integrity – Build trust through honest relationships. Do the right thing.
Respect – Have respect for oneself and for one another. Lead by example. Exercise humility.
Inclusion – Root our relationships with one another in understanding, awareness and mutual respect. Value and embrace diversity. Welcome the respectful, open expression of differing ideas and perspectives.
Accountability – Own our words, decisions and actions. Earn our reputation.
Teamwork – Show up for each other. Solve problems through good and transparent communication. Know we are strongest when we work as a team.
Curiosity – Improve and innovate. Simplify and streamline. Embrace change. Challenge ourselves.

We believe that our adherence to these core values in everything we do as a company furthers our good relations with employees, suppliers and customers.

Talent and Development

We are always looking for great people to join our team. We recognize that in order to remain competitive, we must attract, develop and retain top caliber employees in our design, marketing, merchandising, information technology and other functions, as well as in our retail stores, restaurants and distribution centers. Competition for talented employees is intense.

In furtherance of attracting and retaining employees committed to our core values and business strategy, we maintain competitive compensation programs that include a variety of components, including competitive pay consistent with skill level, experience and knowledge, as well as comprehensive benefit plans consisting of health and welfare plans, retirement benefits and paid leave for our employee relationsbase in the United States.

In 2018, we launched an ongoing initiative to assess how well we’re doing in managing performance, developing our people and putting our talent to its highest and best use across our company. Our aim is greater employee engagement and ultimately a more effective organization. As part of our commitment to our people, throughout our brands and businesses, we provide employees with training, growth and development opportunities, including on-the-job training, learning and development programs, and other educational programs.

Health and Safety

We are good.committed to maintaining a clean, safe and healthy work environment for all of our employees. In the interest of the health and safety of our employees, we made the preemptive decision prior to government mandate to close all of our retail store and restaurant operations in North America starting on March 17, 2020. For our distribution

24

Table of Contents

centers that continued to operate to service our e-commerce operations, as well as our retail stores, restaurants and corporate office operations that reopened at various points during Fiscal 2020, we have been carefully monitoring guidelines published by the Center for Disease Control and Prevention and have established a number of safety protocols, including face covering and physical distance policies, enhanced cleaning, daily self-health checks and temperature screenings. We continue to review, monitor and revise our protocols, as appropriate.

Diversity & Inclusion

Our ongoing commitment to having the best people includes a commitment to equal opportunity. We believe in a diverse and inclusive workplace that respects and invites differing ideas and perspective.

As of January 30, 2021, our global workforce was self-disclosed as 38% male, 62% female and less than 1% undisclosed or choosing not to identify. Among our management employees, who comprise approximately 20% of our workforce, the self-disclosed figures were 33% male, 67% female and less than 1% undisclosed or choosing not to identify. As of January 30, 2021, in the United States, which is the only jurisdiction in which our employees self-disclose ethnicity, the self-disclosed ethnicity of our workforce was 62% white (not Hispanic or Latino) and 38% non-white, whereas for management employees in the United States, the self-disclosed ethnicity figures were 78% white (not Hispanic or Latino) and 22% non-white.

We make a concerted effort to encourage the exchange of ideas and to actively listen to employee dialogue, provide appropriate training and ensure that the interests of all our employees are supported and advanced. We hope to maintain an environment where there is a sense of belonging and all voices are heard and valued.

Additional Information

For more information on our human capital management efforts, visit the Corporate Responsibility section of our website at https://www.oxfordinc.com/corporate-responsibility.

INFORMATION

Oxford Industries, Inc. is a Georgia corporation originally founded in 1942. Our corporate headquarters are located at 999 Peachtree Street, N.E., Ste. 688, Atlanta, Georgia 30309. Our internet address is oxfordinc.com. Copies of our annual report on Form 10-K, proxy statement, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available free of charge on our website the same day that they are electronically filed with the SEC. The information on our website is not and should not be considered part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is not incorporated by reference in this document.

Item 1A.   Risk Factors

The risks described below highlight some of the factors that could materially affect our operations. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, prospects and/or operating results may be adversely affected. These are not the only risks and uncertainties we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we currently consider immaterial or are not presently known to us may also adversely affect our business.

Risks Related to our Industry and Macroeconomic Conditions

The COVID-19 pandemic has adversely affected,had, and will continue to adversely affect,have, a material adverse effect on our business, revenues, financial condition and results of operations.

Actual or threatened epidemics, pandemics, outbreaks, or other public health crises may adversely affect our business, revenues, financial condition and results of operations. The risk of a pandemic, or public perception of the risk, could cause customers to avoid public places, including retail stores and restaurants, and could cause temporary or long-term disruptions in our supply chains and/or delays in our receipt or delivery of inventory.

The outbreak ofongoing COVID-19 identified in Wuhan, China in December 2019 and subsequently recognized as a pandemic by the World Health Organization in March 2020 has severely restricted the level of economic activity around the world. In response to this pandemic, the governments and public health officials of many countries, states, cities and other geographic regions have taken preventative or protective actions to mitigate the spread and severity of the coronavirus, such as imposing restrictions on travel and business operations and advising or requiring individuals to limit or forego their time

25

Table of Contents

outside of their homes. Temporary closures of businesses have been ordered and numerous other businesses have temporarily closed voluntarily. Due to the COVID-19 outbreak,pandemic, we saw reduced consumer traffic starting in early March 2020 and temporarily closed all our retail stores and restaurants in North America on March 17,the First Half of Fiscal 2020. Subsequent to those closures, we also temporarily closed

Although almost all of our retail locations in Australia. This pandemicstores and restaurants are open at this time, the related preventative and protective actions have significantly impacted our business and the business operations of other apparel retailers, including our wholesale customers, and has had, and willstores continue to have, a significant effect onbe impacted by requirements imposed by state and local governments with respect to occupancy levels, indoor dining and health and safety measures. In addition, our sales and results of operations for Fiscal 2020.

Our business is particularly sensitive to reductions in discretionary consumer spending, and we cannot predict the degreeduration or severity of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business. There continue to or the time period over, which our business will be affected by this coronavirus pandemic. There are numerous uncertainties associated with this outbreak,the COVID-19 pandemic, including the numbertiming and efficacy of individuals who will become infected, whether a vaccine or cure that mitigatesdistribution in the effectregions where we operate, the willingness of the virus will be synthesized, and, if so, when such vaccine or cure will be readypublic to be used,vaccinated, the extentpotential spread of new variants of COVID-19, and the protectiveactions of governments and preventative measures that have been putthird parties in place by both governmental entities and other businesses and those that may be put in place in the future, whether the coronavirus’ impact will be seasonal, the durationresponse to any resurgence of store and restaurant closures, the impact on the U.S. and world economy and numerous other uncertainties.COVID-19 cases or spread of new variants. Further, even after containment of the virus, or after some or all of our stores and restaurants are able to resume operations, any significantprolonged reduction in consumer traffic, consumer willingness to visit malls and shopping

26

Table of Contents

centers theor levels of consumer discretionary spending or employee willingness to work in our stores and restaurants would result in a further loss of revenues of cash flows.

revenues.

The coronavirusCOVID-19 pandemic has also impacted, and may continue to impact, our office locations, and distribution centers including through the effects of facility closures, reductions in operating hours, staggered shifts and other social distancing efforts, labor shortages and decreased productivity. These effectsshipping vendors, which may negatively impact our ability to meet consumer demand and may increase our costs of production and distribution.

For the reasons set forth above and other reasons that may come Our fulfillment of customer orders depends on third party shipping vendors. Service delays or disruptions, restrictions on services available to light if this coronavirus outbreak and any associated protectiveus or preventative measures expand, we cannot reasonably estimate the impactprice increases imposed by these vendors due to our business, revenues, financial conditionincreased demand or results of operations; however, the adverse impact of this event will be significant.

We operate in a highly competitive industry which is evolving very rapidly; our ability to execute our direct to consumer and portfolio-level strategies and/or transform our operations in light of shifts in consumer shopping behavior subjects us to risks that could adversely affect our financial results and operations.

We operate in a highly competitive industry in which the principal competitive factors are the reputation, value and image of brand names; design; consumer preference; price; quality; marketing; product fulfillment capabilities; and customer service. We believe that our ability to compete successfully is directly related to our proficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference, including the manner in which retail consumers seek to transact business and access products, and presenting appealing products for consumers when and where they seek it.

The highly competitive apparel industry is characterized by highly reduced barriers to entry. There is an abundant number of domestic and foreign apparel designers, manufacturers, distributors, importers, licensors and retailers, some of whom are also our customers, and some of whom may be significantly larger, are more diversified and/or have significantly greater financial resources than we do. Competitive factors within the apparel industry may result in reduced sales, increased costs, lower prices for our products and/or decreased margins.

One of our key initiatives has been to grow our branded businesses through distribution strategies that allow our consumers to access our brands whenever and wherever they choose to shop. Our success depends to a large degree on our ability to design and deliver compelling products; introduce new retail, restaurant and other concepts; identify suitable locations with the proper consumer demographics and suitable economic structures; establish the infrastructure necessary to support growth; source appropriate levels of inventory; hire and train qualified personnel; anticipate and implement innovations in sales and marketing technology to align with our consumers’ shopping preferences; maintain brand specific websites, mobile applications and other social media presence that offer the functionality and security customers expect; and enhance our advertising and marketing activities effectively to maintain our current customers and attract and introduce new ones to our brands and offerings.

The retail apparel market has been evolving very rapidly and in ways that are having a disruptive impact on traditional fashion retailers. This includes greater transparency for consumers in product pricing and competitive offerings from competing brandsoperational challenges as a result of technological advances; continued declinesthe COVID-19 pandemic could lead to higher expenses or an inability to deliver merchandise to our customers. Any failure to deliver customer orders on a timely and consistent basis could result in retail trafficreturns, requests for traditional fashion retailers, as consumers find new ways to shop; the entry by large e-commerce retailersrefunds, cancellation of orders or lost sales and otherscould harm our reputation and relationships with significant financial resources and enhanced distribution capabilities into the fashion retail space; increased investment in technology and multi-channel distribution strategies by large, traditional bricks and mortar and big box retailers; ongoing success in off-price and fast fashion channels of distribution, in particular those who offer brand label products at clearance; an increased emphasis by consumers on purchasing products that incorporate sustainable materials and practices in the supply chain; and increased promotional activities, both online and in-store, by department stores and traditional fashion retailers seeking to remain competitive, and in some cases viable.

our customers.

Any inability on our partof the negative impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, alone or in combination with others, could exacerbate many of the other risk factors discussed in this report. The full extent to properly managewhich the competitive challenges in our industry and effectively adapt to the evolving consumer shopping behavioral trends may result in lost sales, increase our costs and/or adversely impactCOVID-19 pandemic will negatively affect our results of operations, financial condition reputation and credibility.

27

Table of Contents

Our success dependscash flows will depend on the reputation and value of our brands; any failure to maintain the reputation or value of our brands and/or to offer innovative, fashionable and desirable products could adversely affect our business operations and financial condition.

Our success depends on the reputation and value of our brand names. The value of our brands could be diminished by actions taken by us or by our wholesale customers or others who have an interest in the brands. Actions that could cause harm to our brands include failing to respond to emerging fashion trends or meet consumer quality expectations; selling products bearing our brands through distribution channelsfuture developments that are inconsistent with the retail channels in which our customers expect to find those brands; becoming overly promotional; or setting up consumer expectations for promotional activity for our products. Customer activation, retentionhighly uncertain and acquisition in today’s technology-driven retail environment is critical and becoming more costly. As a result, we are becoming more reliant on social media as one of our marketing strategies, and the value of our brands couldcannot be adversely affected if we do not effectively communicate our brand message through social media vehicles that interface with existing and potential customers in “real-time.”predicted.

During Fiscal 2019, Tommy Bahama’s and Lilly Pulitzer’s net sales represented 60% and 25%, respectively, of our consolidated net sales. The significant concentration in our portfolio heightens the risks we face if one of these brands fails to meet our expectations and/or is adversely impacted by actions we or third parties take with respect to that brand or by competitive conditions in the apparel industry.

Although certain of our products carry over from season to season, the apparel industry is subject to rapidly changing fashion trends and shifting consumer demands. Due to the competitive nature of the apparel industry, there can be no assurance that the demand for our products will not decline or that we will be able to successfully evaluate and adapt our products to align with consumer preferences and changes in consumer demographics. Any failure on our part to develop and market appealing products could harm the reputation and desirability of our brands and products and/or result in weakened financial performance.

We also license many of our brand names to third party licensees, including for purposes of developing and marketing products outside of our core categories; for purposes of retail and/or wholesale distribution of our products, including our Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores and Southern Tide Signature Stores; and to introduce new concepts outside our core expertise. While we enter into comprehensive license and similar collaborative agreements with these third parties covering product design, product quality, brand standards, sourcing, social compliance, distribution, operations, manufacturing and/or marketing requirements and approvals, there can be no guarantee our brands will not be negatively impacted through our association with products or concepts outside of our core apparel products, by the market perception of the third parties with whom we associate and/or due to the actions of a licensee. The improper or detrimental actions of a licensee could significantly impact the perception of our brands.

In addition, we cannot always control the marketing and promotion of our products by our wholesale customers, licensees or other third parties, and actions by such parties that are inconsistent with our own marketing and distribution efforts and practices or that otherwise adversely affect the appeal of our products could diminish the value or reputation of one or more of our brands and have an adverse effect on our sales and business operations.

We have a robust legal and social compliance program for our third party manufacturers and vendors, including codes of conduct and vendor compliance standards. The reputation of our brands could be harmed if these third parties, substantially all of which are located outside the United States, fail to meet appropriate product safety, product quality and social compliance (including labor practices and human rights) standards. Despite our efforts, we cannot ensure that our manufacturers and vendors will at all times conduct their operations in accordance with ethical practices or that the products we purchase will always meet our safety and quality control standards. Any violation of our applicable codes of conduct, social compliance programs or local laws by our manufacturers or vendors or other actions or failures by us or such parties may result in a negative public perception of our brands or products, as well as disrupt our supply chain, which may adversely affect our business operations.

28

Table of Contents

Our business and financial condition are heavily influenced by general economic and market conditions which are outside of our control.

We are a consumer products company and are highly dependent on consumer discretionary spending and retail traffic patterns.patterns, particularly in the United States. The demand for apparel products changes as regional, domestic and international economic conditions change and may be significantly impacted by trends in consumer confidence and discretionary consumer spending patterns, which may be influenced by employment levels; recessions; inflation; fuel and energy costs; interest rates; tax rates; personal debt levels; savings rates; stock market and housing market volatility; shifting social ideology; natural disasters, public health issues (such as the impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic) and/or weather patterns; and general uncertainty about the future. The factors impacting consumer confidence and discretionary consumer spending patterns are outside of our control and difficult to predict, and, often, the apparel industry experiences longer periods of recession and greater declines than the general economy. In addition, as the growth in our direct to consumer operations continues to outpace our other operations, we have increased exposure to the risks associated with a volatile and unpredictable economic environment. Any decline in consumer confidence or change in discretionary consumer spending patterns could reduce our sales and/or adversely affect our business and financial condition.

The agenda of the new U.S. presidential administration includes a number of potential policy and legislation changes, including changes to U.S. tax legislation that could adversely affect our effective tax rate and to economic policies which could impact general economic conditions. Any such changes to U.S. policy or legislation could have a greater effect on us compared to our peers as a result of the concentration of our operations in the United States.

We operate in a highly competitive industry and may face competition from companies with significantly greater resources than us.

We operate in a highly competitive industry in which the principal competitive factors are the reputation, value and image of brand names; design of differentiated, innovative or otherwise compelling product; consumer preference;

26

Table of Contents

price; quality; marketing; product fulfillment capabilities; and customer service. The highly competitive apparel industry is characterized by low barriers to entry, with new competition entering the marketplace regularly. There are numerous domestic and foreign apparel designers, manufacturers, distributors, importers, licensors and retailers, some of whom are also our customers. Some of these companies may be significantly larger or more diversified than us and/or have significantly greater financial resources than we do. Competitive factors within the apparel industry may result in reduced sales, increased costs, lower prices for our products and/or decreased margins.

Failure to anticipate and adapt to changing fashion trends and consumer preferences could harm our reputation and financial performance.

We believe that our ability to compete successfully is directly related to our proficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference and presenting appealing products for consumers when and where they seek it. Although certain of our products carry over from season to season, the apparel industry is subject to rapidly changing fashion trends and shifting consumer expectations, as evidenced by the recent acceleration of casualization trends in the apparel industry in the midst of the COVID-19 pandemic. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully evaluate and adapt our products to align with consumer preferences and changes in consumer demographics. Any failure on our part to develop and market appealing products could harm the reputation and desirability of our brands and products and/or result in weakened financial performance.

Our operations and those of our suppliers, vendors and wholesale customers may be affected by changes in weather patterns, natural or man-made disasters, civil unrest, public health crises, war, terrorism or other catastrophes.

Our sales volume and operations and the operations of third parties on whom we rely, including our suppliers, vendors, licensees and wholesale customers, may be adversely affected by unseasonable or severe weather conditions, natural or man-made disasters, public health crises, war, terrorist attacks, including heightened security measures and responsive military actions, or other catastrophes which may cause consumers to alter their purchasing habits or result in a disruption to our operations. Our business may also be adversely affected by instability, disruption or destruction, regardless of cause, including civil insurrection or unrest. These events may result in closures of our retail stores, restaurants, offices or distribution centers and/or declines in consumer traffic, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Because of the seasonality of our business, the concentration of a significant proportion of our retail stores and wholesale customers in certain geographic regions, including a resort and/or coastal focus for most of our lifestyle brands, and the concentration of our sourcing and distribution center operations, the occurrence of such events could disproportionately impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

Risks Related to our Business Strategy and Operations

Additionally,Our inability to execute our direct to consumer and portfolio-level strategies in response to shifts in consumer shopping behavior could adversely affect our financial results and operations.

One of our key long-term initiatives over the last several years has been to grow our branded businesses through distribution strategies that allow our consumers to access our brands whenever and wherever they choose to shop. Our ability to anticipate and transform our business in response to the manner in which retail consumers seek to transact business and access products requires us to introduce new retail, restaurant and other concepts in suitable locations; anticipate and implement innovations in sales and marketing technology to align with our consumers’ shopping preferences; invest in appropriate digital and other technologies; establish the infrastructure necessary to support growth; maintain brand specific websites and mobile applications that offer the functionality and security customers expect; and effectively enhance our advertising and marketing activities, including our social media presence, to maintain our current customers and attract and introduce new consumers to our brands and offerings.

Even prior to the emergence of the COVID-19 pandemic, the retail apparel market was evolving very rapidly in ways that are disruptive to traditional fashion retailers. These changes included sustained declines in bricks and mortar retail traffic; entry into the fashion retail space by large e-commerce retailers and others with significant changesfinancial resources and enhanced distribution capabilities; increased investment in technology and multi-channel distribution

27

Table of Contents

strategies by large, traditional bricks and mortar and big box retailers; ongoing emphasis on off-price and fast fashion channels of distribution, in particular those who offer brand label products at clearance; and increased appeal for consumers of products that incorporate sustainable materials and processes in the supply chain and/or otherwise reflect their social or personal values. In response, traditional fashion retailers and competing brands have increasingly offered greater transparency for consumers in product pricing and continue to engage in increased promotional activities, both online and in-store. These trends accelerated during the COVID-19 pandemic and are likely to continue to evolve in ways that may not yet be evident. Any inability on our part to effectively adapt to rapidly evolving consumer behavioral trends may result in lost sales, increase our costs and/or adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition, reputation and credibility.

Failure to maintain the reputation or value of our brands could harm our business operations and financial condition.

Our success depends on the reputation and value of our brand names. The value of our brands could be diminished by actions taken by us or by our licensees, wholesale customers or others who have an interest in our brands. Actions that could cause harm to our brands include failing to respond to emerging fashion trends or meet consumer quality expectations; selling products bearing our brands through distribution channels that are inconsistent with customer expectations; becoming overly promotional; or setting up consumer expectations for promotional activity for our products. It is possible that certain actions taken by us in response to the COVID-19 pandemic could impair the reputation or image of our brands despite our focus on protecting the long-term value of our brands. In addition, social media is a critical marketing and customer acquisition strategy in today’s technology-driven retail environment, and the value of our brands could be adversely affected if we do not effectively communicate our brand message through social media vehicles, including with respect to our social responsibility and sustainability initiatives. The significant concentration in our portfolio heightens the risks we face if one of our brands is adversely impacted by actions we or third parties take with respect to that brand.

The improper or detrimental actions of a licensee or wholesale customer could also significantly impact the perception of our brands. While we enter into comprehensive license and similar collaborative agreements with third party licensees covering product design, product quality, brand standards, sourcing, social compliance, distribution, operations, manufacturing and/or marketing requirements and approvals, there can be no guarantee our brands will not be negatively impacted through our association with products or concepts outside of our core apparel products and by the market perception of the third parties with whom we associate. In addition, we cannot always control the marketing and promotion of our products by our wholesale customers, and actions by such parties that adversely affect the appeal of our products could diminish the value or reputation of one or more of our brands and have an adverse effect on our sales, gross margins and business operations. We may also elect to enter into retail or wholesale distribution arrangements, or joint ventures, with third parties for certain international markets, and such arrangements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including our reliance on the operational skill and expertise of a local operator, the ability of the operator to appropriately represent our brands in those markets and any protective rights to which the third party may be entitled.

We may be unable to grow our business through organic growth, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

A key component of our business strategy is organic growth in our brands, the importance of which is heightened as we seek to return to full operating performance and gross margins following contractions in our business and the industry as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Organic growth may be achieved by, among other things, increasing sales in our direct to consumer channels; selling our products in new markets; increasing our market share in existing markets; expanding the demographic appeal of our brands; expanding our margins through product cost reductions, price increases or otherwise; expanding the customer reach of our brands through new and enhanced advertising initiatives; and increasing the product offerings and concepts within our various operating groups, such as the opening of additional Marlin Bars at Tommy Bahama and owned retail stores at Southern Tide. Successful growth of our business is also subject to our ability to implement plans for expanding and/or maintaining our existing businesses at satisfactory levels. We may not be successful in achieving suitable organic growth, and our inability to grow our business may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

28

Table of Contents

In addition, investments we make in technology, advertising and infrastructure, retail stores and restaurants, office and distribution center facilities, personnel and elsewhere may not yield the full benefits we anticipate, and sales growth may be outpaced by increases in operating costs, putting downward pressure on our operating margins and adversely affecting our results of operations. If we are unable to increase our revenues organically, we may be required to pursue other strategic initiatives, including reductions in costs and/or acquisitions, in order to grow our business. These initiatives may not be available to us on desirable terms, inhibiting our ability to increase profitability.

Failure to successfully execute our strategic initiative to improve Tommy Bahama’s operating performance may have an adverse impact on our growth and profitability.

Tommy Bahama, which represented 56% of our net sales in Fiscal 2020 and maintains a larger bricks and mortar footprint and fixed cost structure, faced several years of lower operating margins. Entering Fiscal 2020, we were in the process of implementing and executing a multi-year initiative to improve Tommy Bahama’s operating performance and long-term growth prospects, which included an enhanced outlet and clearance strategy, improved gross margin through selective price increases and reduced product costs, selective right-sizing of our store footprint, controlling and reducing overhead and operating expenses, implementing marketing initiatives targeting new customer acquisition and improving the Tommy Bahama customer experience. A strategic initiative of this nature is inherently challenging and faces significant potential risks, with the COVID-19 pandemic magnifying the challenges facing Tommy Bahama and requiring adaptability to today’s more digital retail environment. Any failure in our execution of this strategy, including delays and/or cost overruns, may adversely affect our ability to achieve long-term sustainable sales and operating margin growth and at the same time may detract from our focus and execution of other strategic initiatives.

The acquisition of new businesses is inherently risky, and we cannot be certain that we will realize the anticipated benefits of any acquisition.

Growth of our business through acquisitions of lifestyle brands that fit within our business model is a component of our long-term business strategy. The competitive climate for desirable acquisition candidates drives higher market multiples, and we may pay more to consummate an acquisition than the value we derive from the acquired business. Acquisitions may cause us to incur debt or make dilutive issuances of our equity securities. Additionally, as a result of acquisitions, we may become responsible for unexpected liabilities that we failed or were unable to discover in the course of performing due diligence.

In addition, the benefits of an acquisition may not materialize to the extent or within the time periods anticipated. Integrating acquired businesses is a complex, time-consuming and expensive process. The integration process for newly acquired businesses could create a number of challenges and adverse consequences for us associated with the integration of product lines, support functions, employees, sales teams and outsourced manufacturers; employee turnover, including key management and creative personnel of the partiesacquired business and our existing businesses; disruption in product cycles for newly acquired product lines; maintenance of acceptable standards, controls, procedures and policies; operating business in new geographic territories; diversion of the attention of our management from other areas of our business; and the impairment of relationships with customers of the acquired and existing businesses. Furthermore, certain acquisitions may also be structured utilizing contingent consideration based on the acquired business’ post-acquisition results, and the principals from whom we acquired such a business, many of whom may continue to operate the business as our employees, may have differing interests than those of our shareholders because of such arrangements.

As the fashion retail environment evolves, our investment criteria for acquisitions has grown to include smaller brands and non-controlling investments in burgeoning brands seeking debt or equity financing. The limited operating history, less experienced management teams and less sophisticated systems, infrastructure and relationships generally associated with such brands may heighten the risks associated with acquisitions generally. Minority investments present additional risks, including the potential disproportionate distraction to our management team relative to the potential financial benefit; the potential for a conflict of interest; the damage to our reputation of associating with a brand which may take actions inconsistent with our values; and the financial risks associated with making an investment in an unproven business model.

29

Table of Contents

The divestiture or discontinuation of businesses and product lines, such as our exit of the Lanier Apparel business, could result in unexpected liabilities and adversely affect our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.

From time to time, we conductalso divest or discontinue businesses, product lines and/or programs, including exiting relationships with certain wholesale customers, including department stores, that do not align with our strategy or provide the returns that we expect or desire. Such dispositions and/or discontinuations may result in underutilization of our retained resources if the exited operations are not replaced with new lines of business, including suppliers, customers, trademark licensees and lenders, among others, noweither internally or through acquisition. In addition, we may become responsible for unexpected liabilities, some of which may be triggered or increased by a purchaser’s operation of the disposed business following the transaction. Those liabilities combined with any other liabilities we contractually retain, individually or in the aggregate, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

In December 2020, we announced that we are exiting the Lanier Apparel business, which is expected to be completed during the Second Half of Fiscal 2021. We took significant charges and established reserves during the Second Half of Fiscal 2020 and have also made estimates as to the future orfinancial impact of an orderly exit. However, if we are unable to effectively, efficiently and timely execute the wind down of our Lanier Apparel business, we may incur additional costs and cash outflows. Given the significant uncertainties about the retail environment during the pendency of the COVID-19 pandemic, there can be no assurance that we will complete the Lanier Apparel exit in a timely fashion in accordance with our current plans. Our announcement and subsequent actions in furtherance of the accesswind down may subject us to capital markets for any such parties, couldsubstantial risks and uncertainties that may result in lower demand for our products, lower sales, higher costs, greater credit riska material adverse effect on our sales orfinancial condition, cash flows and results of operations, including our ability to retain Lanier Apparel employees through the wind down; the potential for other disruptionslosses in excess of our current expectations, including those resulting from third party relationships impacted by our decision; and the diversion of senior management’s attention from our ongoing operations while executing the exit from the Lanier Apparel business.

The loss of one or more of our key wholesale customers, or a significant adverse change in a customer’s financial performance or financial position, could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.

We generate a significant percentage of our wholesale sales, which was 23% of our net sales in Fiscal 2020, from a few key customers. For example, during Fiscal 2019, 44%customers, with our three largest customers representing 13%, 10% and 8%, respectively of our consolidated wholesale sales or 13% of our consolidated net sales, were to our five largest customers.in Fiscal 2020. Over the last several years, there have been significant levels of store closures and bankruptcies and financial restructurings by department stores and other large retailers particularly as the retail industry has transitioned more towards online and mobile transactions; increased prevalence and emphasis on private label products at large retailers; direct sourcing of products by large retailers; consolidation of a number of retailers; andhave faced increased competition experienced by our wholesale customers from online competitors. A decreasecompetitors, declining sales and profitability and tightened credit markets, resulting in store closures, bankruptcies and financial restructurings. These challenges have been exacerbated by the number of stores that carry our products, restructuringCOVID-19 pandemic and resulting economic downturn. Restructuring of our customers’ operations, continued store closures by major department stores and other large retailers,or increased direct sourcing and greater leverage by customers realignment of customer affiliations or other factors could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.

We generally do not have long-term contracts with our wholesale customers. Instead, we rely on long-standing relationships with these customers, the appeal of our brands and our position within the marketplace. As a result, purchases generally occur on an order-by-order basis, and each relationship can typically be terminated by either party at any time. A decision by one or more of our key wholesale customers to terminate its relationship with us or to reduce its purchases from us, whether motivated by competitive considerations, quality or style issues, financial difficulties, economic conditions or otherwise, could adversely affect our net sales and profitability, as it would be difficult to immediately, if at all, replace this business with new customers, reduce our operating costs or increase sales volumes with other existing customers. In addition, as department stores and other retailers become more promotional, we continuously evaluate our sales to certain wholesale channels of distribution, for brand protection or otherwise, and in some cases have terminated or curtailed our sales to those customers and may continue to do so, which impacts our net sales and profitability.

We also extend credit to most of our key wholesale customers without requiring collateral, which results in a large amount of receivables from just a few customers. At February 1, 2020, our five largest outstanding customer balances represented $32 million, or 55% of our consolidated receivables balance. Companies in the apparel industry, including some of our customers, may experience financial difficulties, including bankruptcies, restructurings and

29

Table of Contents

reorganizations, tightened credit markets and/or declining sales and profitability, all of which may be exacerbated as a result of the ongoing COVID-19 outbreak and any resulting economic downturn. A significant adverse change in a customer’s financial position or ability to satisfy its obligations to us could cause us to limit or discontinue business with that customer, in some cases after we have already made product purchase commitments for inventory; require us to assume greater credit risk relating to that customer’s receivables; or limit our ability to collect amounts related to shipments to that customer. In addition, a decision by one or more of our key wholesale customers to terminate its relationship with us or to reduce its purchases from us or our licensees, whether motivated by competitive considerations, a change in desired product assortment, quality or style issues, financial difficulties, economic conditions or otherwise, could also adversely affect our business.

Our business could be harmed if we fail to maintain proper inventory levels.

Many factors, such as economic conditions, fashion trends, consumer preferences, the financial condition of our wholesale customers and weather, make it difficult to accurately forecast demand for our products. In order to meet the expected demand for our products in a cost-effective manner, we make commitments for production several months prior to our receipt of goods and typically without firm commitments from our customers. Depending on the demand for our products, we may be unable to sell the products we have ordered or that we have in our inventory, which may result

30

Table of Contents

in inventory markdowns, costs incurred to cancel inventory purchases or the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices and through off-price channels. These events, many of which were exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic, could significantly harm our operating results and impair the image of our brands. Conversely, if we underestimate demand for our products or if we are unable to access our products when we need them, for example due to a third party manufacturer’s inability to source materials or produce goods in a timely fashion or as a result of delays in the delivery of products to us, we may experience inventory shortages, which might result in unfilled orders, negatively impact customer relationships, diminish brand loyalty and result in lost sales, any of which could harm our business. These risks relating to inventory may also escalate as our direct to consumer sales, for which we do not have any advance purchase commitments, continue to increase as a proportion of our consolidated net sales.

We are subject to risks associated with leasing real estate for our retail stores and restaurants.

We lease all of our retail store and restaurant locations. Successful operation of our retail stores and restaurants depends, in part, on our ability to identify desirable, brand appropriate locations; the overall ability of the location to attract a consumer base sufficient to make sales volume profitable; our ability to negotiate satisfactory lease terms and employ qualified personnel; and our ability to timely construct and complete any build-out and open the location in accordance with our plans. A decline in the volume of consumer traffic at our retail stores and restaurants, due to economic conditions, shifts in consumer shopping preferences or technology, a decline in the popularity of malls or lifestyle centers in general or at those in which we operate, the closing of anchor stores or other adjacent tenants or otherwise, all of which have been exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic, have had and could continue to have a negative impact on our sales, gross margin and results of operations. Our growth may be limited if we are unable to identify new locations with consumer traffic sufficient to support a profitable sales level or the local market reception to a new retail store opening is inconsistent with our expectations.

Our retail store and restaurant leases generally represent long-term financial commitments, with substantial costs at lease inception for a location’s design, leasehold improvements, fixtures and systems installation and recurring fixed costs. On an ongoing basis, we review the financial performance of our retail and restaurant locations in order to determine whether continued operation is appropriate. Even if we determine that it is desirable to exit a particular location, we may be unable to close an underperforming location due to continuous use clauses and/or because negotiating an early termination would be cost prohibitive. In addition, due to the fixed-cost structure associated with these operations, negative cash flows or the closure of a retail store or restaurant could result in impairment of leasehold improvements, impairment of operating lease assets and/or other long-lived assets, severance costs, lease termination costs or the loss of working capital, which could adversely impact our business and financial results. Furthermore, as each of our leases expire, we may be unable to negotiate renewals, either on commercially acceptable terms or at all, which could force us to close retail stores and/or restaurants in desirable locations.

As a result of temporary retail store and restaurant closures and ongoing depressed consumer traffic due to the COVID-19 pandemic, we determined that the payment of rents that might have otherwise been due under our retail store and restaurant leases was inappropriate. Accordingly, with limited exceptions where alternative arrangements with our landlords had been finalized, we discontinued rent payments starting in April 2020. We have negotiated equitable rental arrangements with substantially all of the landlords for our retail and restaurant locations and are confident that we will be able to resolve these matters with the landlords for our remaining locations. However, there can be no assurances, and some of these outstanding landlords may choose to claim that our non-payment constitutes a default under our leases. Successful claims against us, if any, could materially affect our business, operations, financial condition and future growth. Even where successful, litigation could be costly, distract our management and result in reputational harm. In addition, if a resurgence of COVID-19 cases or the spread of new variants require us to close our stores and restaurants or further restrict our operations, we may not be able to negotiate further equitable arrangements with our landlords in respect of such future closures or restrictions.

We make use of debt to finance our operations, which exposes us to risks that could adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

The continued growth of our business depends on our access to sufficient funds. Our levels of debt vary as a result of the seasonality of our business, investments in our operations and working capital needs, and the terms or forms

31

Table of Contents

of our financing arrangements may change. If the need arises in the future to finance expenditures in excess of those supported by our existing credit facility, we may need to seek additional funding through debt or equity financing. Our ability to obtain that financing will depend on many factors, including prevailing market conditions, our financial condition and our ability to negotiate favorable terms and conditions. The terms of any such financing or our inability to secure such financing could adversely affect our ability to execute our strategies, and the negative covenants in our debt agreements, now or in the future, may increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions and/or limit our flexibility in carrying out our business strategy and plans.

In addition, we have interest rate risk on indebtedness under our variable rate U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. Our exposure to variable rate indebtedness may increase in the future, based on our debt levels and/or the terms of future financing arrangements. Further, an increase in the interest rate environment would require us to pay a greater amount towards interest, even if the amount of borrowings outstanding remains the same.

A portion of our indebtedness under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement at any time may use the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) as the benchmark for establishing the interest rate. Recent regulatory reform efforts may cause LIBOR to cease to exist, new methods of calculating LIBOR to be established or the use of an alternative reference rate(s). As the future of LIBOR at this time is uncertain, the potential effect of any future changes cannot yet be determined but could adversely impact our interest expense and, thus, our results of operations.

Risks Related to Cybersecurity and Information Technology

Cybersecurity attacks and/or breaches of information security or privacy could disrupt our operations, cause us to incur additional expenses, expose us to litigation and/or cause us financial harm.

Cybersecurity attacks continue to become increasingly sophisticated, and experienced computer programmers and hackers may be able to penetrate our network security and misappropriate or compromise our assets, including confidential information, or disrupt our systems. We relycollect, use, store and transmit sensitive and confidential personal information of our customers, employees, suppliers and others as an ongoing part of our business operations, and we are regularly subject to attempts by attackers to gain unauthorized access to our networks, systems and data, or to obtain, change or destroy confidential information. In addition, customers may use devices or software that are beyond our control environment to purchase our products, which may provide additional avenues for attackers to gain access to confidential information.

Despite our implementation of security measures, if an actual or perceived data security breach occurs, whether as a large extentresult of cybersecurity attacks, computer viruses, vandalism, ransomware, human error or otherwise, or if there are perceived vulnerabilities in our systems, the image of our brands and our reputation and credibility could be damaged, and, in some cases, our continued operations may be impaired or restricted. Ongoing and increasing costs to enhance cybersecurity protection and prevent, eliminate or mitigate vulnerabilities and comply with required security or other measures under state, federal and international laws, which may include deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees and engaging third party experts and consultants, are significant. Although we have business continuity plans and other safeguards in place, our operations may be adversely affected by an actual or perceived data security breach. Costs to resolve any litigation or to investigate any actual or perceived breach could result in significant financial losses and expenses, as well as lost sales. While we continue to evolve and modify our business continuity plans, there can be no assurance in an escalating threat environment that they will be effective in avoiding disruption and business impacts.

As part of our routine operations, we also contract with third party service providers to store, process and transmit personal information of our customers and employees. Although we contractually require that these providers implement reasonable security measures, we cannot control third parties and cannot guarantee that a security breach will not occur at their location or within their systems. Privacy breaches of confidential information stored or used by our third party service providers or disruptions in their systems may expose us to the same risks as a breach of our own systems, including negative publicity, potential out-of-pocket costs and adverse effects on our business and customer relationships.

32

Table of Contents

Our operations are reliant on information technology, and any interruption or other failure could have an adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

The efficient operation of our business depends on information technology. This requires us to devote significant financial and employee resources to information technology initiatives and operations. Information systems are used in all stages of our operations and as a method of communication, both internally and with our customers, service providers and suppliers. Many of our information technology solutions are operated and/or maintained by third parties, including our use of cloud-based solutions. Additionally, each of our operating groups uses e-commerce websites, point-of-sale systems, enterprise order management systems, warehouse management systems and wholesale ordering systems to acquire, manage, sell and distribute goods. Our management also relies on information systems to provide relevant and accurate information in order to allocate resources, manage operations and forecast, account for and report our operating results. Service interruptions may occur as a result of a number of factors, including power outages, consumer traffic levels, computer viruses, sabotage, hacking or other unlawful activities by third parties, human error, disasters or failures to properly install, upgrade, integrate, protect, repair or maintain our various systems, networks and e-commerce websites. All of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Reliance on outdated technology or failure to upgrade our information technology systems and capabilities could impair the efficient operation of our business and our ability to compete.

Any failure to timely upgrade our technology systems and capabilities may impair our ability to market, sell and deliver products to our customers, efficiently conduct our operations and/or meet the needs of our management. We regularly evaluate upgrades or enhancements to our information systems to more efficiently and competitively operate our businesses, including periodic upgrades to digital commerce and marketing, warehouse management, guest relations, omnichannel and/or enterprise order management systems in our businesses. Digital commerce and marketing has continued to increase in importance to our business, and if we fail to develop and maintain the digital strategies, systems, expertise and capabilities necessary for us to compete effectively in this arena, our results of operations could be adversely impacted. Upgrades to our systems may be expensive undertakings, may not be successful and/or could be abandoned, as we did in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2020 with a Tommy Bahama information technology project. We may also experience difficulties during the implementation, upgrade or subsequent operation of our systems, including the risk of introducing cybersecurity vulnerabilities into our systems or the loss of certain functionality, information from our legacy systems and/or efficient interfaces with third party and continuing systems. Temporary processes or solutions, including manual operations, which may be required to be instituted in the short term could also significantly increase the risk of loss or corruption of data and information.

Remote work arrangements could inhibit our ability to effectively operate our business and result in enhanced cybersecurity risks.

In March 2020, we temporarily closed our corporate offices and implemented remote work arrangements for our corporate and office employees as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The majority of our corporate and office employees continue to perform some or all of their duties on a remote basis, and we anticipate continuing to implement remote work arrangements for a substantial portion of our employees in the future. If remote work arrangements negatively impact the performance or management of our employees, whether as a result of technological challenges, unsuitable work environments or other limitations, our ability to carry out key functions and successfully manage our operations could be compromised. In addition, remote work arrangements could exacerbate our existing cybersecurity and privacy risks, including by introducing vulnerabilities in our systems due to the use of laptops, mobile devices and remote work environments. Cybersecurity attacks or data security incidents resulting from a failure to manage these risks could negatively impact our business and results of operations.

Risks Related to our Sourcing and Distribution Strategies

33

Table of Contents

Our reliance on third party producers in foreign countries to meet our production demands and failures by these producersexposes us to meet our requirements, the unavailability of suitable producers at reasonable prices and/or changes in international trade regulation may negatively impact our ability to deliver quality products to our customers on a timely basis,risks that could disrupt our supply chain, or result in higherincrease our costs or reduced net sales.

and negatively impact our operations.

We source substantially all of our products from non-exclusive, third party producers located in foreign countries, including sourcing approximately 49% and 18% of our product purchases from China and Vietnam, respectively, during Fiscal 2019.countries. Although we place a high value on long-term relationships with our suppliers, generally we do not have long-term supply contracts but instead conduct business on an order-by-order basis. Therefore, we compete with other companies for the production capacity of independent manufacturers. We also depend on the ability of these third party producers to secure a sufficient supply of raw materials, adequately finance the production of goods ordered and maintain sufficient manufacturing and shipping capacity, and in some cases, the products we purchase and the raw materials that are used in our products are available only from one source or a limited number of sources. Although we monitor production in third party manufacturing locations, we cannot be certain that we will not experience operational difficulties with our manufacturers, such as the reduction of available production capacity, errors in complying with product specifications, insufficient quality control, failures to meet production deadlines or increases in manufacturing costs. In addition, we may experience disruptions in our supply chain as we actively seekcontinue to diversify the jurisdictions from which we source products. Any such difficulties may negatively impact our ability to deliver quality products to our customers on a timely basis. This would jeopardize our ability to properly merchandise our direct to consumer channels and service our customers, which may, in turn, have a negativebasis, negatively impact on our customer relationships and result in lower net sales and profits.

Due to our sourcing activities, we are exposed to risks associated with changes in the laws and regulations governing the importing and exporting of apparel products into and from the countries in which we operate. These risks include changes in social, political, labor and economic conditionsAny disruption or terrorist acts that could result in the disruption of trade from the countries in which our manufacturers are located; the imposition of additional or new duties, tariffs, taxes, quota restrictions or other changes and shifts in sourcing patterns as a result of such changes, including lingering uncertainties with respect to the potential imposition or retraction of punitive tariffs on products manufactured in China; public health issues, such as the ongoing COVID-19 outbreak, leading government-imposed restrictions; significant delays in the delivery of our products, due to security or other considerations; fluctuations in sourcing costs; the imposition of antidumping or countervailing duties; fluctuations in the value of the dollar against foreign currencies; changes in customs procedures for importing apparel products; and restrictions on the transfer of funds to or from foreign countries. We cannot predict whether, and to what extent, there may be changes to international trade agreements or whether quotas, duties, tariffs, exchange controls or other restrictions on our products will be changed or imposed. Any of these factors may disrupt our supply chain, and we may be unable to offset any associated cost increases by shifting production to suitable manufacturers in other jurisdictions in a timely manner or at acceptable prices, and future regulatory actions or changes in international trade regulation may provide our competitors with a material advantage over us or render our products less desirable in the marketplace.

Our operations are reliant on information technology and any interruption or other failure including an inability to timely upgrade our systems, may impair our ability to provide products to our customers, efficiently conduct our operations and/or meet the needs of our management.

The efficient operation of our business depends on information technology. This requires us to devote significant financial and employee resources to information technology initiatives and operations. Information systems

30

Table of Contents

are used in all stages of our operations and as a method of communication with our customers, service providers and suppliers. Many of our information technology solutions are operated and/or maintained by third parties, including our use of cloud-based solutions. Additionally, each of our operating groups uses e-commerce websites, point-of-sale systems and wholesale ordering systems to acquire, manage and sell goods. Our management also relies on information systems to provide relevant and accurate information in order to allocate resources, manage operations and forecast and report our operating results. Service interruptions may occur as a result of a number of factors, including power outages, consumer traffic levels, computer viruses, hacking or other unlawful activities by third parties, human error, disasters or failures to properly install, upgrade, integrate, protect, repair or maintain our various systems and e-commerce websites. We regularly evaluate upgrades or enhancements to our information systems to more efficiently and competitively operate our businesses, including periodic upgrades to warehouse management, guest relations, omnichannel and/or enterprise order management systems in our businesses. Weprimary distribution facilities may experience difficulties during the implementation, upgrade or subsequent operation of our systems and/or not be equipped to address system problems. Any material disruption in our information technology solutions, or any failure to timely, efficiently and effectively integrate new systems, could have an adverse effect onmaterially adversely affect our business or results of operations.

In addition, as our business continues to grow and we face new challenges in the current retail environment, we evaluate our systems on an ongoing basis to ensure they meet our business needs and, as needed, replace and/or upgrade those systems, which may be expensive undertakings. We must, however, be diligent in our evaluation of these systems, as reliance on outdated technology may inhibit our ability to operate efficiently, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. As we transition to new systems, we may also face certain challenges, including the risk of introducing cybersecurity vulnerabilities into our systems or the loss of certain functionality, information from our legacy systems and efficient interfaces with third party and continuing systems. Temporary processes or solutions, including manual operations, which may be required to be instituted in the short term could also significantly increase the risk of loss or corruption of data and information. All of these events could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on our primary distribution facilities in order to support our direct to consumer and wholesale operations, meet customer fulfillment expectations, manage inventory, complete sales and achieve operating efficiencies, and any disruption or failure in these facilities may materially adversely affect our business or operations.

efficiencies. We may have a greater risk than our peers due to the concentration of our distribution facilities, as substantially all of our products for each operating group are distributed through one or two principal distribution centers. The primary distribution facilities that we operate are:are as follows: a distribution center in Auburn, Washington dedicated to our Tommy Bahama products; a distribution center in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania dedicated to our Lilly Pulitzer products; a distribution center in Toccoa, Georgia dedicated to our Lanier Apparel products; and a distribution center in Lyons, Georgia primarily dedicated to our Lilly Pulitzer Lanier Apparel and Southern Tide products. Each of these distribution centers relies on computer-controlled and automated equipment, which may be subjectAlthough we continue to a number of risks. Ourenhance our enterprise order management capabilities to deliver products from other physical locations, our ability to effectively support our direct to consumer and wholesale operations, meet customer expectations, manage inventory and achieve objectives for operating efficiencies depends on the proper operation of these distribution facilities, each of which manages the receipt, storage, sorting, packing and distribution of finished goods.

If any of our primary distribution facilities were to shut down or otherwise become inoperable or inaccessible for any reason, including as a result of natural or man-made disasters, pandemics or epidemics (including, for example, the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic), human error, or cybersecurity attacks or computer viruses, or otherwise, if our distribution facilities fail to upgrade their technological systems to ensure efficient operations or if we are unable to receive goods in a distribution center or to ship the goods in a distribution center, as a result of a technology failure or otherwise, we could experience a substantial loss of inventory, a reduction in sales, higher costs, insufficient inventory at our retail stores to meet consumer expectations and longer lead times associated with the distribution of our products. In addition, for the distribution facilities that we operate, there are substantial fixed costs associated with these large, highly automated distribution centers, and we could experience reduced operating and cost efficiencies during periods of economic weakness. Any disruption to our distribution facilities or in their efficient operation could negatively affect our operating results and our customer relationships.

31

Table of Contents

Cybersecurity attacks and/or breaches of information security or privacy could disrupt our operations, cause us to incur additional expenses, expose us to litigation and/or cause us financial harm.

Cybersecurity attacks continue to become increasingly sophisticated, and experienced computer programmers and hackers may be able to penetrate our network security and misappropriate or compromise our assets, including confidential information, or disrupt our systems. We are regularly subject to attempts by attackers to gain unauthorized access to our networks, systems and data, or to obtain, change or destroy confidential information. In addition, customers may use devices or software that are beyond our control environment to purchase our products, which may provide additional avenues for attackers to gain access to confidential information.

Despite our implementation of security measures, if an actual or perceived data security breach occurs, whether as a result of cybersecurity attacks, computer viruses, vandalism, ransomware, human error or otherwise, or if there are perceived vulnerabilities in our systems, the image of our brands and our reputation and credibility could be damaged, and, in some cases, our continued operations may be impaired or restricted. The costs to prevent, eliminate or mitigate cyber or other security problems and vulnerabilities, including to comply with security or other measures under state, federal and international laws governing the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information, to resolve any litigation or to investigate any actual or perceived breach and to enhance cybersecurity protection through organizational changes, deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees and engaging third party experts and consultants could be significant and result in significant financial losses and expenses, as well as lost sales. In addition, although we have business continuity plans and other safeguards in place, our operations may be adversely affected by an actual or perceived data security breach. While we continue to evolve and modify our business continuity plans, there can be no assurance in an escalating threat environment that they will be effective in avoiding disruption and business impacts, and any insurance we maintain may not be adequate to compensate us for all resulting losses.

As an ongoing part of our business operations, including direct to consumer transactions and marketing through various social media tools, we regularly collect and use sensitive and confidential personal information, including of our customers, employees and suppliers. The routine operation of our business involves the storage and transmission of customer personal information and preferences, and we use social media and other online and technology-driven marketing and related activities to connect with our customers. The regulatory environment governing our use of individually identifiable data of customers, employees and others is complex, and the security of personal information is a matter of public concern.

As part of our routine operations, we also contract with third party service providers to store, process and transmit personal information of our customers and employees. Although we contractually require that these providers implement reasonable security measures, we cannot control third parties and cannot guarantee that a security breach will not occur at their location or within their systems. Privacy breaches of confidential information stored or used by our third party service providers or disruptions in their systems may expose us to the same risks as a breach of our own systems, including negative publicity, potential out-of-pocket costs and adverse effects on our business and customer relationships.

The regulatory environment is constantly changing with new and modified state, federal and international privacy and security laws, such as the General Data Protection Regulation in the E.U. and the California Consumer Privacy Act, which became effective in Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2019, respectively. Compliance with these laws, and any newly enacted laws and regulations, may require us to modify our operations and/or incur costs to make necessary systems changes and implement new administrative processes. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could lead to significant fines and penalties or adverse publicity.

In addition, because we process and transmit payment card information, we are subject to the payment card industry data security standard and card brand operating rules, which provides for a comprehensive set of rules relating to the retention and/or transmission of payment card information. If we do not comply with the applicable standards, we

32

Table of Contents

may be subject to fines or restrictions on our ability to accept payment cards, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

Our business depends on our senior management and other key personnel, and the unsuccessful transition of key management responsibilities, the unexpected loss of individuals integral to our business, our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future or our failure to successfully plan for and implement succession of our senior management and key personnel may have an adverse effect on our operations, business relationships and ability to execute our strategies.

Our senior management has substantial experience and expertise in the apparel and related industries, with our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Mr. Thomas C. Chubb III having worked with our company for over 30 years, including in various executive management capacities. Our success depends on disciplined execution at all levels of our organization, including our senior management, and continued succession planning. Competition for qualified personnel is intense, and we compete to attract and retain these individuals with other companies that may have greater financial resources than us. While we believe that we have depth within our management team, the unexpected loss of any of our senior management, or the unsuccessful integration of new leadership, could harm our business and financial performance. In addition, we may be unable to retain or recruit qualified personnel in key areas such as product design, sales, marketing (including individuals with key insights into digital and social media marketing strategies), distribution, technology, sourcing and other support functions, which could result in missed sales opportunities and harm to key business relationships.

We may be unable to grow our business through organic growth, and any failure to successfully execute this aspect of our business strategy may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

One key component of our business strategy is organic growth in our brands. Organic growth may be achieved by, among other things, increasing sales in our direct to consumer channels; selling our products in new markets, such as the opening of Lilly Pulitzer retail stores in Hawaii in Fiscal 2018 and California in Fiscal 2019; increasing our market share in existing markets; expanding the demographic appeal of our brands; expanding our margins through product cost reductions, price increases, or otherwise; expanding the customer reach of our brands through new and enhanced advertising initiatives; and increasing the product offerings and concepts within our various operating groups, such as the opening of additional Marlin Bars at Tommy Bahama and the launch of owned retail stores at Southern Tide. Successful growth of our business is subject to, among other things, our ability to implement plans for expanding and/or maintaining our existing businesses and categories within our businesses at satisfactory levels. We may not be successful in achieving suitable organic growth, and our inability to grow our business may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

We have engaged in a multi-year initiative to improve Tommy Bahama’s operating performance and long-term growth prospects, which has included an enhanced outlet and clearance strategy, improving gross margin through selective price increases and reducing product costs, selectively right-sizing our store footprint and controlling overhead and operating expenses. A strategic initiative of this nature is inherently challenging and faces significant potential risks, and any failure may adversely affect our ability to achieve long-term sustainable growth while at the same time detracting from our focus and execution of other strategic initiatives.

In addition, investments we make in technology, advertising and infrastructure, retail stores and restaurants, office and distribution center facilities, personnel and elsewhere may not yield the full benefits we anticipate and/or sales growth may be outpaced by increases in operating costs, putting downward pressure on our operating margins and adversely affecting our results of operations. If we are unable to increase our revenues organically, we may be required to pursue other strategic initiatives, including reductions in costs and/or acquisitions, in order to grow our business. These initiatives may not be available to us on desirable terms, inhibiting our ability to increase profitability.

33

Table of Contents

The acquisition of new businesses and the divestiture or discontinuation of businesses and product lines have certain inherent risks, including, for example, strains on our management team and unexpected costs and other charges resulting from the transaction.

Growth of our business through acquisitions of lifestyle brands that fit within our business model is a component of our long-term business strategy. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including: the competitive climate for desirable acquisition candidates, which drives market multiples; the benefits of the acquisition not materializing as planned or not materializing within the time periods or to the extent anticipated; our ability to manage the people and processes of an acquired business; difficulties in retaining key relationships with customers and suppliers; risks in entering geographic markets and/or product categories in which we have no or limited prior experience; the assumption of contractual and other liabilities, some of which may not be known at the time of acquisition; and the possibility that we pay more to consummate an acquisition than the value we derive from the acquired business. Additionally, acquisitions may cause us to incur debt, or make dilutive issuances of our equity securities.

As a result of acquisitions, we may become responsible for unexpected liabilities that we failed or were unable to discover in the course of performing due diligence. Although we may be entitled to indemnification against undisclosed liabilities from the sellers of the acquired business, our recourse may be limited and we cannot be certain that the indemnification, even if obtained, will be enforceable or collectible. Any of these liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations, distract our management or harm our reputation.

Certain acquisitions may also be structured utilizing contingent consideration based on the acquired business’ post-closing results. The principals from whom we acquired such a business, many of whom may continue to operate the business as our employees, may have differing interests than those of our shareholders because of such arrangements.

In addition, integrating acquired businesses is a complex, time-consuming and expensive process. The integration process for newly acquired businesses could create a number of challenges and adverse consequences for us associated with the integration of product lines, support functions, employees, sales teams and outsourced manufacturers; employee turnover, including key management and creative personnel of the acquired and existing businesses; disruption in product cycles for newly acquired product lines; maintenance of acceptable standards, controls, procedures and policies; operating business in new geographic territories; diversion of the attention of our management from other areas of our business; and the impairment of relationships with customers of the acquired and existing businesses. Acquisitions are inherently risky, and we cannot be certain that any acquisition will be successful and will not materially harm our business, operating results or financial condition.

As described in Note 1 in our consolidated financial statements included in this report, at the time of an acquisition, we estimate and record the fair value of purchased intangible assets, such as trademarks, reacquired rights and customer relationships, and record goodwill generally to the extent the cost to acquire a business exceeds our assessment of the net fair value of tangible and intangible assets. We test indefinite-lived intangible assets and goodwill for possible impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or at an interim date if indicators of impairment exist at that date. It is possible that we could have an impairment charge for intangible assets or goodwill associated with an acquired business in future periods if, among other things, economic conditions decline, our strategies for an acquired business change, the results of operations of an acquired business are less than anticipated at the time of acquisition or enterprise values and market multiples of comparable businesses decline. A future impairment charge for intangible assets or goodwill could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements or results of operations.

As the fashion retail environment evolves, our investment criteria for acquisitions has grown to include smaller brands, such as Southern Tide and TBBC which we acquired in Fiscal 2016 and Fiscal 2017, respectively, in an earlier stage of the brand’s life cycle, where we can more fully integrate the brand into our existing infrastructure and shared services functions and better leverage our resources. While acquisitions of these early stage brands may have a smaller upfront purchase price, the limited operating history, less experienced management teams and less sophisticated systems,

34

Table of Contents

infrastructure and relationships generally associated with such brands may heighten the risks associated with acquisitions generally, including the heightened risk that the target company may be unable to achieve the projected financial results anticipated. In addition, we are frequently engaged by burgeoning brands seeking debt or equity financing, as well as strategic direction, about pursuing a non-controlling investment, which we did with TBBC prior to the acquisition. Minority investments, while not requiring the same level of financial commitment as a control transaction, presents additional risks, including the potential disproportionate distraction to our management team relative to the potential financial benefit; the potential for a conflict of interest; the damage to our reputation of associating with a brand which may take actions inconsistent with our values; and the financial risks associated with making an investment in an unproven business model.

From time to time, we also divest or discontinue businesses, product lines and/or programs, including exiting relationships with certain wholesale customers, including department stores, that do not align with our strategy or provide the returns that we expect or desire. Such dispositions and/or discontinuations may result in underutilization of our retained resources if the exited operations are not replaced with new lines of business, either internally or through acquisition. In addition, we may become responsible for unexpected liabilities, some of which may be triggered or increased by a purchaser’s operation of the disposed business following the transaction. Those liabilities combined with any other liabilities we contractually retain, individually or in the aggregate, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is subject to various federal, foreign, state and local laws and regulations, and the costs of compliance with, or the violation of, such laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on our costs or operations.

In the United States, we are subject to stringent standards, laws and other regulations, including those relating to health, product performance and safety, labor, employment, privacy and data security, anti-bribery, consumer protection, taxation, customs, logistics and other operational matters. In addition, operating in foreign jurisdictions requires compliance with similar laws and regulations. These laws and regulations, in the United States and abroad, are complex and often vary widely by jurisdiction, making it difficult for us to ensure that we are currently or will in the future be compliant with all applicable laws and regulations. We may be required to make significant expenditures or modify our business practices to comply with existing or future laws or regulations, and unfavorable resolution to litigation or a violation of applicable laws and regulations by us, or any of our suppliers or licensees, may restrict our ability to import products, require a recall of our products, lead to fines or otherwise increase our costs, negatively impact our ability to attract and retain employees, materially limit our ability to operate our business or result in adverse publicity. Compliance with these laws and regulations requires us to devote significant time, financial and management resources, and to update our processes and programs, in response to newly implemented or changing regulatory requirements, all of which could affect the manner in which we operate our business or adversely affect our results of operations.

From time to time, we are involved in litigation matters, which may relate to consumer protection, employment practices and intellectual property infringement and which may include a class action, and we are subject to various claims and pending or threatened lawsuits in the ordinary course of our business operations. Often, these cases raise complex factual and legal issues and, due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, we cannot accurately predict the ultimate outcome of any such proceedings. Regardless of the outcome or whether the claims have merit, legal proceedings may be expensive and require significant management time.

Also, the restaurant industry requires compliance with a variety of federal, state and local regulations. In particular, all of our Tommy Bahama restaurants, including our Marlin Bar concept, serve alcohol and, therefore, maintain liquor licenses. Our ability to maintain our liquor licenses depends on our compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The loss of a liquor license would adversely affect the profitability of that restaurant. Additionally, as a participant in the restaurant industry, we face risks related to food quality, food-borne illness, injury, health inspection scores and labor relations. The negative impact of adverse publicity relating to allegations of actual or perceived violations at one of our restaurants may extend beyond the restaurant involved to affect some or all of the other restaurants, as well as the image of the Tommy Bahama brand as a whole.

35

Table of Contents

Regardless of whether any allegations of violations of the laws and regulations governing our business are valid or whether we ultimately become liable, we may be materially affected by negative publicity associated with these and other issues, such as those relating to our social responsibility and sustainability initiatives.

Our business could be harmed if we fail to maintain proper inventory levels.

Many factors, such as economic conditions, fashion trends, consumer preferences, the financial condition of our wholesale customers and weather, make it difficult to accurately forecast demand for our products. In order to meet the expected demand for our products in a cost-effective manner, we make commitments for production several months prior to our receipt of these goods and often in advance of firm commitments, if any, from wholesale customers. Depending on the demand levels for our products, we may be unable to sell the products we have ordered or that we have in our inventory, which may result in inventory markdowns or the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices and through off-price channels. These events, many of which could be exacerbated as a result of the ongoing COVID-19 outbreak, could significantly harm our operating results and impair the image of our brands. Conversely, if we underestimate demand for our products or if we are unable to access our products when we need them, for example due to a third party manufacturer’s inability to source materials or produce goods in a timely fashion or as a result of delays in the delivery of products to us, we may experience inventory shortages, which might result in unfilled orders, negatively impact customer relationships, diminish brand loyalty and result in lost sales, any of which could harm our business. These risks relating to inventory may also escalate as our direct to consumer sales continue to increase as a proportion of our consolidated net sales, given the absence of purchase commitments for direct to consumer-designated inventory.

We may be unable to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property.

We believe that our trademarks and other intellectual property, as well as certain contractual arrangements, including licenses, and other proprietary intellectual property rights, have significant value and are important to our continued success and our competitive position due to their recognition by retailers and consumers. In Fiscal 2019, 93% of our consolidated net sales were attributable to branded products for which we own the trademark. Therefore, our success depends to a significant degree on our ability to protect and preserve our intellectual property. We rely on laws in the United States and other countries to protect our proprietary rights. However, we may not be able to sufficiently prevent third parties from using our intellectual property without our authorization, particularly in those countries where the laws do not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States. The use of our intellectual property or similar intellectual property by others could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed, causing us to lose sales or otherwise harm the reputation of our brands.

We devote significant resources to the registration and protection of our trademarks and to anti-counterfeiting efforts. Despite these efforts, we regularly discover products that infringe our proprietary rights or that otherwise seek to mimic or leverage our intellectual property. Counterfeiting and other infringing activities typically increase as brand recognition increases. Counterfeiting and other infringement of our intellectual property could divert away sales, and association of our brands with inferior counterfeit reproductions or third party labels could adversely affect the integrity and reputation of our brands.

Additionally, there can be no assurance that the actions that we have taken will be adequate to prevent others from seeking to block sales of our products as violations of proprietary rights. As we extend our brands into new product categories and new product lines and expand the geographic scope of the manufacture, distribution and marketing of our brands’ products, we could become subject to litigation or challenge based on allegations of the infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties, including by various third parties who have acquired or claim ownership rights in some of our trademarks internationally. In the event a claim of infringement against us is successful or would otherwise affect our operations, we may be required to pay damages, royalties, license fees or other costs to continue to use intellectual property rights that we had been using, or we may be unable to obtain necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost or within a reasonable time. Litigation and other legal action of this type, regardless of

36

Table of Contents

whether it is successful, could result in substantial costs to us and diversion of the attention of our management and other resources.

Fluctuations and volatility in the cost and availability of raw materials, labor and freight may materially increase our costs.

We and our third party suppliers rely on the availability of raw materials at reasonable prices. The principal fabrics used in our business are cotton, linens, wools, silk, other natural fibers, synthetics and blends of these materials. The prices paid for these fabrics depend on the market price for raw materials used to produce them. The cost of the materials and components that are used in our manufacturing process, such as oil-related commodity prices and other raw materials, such as dyes and chemicals, and other costs, can fluctuate. We historically have not entered into any futures contracts to hedge commodity prices, and in recent years, we have seen significant variability in the costs of certain raw materials, including cotton.cotton and oil. These pricing fluctuations could continue in future years.

34

Table of Contents

We have also seen increases in the cost of labor in our retail, restaurant and distribution center operations as well as at many of our suppliers in recent years, as well as in freight costs, and as a result of the COVID-19 outbreak may experience increases in our supply chain and/or distribution and logistics functions. Although we attempt to mitigate the effect of increases in our cost of goods sold through sourcing initiatives and by selectively increasing the prices of our products, these product costing pressures, as well as other variable cost pressures, may materially increase our costs, and we may be unable to fully pass on these costs to our customers.

As of February 1, 2020, we had approximately 6,100 employees worldwide, of which approximately 70% are retail store and restaurant employees. The employment and employment-related costs associated with our employees are a significant component in our SG&A, particularly of our retail store and restaurant operations.years. Employment costs are affected by labor markets, as well as various federal, state and foreign laws governing matters such as minimum wage rates, overtime compensation and other requirements. In addition, in recent years, there has been significant political pressure and legislative action to increase the minimum wage rate in many of the jurisdictions in which our stores are located. Anywe operate, and the new U.S. presidential administration may advocate for similar wage rate increases on a federal level. We have also experienced increases in our employmentfreight costs and distribution and logistics functions as a result of market conditions or otherwise,the COVID-19 pandemic and other factors and may materially increasecontinue to see such cost pressures, including as a result of the recent blockage of freight through the Suez Canal. Although we attempt to mitigate the effect of increases in our cost of goods sold, labor costs, occupancy costs, other operational costs and SG&A items through sourcing initiatives and by selectively increasing the prices of our products, we may be unable to fully pass on these costs to our customers, and material increases in our costs may reduce the profitability of our operations and/or adversely impact our results of operations.

We are subject to risks associated with leasing real estate for our retail stores and restaurants, which generally consist of long-term leases negotiated at prevailing market rents.

An integral part of our strategy has been to develop and operate retail stores and restaurants for certain of our lifestyle brands. Net sales from our retail stores and restaurants were 47% of our consolidated net sales during Fiscal 2019.

We lease all of our retail store and restaurant locations. Successful operation of our retail stores and restaurants depends, in part, on our ability to identify desirable, brand appropriate locations; the overall ability of the location to attract a consumer base sufficient to make sales volume profitable; our ability to negotiate satisfactory lease terms and employ qualified personnel; and our ability to timely construct and complete any build-out and open the location in accordance with our plans. A decline in the volume of consumer traffic at our retail stores and restaurants, due to economic conditions, shifts in consumer shopping preferences or technology, a decline in the popularity of malls or lifestyle centers in general or at those in which we operate, the closing of anchor stores or other adjacent tenants or otherwise, could have a negative impact on our sales, gross margin and results of operations. In addition, as and when we seek to open new retail stores and restaurants, we compete with others for favorable locations, lease terms and desired personnel. As consumer shopping patterns continue to negatively impact bricks and mortar retail traffic generally, the competition for premium retail space in long-term sustainable locations continues to increase. Our growth may be limited if we are unable to identify new locations with consumer traffic sufficient to support a profitable sales level or the local market reception to a new retail store opening is inconsistent with our expectations.

37

Table of Contents

Our retail store and restaurant leases generally represent long-term financial commitments, with substantial costs at lease inception for a location’s design, leasehold improvements, fixtures and systems installation and recurring fixed costs. On an ongoing basis, we review the financial performance of our retail and restaurant locations in order to determine whether continued operation is appropriate. Even if we determine that it is desirable to exit a particular location, we may be unable to close an underperforming location due to continuous use clauses and/or because negotiating an early termination would be cost prohibitive. In addition, due to the fixed-cost structure associated with these operations, negative cash flows or the closure of a retail store or restaurant could result in write-downs of inventory, impairment of leasehold improvements, impairment of operating lease assets and/or other long-lived assets, severance costs, lease termination costs or the loss of working capital, which could adversely impact our business and financial results. Furthermore, as each of our leases expire, we may be unable to negotiate renewals, either on commercially acceptable terms or at all, which could force us to close retail stores and/or restaurants in desirable locations.

Our geographic concentration of retail stores, restaurants and wholesale customers for certain of our brands exposes us to certain regional risks.

Our operations and retail and restaurant locations are heavily concentrated in the United States (202 of 224 locations as of February 1, 2020, with 97% of our consolidated net sales in the United States during Fiscal 2019) and, within the United States in certain geographic areas, including Florida, California, Texas and Hawaii for our Tommy Bahama operations (75 of 140 domestic stores and 13 of 16 restaurants, including Marlin Bars, are in these states as of February 1, 2020) and Florida, Massachusetts and Virginia for our Lilly Pulitzer operations (31 of 61 retail stores as of February 1, 2020). Additionally, the wholesale sales for each of Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Southern Tide are also geographically concentrated, including in geographic areas where we have concentrations of our own retail store locations. Due to these concentrations, we have heightened exposure to factors that impact these regions, including general economic conditions, weather patterns, natural disasters, public health crises, changing demographics and other factors.

Our operations and those of our suppliers, vendors and wholesale customers may be affected by changes in weather patterns, natural or man-made disasters, public health crises, war, terrorism or other catastrophes.

Our sales volume and operations and the operations of third parties on whom we rely, including our suppliers, vendors and wholesale customers, may be adversely affected by unseasonable or severe weather conditions, natural or man-made disasters, public health crises, war, terrorist attacks, including heightened security measures and responsive military actions, or other catastrophes which may cause consumers to alter their purchasing habits or result in a disruption to our operations. Because of the seasonality of our business, the concentration of a significant proportion of our retail stores and wholesale customers in certain geographic regions, including a resort and/or coastal focus in Tommy Bahama’s, Lilly Pulitzer’s and Southern Tide's operations, the concentration of our sourcing operations and the concentration of our distribution center operations, the occurrence of such events could disproportionately impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

We hold licenses for the use of other parties’ brand names, and we cannot guarantee our continued use of such brand names or the quality or salability of such brand names.

We have entered into license and design agreements to use certain trademarks and trade names, including Kenneth Cole, Dockers, Cole Haan and Nick Graham in Lanier Apparel, to market some of our products. During Fiscal 2019, sales of products bearing brands licensed to us accounted for 6% of our consolidated net sales and 65% of Lanier Apparel’s net sales. When we enter into these license and design agreements, they generally provide for short contract durations (typically three to five years); these agreements may include options to extend the term of the contract but, when available, are generally subject to our satisfaction of certain contingencies (e.g., minimum sales thresholds) that may be difficult for us to satisfy. Competitive conditions for the right to use popular trademarks means that we cannot guarantee that we will be able to renew these licenses on acceptable terms upon expiration, that the terms of any renewal will not result in operating margin pressures or reduced profitability or that we will be able to acquire new licenses to use

38

Table of Contents

other desirable trademarks. The termination or expiration of a license agreement would cause us to lose the sales and any associated profits generated pursuant to such license, which could be material, and in certain cases could also result in an impairment charge for related assets, leave us with underutilized overhead and/or adversely impact existing synergies.

Our license agreements generally require us to receive approval from the brand’s owner of all design and other elements of the licensed products we sell prior to production, as well as to receive approval from the brand owner of distribution channels in which we may sell and the manner in which we market and distribute licensed products. Any failure by us to comply with these requirements could result in the termination of the license agreement.

In addition to certain compliance obligations, all of our significant licenses provide minimum thresholds for royalty payments and advertising expenditures for each license year, which we must pay regardless of the level of our sales of the licensed products. If these thresholds are not met, our licensors may be permitted contractually to terminate these agreements or seek payment of minimum royalties even if the minimum sales are not achieved. In addition, our licensors produce their own products and license their trademarks to other third parties, and we are unable to control the quality, style or image of these goods. If licensors or others do not maintain the quality of these trademarks or if the brand image deteriorates, or the licensors otherwise change the parameters of design, pricing, distribution or marketing, our sales and any associated profits generated by such brands may decline.

As a global apparel company, we may experience fluctuations in our tax liabilities and effective tax rate.

As a global apparel company, we are subject to income taxes in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions. We record our income tax liability based on an analysis and interpretation of local tax laws and regulations, which requires a significant amount of judgment and estimation. In addition, we may from time to time modify our operations in an effort to minimize our global income tax exposure. Our effective income tax rate in any particular period or in future periods may be affected by a number of factors, including a shift in the mix of revenues, income and/or losses among domestic and international sources during a year or over a period of years; changes in tax laws and regulations and/or international tax treaties; the outcome of income tax audits in various jurisdictions; the difference between the income tax deduction and the previously recognized income tax benefit related to the vesting of equity-based compensation awards; and the resolution of uncertain tax positions, any of which could adversely affect our effective income tax rate and profitability.

Further, changes to U.S. and foreign tax laws and compliance with new tax laws could have a material adverse effect on our tax expense, cash flows and operations. For example, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development has published action plans that, if adopted by countries where we do business, could materially impact our tax obligations in those countries.

Our international direct to consumer and licensing operations may present risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial position.

We operate Tommy Bahama retail stores in Australia and Canada, and are closing our remaining retail operation in Japan during Fiscal 2020. We have limited experience with regulatory environments and market practices related to international operations and there are risks associated with doing business in international markets, including lack of brand recognition in certain markets; understanding fashion trends and satisfying consumer tastes; market acceptance of our products, which is difficult to assess immediately; establishing appropriate market-specific operational and logistics functions; managing compliance with the various legal requirements; staffing and managing foreign operations; fluctuations in currency exchange rates; obtaining governmental approvals that may be required to operate; potentially adverse tax implications; and maintaining proper levels of inventory. If we are unable to properly manage these risks, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted.

We may also elect to enter into retail or wholesale distribution arrangements, or joint ventures, with third parties for certain markets. For example, a third party operates Tommy Bahama retail stores in the United Arab Emirates. Any such arrangements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including our reliance on the

39

Table of Contents

operational skill and expertise of a local operator, the ability of the joint venture or operator to manage its employees and appropriately represent our brands in those markets and any protective rights that we may be forced to grant to the third party, which could limit our ability to fully realize the anticipated benefits of such a relationship.

We are also subject to certain anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, in addition to the local laws of the foreign countries in which we operate. If any of our international operations, or our employees or agents, violates such laws, we could become subject to sanctions or other penalties that could negatively affect our reputation, business and operating results.

We make use of debt to finance our operations, which exposes us to risks that could adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

Our levels of debt vary as a result of the seasonality of our business, investments in our operations and working capital needs, and may increase in the future under our existing credit facility or potentially under new facilities, or the terms or forms of our financing arrangements may change.

Our indebtedness includes, and any future indebtedness may include, certain obligations and limitations, including the periodic payment of principal, interest and unused line fees, maintenance of certain covenants and certain other limitations. The negative covenants in our debt agreements limit our ability to incur debt; guaranty certain obligations; incur liens; pay dividends; repurchase common stock; make investments; sell assets; make acquisitions; merge with other companies; or satisfy other debt. These obligations and limitations may increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to any competitors that may be less leveraged and limit our flexibility in carrying out our business plans and planning for, or reacting to, change.

In addition, we have interest rate risk on indebtedness under our variable rate U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. Our exposure to variable rate indebtedness may increase in the future, based on our debt levels and/or the terms of future financing arrangements. Further, an increase in the interest rate environment would require us to pay a greater amount towards interest, even if the amount of borrowings outstanding remains the same.

A portion of our indebtedness under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement at any time may be based on LIBOR, which is the subject of recent proposals for reform or elimination. In particular, on July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, publicly announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit LIBOR rates after 2021. It is unclear what the impact, if any, might be if LIBOR ceases to exist or if the methods of calculating LIBOR change from current methods.

The continued growth of our business also depends on our access to sufficient funds. We rely on cash flow from operations and borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to fund our working capital, capital expenditures and investment activities. As of February 1, 2020, we had $322 million in unused availability under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. If our cash flow from operations decline significantly, including any such decline related to reduced store traffic and widespread store and restaurant closures as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, or if the need arises in the future to finance expenditures in excess of those supported by the existing credit facility, we may need to seek additional funding, which may be through debt or equity financing. Our ability to obtain that financing will depend on many factors, including prevailing market conditions, our financial condition and, depending on the sources of financing, our ability to negotiate favorable terms and conditions. The terms of any such financing or our inability to secure such financing could adversely affect our ability to execute our strategies.

Labor-related matters, including labor disputes, may adversely affect our operations.

We may be adversely affected as a result of labor disputes in our own operations or in those of third parties with whom we work. Our business depends on our ability to source and distribute products in a timely manner, and our new retail store and restaurant growth is dependent on timely construction of our locations. While we are not subject to any organized labor agreements and have historically enjoyed good employee relations, there can be no assurance that we

40

Table of Contents

will not experience work stoppages or other labor problems in the future with our non-unionized employees. In addition, potential labor disputes at independent factories where our goods are produced, shipping ports or transportation carriers create risks for our business, particularly if a dispute results in work slowdowns, lockouts, strikes or other disruptions during our peak manufacturing, shipping and selling seasons. Further, we plan our inventory purchases and forecasts based on the anticipated timing of retail store and restaurant openings, which could be delayed as a result of a number of factors, including labor disputes among contractors engaged to construct our locations or within government licensing or permitting offices. Any potential labor dispute, either in our own operations or in those of third parties on whom we rely, could materially affect our costs, decrease our sales, harm our reputation or otherwise negatively affect our operations.

Our international operations, including foreign sourcing, result in an exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

We are exposed to certain currency exchange risks in conducting business outside of the United States. The substantial majority of our product purchases are from foreign vendors and are denominated in U.S. dollars. If the value of the U.S. dollar decreases relative to certain foreign currencies in the future, then the prices that we negotiate for products could increase and we may be unable to pass this increase on to customers, which would negatively impact our margins. However, if the value of the U.S. dollar increases between the time a price is set and payment for a product, the price we pay may be higher than that paid for comparable goods by competitors that pay for goods in local currencies, and these competitors may be able to sell their products at more competitive prices. An increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to other currencies in which we have sales could also result in lower levels of sales and earnings reported in our consolidated statements of operations and lower gross margins. Additionally, currency fluctuations could also disrupt the business of our independent manufacturers by making their purchases of raw materials more expensive and difficult to finance.

Our geographic concentration of retail stores, restaurants and wholesale customers exposes us to certain regional risks.

Our operations and retail and restaurant locations are heavily concentrated in the United States and certain geographic areas within the United States, including Florida, California, Texas and Hawaii for our Tommy Bahama operations and Florida, Massachusetts and Virginia for our Lilly Pulitzer operations. Additionally, the wholesale sales for each of Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Southern Tide are also geographically concentrated, including in geographic areas where we have concentrations of our own retail store locations. Due to these concentrations, as well as our brands’ association with the resort lifestyle and destinations, we have heightened exposure to factors that impact these regions, including general economic conditions, weather patterns, natural disasters, public health crises, changing demographics and other factors.

35

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Regulatory, Tax and Financial Reporting Matters

Our business is subject to various federal, foreign, state and local laws and regulations, and the costs of compliance with, or the violation of, such laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on our costs or operations.

We received U.S. dollars for 97% of ourare subject to stringent standards, laws and other regulations, including those relating to health, product sales during Fiscal 2019, with the remaining sales primarily related to our retail operations during the year in Canada, Australiaperformance and Japan. An increasesafety, labor, employment, privacy and data security, anti-bribery, consumer protection, taxation, customs, logistics and other operational matters. These laws and regulations, in the value ofUnited States and abroad, are complex and often vary widely by jurisdiction, making it difficult for us to ensure that we are currently or will in the U.S. dollar compared to other currenciesfuture be compliant with all applicable laws and regulations in all the states and countries in which we have sales could result in lower levels of sales and earnings reported in our consolidated statements of operations, even though the sales in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts in prior periods.operate. In addition to the extentlocal laws of the foreign countries in which we operate, we are subject to certain anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. If any of our international operations, or our employees or agents, violates such laws, we could become subject to sanctions or other penalties that could negatively affect our reputation, business and operating results.

We may be required to make significant expenditures and devote significant time and management resources to comply with existing or future laws or regulations, and a stronger U.S. dollar increases productviolation of applicable laws and otherregulations by us, or any of our suppliers or licensees, may restrict our ability to import products, require a recall of our products, lead to fines or otherwise increase our costs, products sold in foreign markets innegatively impact our ability to attract and retain employees or materially limit our ability to operate our business. In addition, regardless of whether any allegations of violations of the local currencylaws and regulations governing our business are valid or whether we ultimately become liable, we may realize lower gross margins.

Our business could be impactedmaterially affected by negative publicity as a result of such allegations.

In particular, the regulatory environment governing our use of individually identifiable data is complex, and compliance with new and modified state, federal and international privacy and security laws, such as the General Data Protection Regulation in the E.U. and the California Consumer Privacy Act and similar laws being contemplated in other states, may require us to modify our operations and/or incur costs to make necessary systems changes and implement new administrative processes. In addition, because we process and transmit payment card information, we are subject to the payment card industry data security standard and card brand operating rules, which provide for a comprehensive set of rules relating to the retention and/or transmission of payment card information. If we do not comply with the applicable standards, we may be subject to fines or restrictions on our ability to accept payment cards, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

Changes in international trade regulation could increase our costs and disrupt our supply chain.

Due to our international sourcing activities, we are exposed to risks associated with changes in the laws and regulations governing the importing and exporting of apparel products into and from the countries in which we operate. These risks include imposition of additional or new antidumping, countervailing or other duties, tariffs, taxes, quota restrictions; government-imposed restrictions as a result of public health issues, such as the ongoing COVID-19 outbreak; changes in customs procedures for importing apparel products; restrictions on the transfer of funds to or from foreign countries; and the issuance of sanctions and trade orders. Any of these factors may disrupt our supply chain, and we may be unable to offset any associated cost increases by shifting production to suitable manufacturers in other jurisdictions in a timely manner or at acceptable prices, and future regulatory actions or changes in international trade regulation may provide our competitors with a material advantage over us or render our products less desirable in the marketplace.

Any violation or perceived violation of our codes of conduct or environmental and social compliance programs, including by activist shareholdersour manufacturers or others.vendors, could have a material adverse effect on our brands.

We have a robust legal and social compliance program, including codes of conduct and vendor compliance standards. The reputation of our brands could be harmed if we or our third party manufacturers and vendors, substantially all of which are located outside the United States, fail to meet appropriate product safety, product quality and social compliance standards. Despite our efforts, we cannot ensure that our manufacturers and vendors will at all times conduct their operations in accordance with ethical practices or that the products we purchase will always meet our

36

Table of Contents

safety and quality control standards, and any failure to do so could disrupt our supply chain and adversely affect our business operations.

In particular, the U.S. Government has issued withhold release orders in response to concerns regarding forced labor in the Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region of China. While we have diversified the jurisdictions from which we source products, our manufacturing operations remain concentrated in China, and cotton is among the principal raw materials used in many of our goods. The presence or perception of forced labor in our supply chain in spite of our efforts to ensure that our third party manufacturers and vendors meet human rights and labor standards could result in adverse impacts on our business, including the detention of goods at U.S. points of entry, challenges in identifying replacement vendors and harm to our reputation.

Furthermore, consumers are increasingly attuned to the environmental and social impact of the products they purchase and companies with which they do business. A failure to effectively communicate our core principles with our customers and investors or respond to concerns raised with respect to our social responsibility and sustainability initiatives, including through our social media channels, could result in a negative public perception of our brands and products and negatively impact our business.

As a global apparel company, we may experience fluctuations in our tax liabilities and effective tax rate.

As a global apparel company, we are subject to income taxes in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions. We record our income tax liability based on an analysis and interpretation of local tax laws and regulations, which requires a significant amount of judgment and estimation. In addition, we may from time to time modify our operations in an effort to minimize our global income tax expense. Our effective income tax rate in any particular period or in future periods may be affected by a number of factors, including a shift in the mix of revenues, income and/or losses among domestic and international sources during a year or over a period of years; changes in tax laws and regulations and/or international tax treaties; the outcome of income tax audits in various jurisdictions; the difference between the income tax deduction and the previously recognized income tax benefit related to the vesting of equity-based compensation awards; and the resolution of uncertain tax positions, any of which could adversely affect our effective income tax rate and profitability.

Further, changes to U.S. and foreign tax laws and compliance with new tax laws could have a material adverse effect on our tax expense, cash flows and operations. The CARES Act, signed into law in March 2020, favorably impacted our U.S. tax rate for Fiscal 2020 by allowing the carryback of net operating losses to periods prior to U.S. Tax Reform and accelerating depreciation of certain leasehold improvement costs. The issuance of new regulatory guidance on the CARES Act or other changes in interpretations and assumptions regarding the CARES Act and its impact on U.S. tax laws could cause our actual U.S. tax rate to differ significantly from historical rates and estimates. In addition, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development has published action plans that, if adopted by countries where we do business, could materially impact our tax obligations in those countries.

Impairment charges for goodwill or long-lived assets could have a material adverse impact on our financial results.

The carrying values of our goodwill and long-lived assets, including those recorded in connection with our acquisition of a business or our bricks and mortar operations, are subject to periodic impairment testing. Impairment testing of goodwill and long-lived assets requires us to make estimates about future performance and cash flows that are inherently uncertain and can be affected by numerous factors, including changes in economic conditions, income tax rates, our results of operations and competitive conditions in the industry. For example, in Fiscal 2020, we recognized $60 million of non-cash impairment charges for goodwill and intangible assets, which reflected the impact of COVID-19 on the operations, plans and strategy of the Southern Tide business. Future impairment charges may have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial statements or results of operations.

37

Table of Contents

Any failure to maintain liquor licenses or comply with applicable regulations could adversely affect the profitability of our restaurant operations.

The restaurant industry requires compliance with a variety of federal, state and local regulations. In particular, all of our Tommy Bahama restaurants and Marlin Bars serve alcohol and, therefore, maintain liquor licenses. Our ability to maintain our liquor licenses and other permits depends on our compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The loss of a liquor license or other critical permits would adversely affect the profitability of that restaurant. Additionally, as a participant in the restaurant industry, we face risks related to food quality, food-borne illness, injury, health inspection scores and labor relations. The negative impact of adverse publicity relating to allegations of actual or perceived violations at one of our restaurants may extend beyond the restaurant involved to affect some or all of our other restaurants, as well as the image of the Tommy Bahama brand as a whole.

General Risks

Our business depends on our senior management and other key personnel, and failure to successfully attract, retain and implement succession of our senior management and key personnel may have an adverse effect on our operations and ability to execute our strategies.

Our senior management has substantial experience in the apparel and related industries, with our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Mr. Thomas C. Chubb III having worked with our company for more than 30 years, including in various executive management capacities. Our success depends on disciplined execution at all levels of our organization, including our senior management, and continued succession planning. Competition for qualified personnel is intense, and we compete to attract and retain these individuals with other companies that may have greater financial resources than us. While we believe that we have depth within our management team, the unexpected loss of any of our senior management, or the unsuccessful integration of new leadership, could harm our business and financial performance. In addition, we may be unable to retain or recruit qualified personnel in key areas such as product design, sales, marketing (including individuals with key insights into digital and social media marketing strategies), distribution, technology, sourcing and other support functions, which could result in missed sales opportunities and harm to key business relationships.

We may be unable to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property.

We believe that our trademarks and other intellectual property rights have significant value and are important to our continued success and our competitive position due to their recognition by consumers and retailers. Substantially all of our consolidated net sales are attributable to branded products for which we own the trademark. Therefore, our success depends to a significant degree on our ability to protect and preserve our intellectual property. We rely on laws in the United States and other countries to protect our proprietary rights. However, we may not be able to sufficiently prevent third parties from using our intellectual property without our authorization, particularly in those countries where the laws do not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States. The use of our intellectual property or similar intellectual property by others could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed, causing us to lose sales or otherwise harm the reputation of our brands.

We devote significant resources to the registration and protection of our trademarks and to anti-counterfeiting efforts. Despite these efforts, we regularly discover products that infringe our proprietary rights or that otherwise seek to mimic or leverage our intellectual property. Counterfeiting and other infringing activities typically increase as brand recognition increases, and association of our brands with inferior counterfeit reproductions or third party labels could adversely affect the integrity and reputation of our brands.

Additionally, there can be no assurance that the actions that we have taken will be adequate to prevent others from seeking to block sales of our products as violations of proprietary rights. As we extend our brands into new product categories and new product lines and expand the geographic scope of the manufacture, distribution and marketing of our brands’ products, we could become subject to litigation or challenge based on allegations of the infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties, including by various third parties who have acquired or claim ownership rights in some of our trademarks internationally. In the event a claim of infringement against us is successful or would

38

Table of Contents

otherwise affect our operations, we may be required to pay damages, royalties, license fees or other costs to continue to use intellectual property rights that we had been using, or we may be unable to obtain necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost or within a reasonable time. Litigation and other legal action of this type, regardless of whether it is successful, could result in substantial costs to us and diversion of the attention of our management and other resources.

We are subject to periodic litigation, which may cause us to incur substantial expenses or unexpected liabilities.

From time to time, we are involved in litigation matters, which may relate to consumer protection, employment practices, leasing arrangements, intellectual property infringement and contract disputes, and which may include a class action, and we are subject to various claims and pending or threatened lawsuits in the ordinary course of our business operations. Often, these cases raise complex factual and legal issues and, due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, we cannot accurately predict the ultimate outcome of any such proceedings. Regardless of the outcome or whether the claims have merit, legal proceedings may be expensive and require significant management time.

Our common stock price may be highly volatile, and we may be unable to meet investor and analyst expectations.

Our common stock, which is currently listed on the New York Stock Exchange, may be subject to extreme and unpredictable fluctuations in price. The market price of our common stock may decline if the results of our operations do not meet the expectations of securities analysts or our shareholders, investors are unreceptive to an announcement of changes in our business or our strategic initiatives or securities analysts who follow our company change their estimates of our future performance. Our stock price may also change suddenly as a result of factors beyond our control, including general economic conditions, new or modified legislation impacting our industry, announcements by our competitors, or sales of our stock by existing shareholders.

The stock market has also experienced periods of general volatility which result in fluctuations in stock prices unrelated or disproportionate to operating performance. We cannot provide assurances that there will continue to be an active trading market for our stock, and the price of our common stock may also be affected by illiquidity or perceived illiquidity of our shares. In addition, although we have paid dividends in each quarter since we became a public company in July 1960, we may discontinue or reduce dividend payments based upon several factors, including the terms of our credit facility and applicable law, the need for funding for our strategic initiatives or other capital expenditures and our future cash needs. Any modification or suspension of dividends could cause our stock price to decline. We also may be subject, from time to time, to legal and business challenges or disruptions in the operation of our company due to actions instituted by activist shareholders or others. Responding to such actions could be costly and time-consuming,

Other factors may not align withhave an adverse effect on our business, strategiesresults of operations and financial condition.

Other risks, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict, could divert the attention of our Board of Directors and senior management from the pursuit ofnegatively impact our business strategies. Perceived uncertainties as to our future direction as a result of activism may lead to the perception of a changeand financial performance, including changes in social, political, labor, health and economic conditions; changes in the directionoperations or liquidity of any of the parties with which we conduct our business, or in the access to capital markets for any such parties; increasing costs of customer acquisition, activation and retention; consolidation in the retail industry and other instabilityfactors. Any of these risks, and may adversely affectothers of which we are not aware or that we currently consider to be immaterial, could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our relationships with vendors, customers, prospectivebusiness, financial condition and current employees and others.results of operations.

Item 1B.   Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.   Properties

We lease and own space for our retail stores and restaurants,direct to consumer locations, distribution centers, and sales/administration offices and manufacturing operations in various domestic and international locations. We believe that our existing properties are well maintained, are

39

Table of Contents

in good operating condition and will be adequate for our present level of operations. We also own certain properties that were previously used in our manufacturing and distribution operations.

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into lease agreements for our direct to consumer operations, including leases for retail, restaurant and restaurantMarlin Bar space. Most of the leases require us to pay specified minimum rent, as well as a portion of operating expenses, real estate taxes and insurance applicable to the property, contingent rent based on a percentage of the location’s net sales in excess of a specific threshold and in some locations sales tax on rental amounts

41

Table of Contents

paid to the landlord. The leases have varying terms and expirations and may have provisions to extend, renew or terminate the lease agreement, among other terms and conditions. Periodically, we assess the operating results of our direct to consumer locations to assess whether the location provides, or is expected to provide, an appropriate long-term return on investment, whether the location remains brand appropriate and other factors. As a result of this assessment,At times, we may determine that it is appropriate to close certain storesdirect to consumer locations that do not continue tono longer meet our investment criteria, by either not renew certain leases, exerciserenewing the lease, exercising an early termination option, or otherwise negotiatenegotiating an early termination.termination or otherwise. For existing leases in desirable locations, we anticipate that we will be able to extend our leases, to the extent that they expire in the near future, on terms that are satisfactory to us, or if necessary, locate substitute properties on acceptable terms. The terms and conditions of lease renewals or relocations may not be as favorable as existing leases.

As of February 1, 2020, our direct to consumer locations used approximately 0.9 million square feet of leased space in the United States, Canada, Australia and Japan. Each of our retail stores and restaurants is less than 20,000 square feet, and we do not believe that we are dependent upon any individual retail store or restaurant location for our business operations. Greater detail about the retaildirect to consumer space used by each operating group is included in Part I, Item 1, Business included in this report.

As of February 1, 2020, we used approximately 1.6 million square feet of owned or leased distribution, manufacturing and administrative/sales facilities in the United States, Mexico and Hong Kong. In addition to our owned and leased distribution facilities, we may use certain third party warehouse/distribution providers where we do not own or lease any space. Our distribution, manufacturing, administrative and sales facilities provide space for employees and functions used in support of our direct to consumer and wholesale operations.

Details of the principal administrative, sales, distribution and manufacturing facilities used in our operations, including approximate square footage, are as follows:

    

    

    

Square

    

Lease

    

    

    

Square

    

Lease

Location

Primary Use

Operating Group

Footage

Expiration

Primary Use

Operating Group

Footage

Expiration

Seattle, Washington

 

Sales/administration

 

Tommy Bahama

 

115,000

 

2026 

 

Sales/administration

 

Tommy Bahama

 

115,000

 

2026 

Auburn, Washington

 

Distribution center

 

Tommy Bahama

 

325,000

 

2025 

 

Distribution center

 

Tommy Bahama

 

325,000

 

2025 

King of Prussia, Pennsylvania

 

Sales/administration and distribution center

 

Lilly Pulitzer

 

160,000

 

Owned 

 

Sales/administration and distribution center

 

Lilly Pulitzer

 

160,000

 

Owned 

Toccoa, Georgia

 

Distribution center

 

Lanier Apparel

 

310,000

 

Owned 

Merida, Mexico

 

Manufacturing plant

 

Lanier Apparel

 

80,000

 

Owned 

Greenville, South Carolina

 

Sales/administration

 

Southern Tide

 

14,000

 

2024 

 

Sales/administration

 

Southern Tide

 

14,000

 

2024 

Atlanta, Georgia

 

Sales/administration

 

Corporate and Other and Lanier Apparel

 

30,000

 

2024

 

Sales/administration

 

Corporate and Other and Lanier Apparel

 

30,000

 

2024

Lyons, Georgia

 

Distribution center

 

Various

 

420,000

 

Owned 

 

Distribution center

 

Various

 

420,000

 

Owned 

Toccoa, Georgia (ceasing operations in Fiscal 2021)

 

Distribution center

 

Lanier Apparel

 

310,000

 

Owned 

Merida, Mexico (ceased operations in Fiscal 2020)

 

Manufacturing plant

 

Lanier Apparel

 

80,000

 

Owned 

Item 3.   Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are a party to litigation and regulatory actions arising in the ordinary course of business. These actions may relate to trademark and other intellectual property, licensing arrangements, real estate, employee relations matters, importing or exporting regulations, taxation employee relation matters or other topics. We are not currently a party to any litigation or regulatory action or aware of any proceedings contemplated by governmental authorities that we believe could reasonably be expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, our assessment of any litigation or other legal claims could potentially change in light of the discovery of additional factors not presently known or determinations by judges, juries, or others which are not consistent with our evaluation of the possible liability or outcome of such litigation or claims.

Item 4.   Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

4240

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5.   Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market and Dividend Information

Our common stock is listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "OXM." As of March 27, 2020,19, 2021, there were 291292 record holders of our common stock.

On March 24, 2020,23, 2021, our Board of Directors approved a cash dividend of $0.25$0.37 per share payable on May 1, 2020April 30, 2021 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on April 17, 2020.16, 2021. Although we have paid dividends in each quarter since we became a public company in July 1960, including $17 million in total or $1.00 per common share in Fiscal 2020 and $25 million in total or $1.48 per common share in Fiscal 2019, we may discontinue or modify dividend payments at any time if we determine that other uses of our capital, including payment of outstanding debt, funding of acquisitions, funding of capital expenditures or repurchases of outstanding shares, may be in our best interest; if our expectations of future cash flows and future cash needs outweigh the ability to pay a dividend; or if the terms of our credit facility, other debt instruments or applicable law limit our ability to pay dividends. We may borrow to fund dividends in the short term subject to the terms and conditions of our credit facility, other debt instruments and applicable law. All cash flow from operations will not be paid out as dividends in all periods. For details about limitations on our ability to pay dividends, see Note 5 of our consolidated financial statements and Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, both contained in this report.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

We did not sell any unregistered equity securities during Fiscal 2019.2020.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

We have certain stock incentive plans as described in Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report, all of which are publicly announced plans. Under the plans, we can repurchase shares from employees to cover employee tax liabilities related to the vesting of shares of our stock. During the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2019, we2020, no shares were repurchased the following shares pursuant to these plans:

Total Number of

Maximum

Shares

Number of Shares

Average

Purchased as

That May Yet be

Total Number

Price

Part of Publicly

Purchased Under

of Shares

Paid per

Announced Plans

the Plans or

Fiscal Month

    

Purchased

    

Share

    

or Programs

    

Programs

November (11/3/19 - 11/30/19)

$

December (12/1/19 - 1/4/20)

$

January (1/5/20 - 2/1/20)

3,968

$

69.40

Total

3,968

$

69.40

plans.

InAs disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for Fiscal 2017 and subsequent annual and quarterly reports, in March 2017, our Board of Directors authorized us to spend up to $50 million to repurchase shares of our stock. This authorization superseded and replaced all previous authorizations to repurchase shares of our stock and has no automatic expiration. As of February 1, 2020, no shares of our stock had been repurchased pursuant to this authorization. However, subsequent to the end of Fiscal 2019, inIn February and March 2020, we repurchased 332,000 shares of our common stock for $18 million under an open market stock repurchase program (Rule 10b5-1 plan) pursuant to the Board of Directors’ authorization.

43

Table During the Fourth Quarter of ContentsFiscal 2020, we did not repurchase any shares of our stock pursuant to this authorization. As of January 30, 2021, $32 million of the authorization remains available for future repurchases of our common stock.

Stock Price Performance Graph

The graph below reflects cumulative total shareholder return (assuming an initial investment of $100 and the reinvestment of dividends) on our common stock compared to the cumulative total return for a period of five years, beginning January 31, 201530, 2016 and ending February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, of:

The S&P SmallCap 600 Index; and
The S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories and Luxury Goods.

Graphic

    

INDEXED RETURNS

Base Period

Years Ended

Company / Index

    

1/31/15

    

1/30/16

    

1/28/17

    

2/3/18

    

2/2/19

    

2/1/20

Oxford Industries, Inc.

 

100

 

126.63

 

99.76

 

148.64

 

147.43

 

135.14

S&P SmallCap 600 Index

 

100

 

95.31

 

128.67

 

146.79

 

147.31

 

157.07

S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories & Luxury Goods

 

100

 

83.78

 

71.38

 

91.12

 

84.92

 

78.24

4441

Table of Contents

Graphic

    

INDEXED RETURNS

Base Period

Years Ended

Company / Index

    

1/30/16

    

1/28/17

    

2/3/18

    

2/2/19

    

2/1/20

    

1/30/21

Oxford Industries, Inc.

 

100

 

78.78

 

117.38

 

116.42

 

106.72

 

102.47

S&P SmallCap 600 Index

 

100

 

135.00

 

154.01

 

154.55

 

164.80

 

202.99

S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories & Luxury Goods

 

100

 

85.20

 

108.75

 

101.36

 

93.38

 

91.33

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

Our selected financial data included in the table below reflects (1) the acquisition of the Southern Tide operations and assets in April 2016 and (2) the divestiture of the operations and assets of our former Ben Sherman operating group in July 2015, resulting in the classification of Ben Sherman operations as discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of operations for all periods presented. Cash flow, capital expenditures, equity compensation, depreciation and amortization amounts below include amounts for both continuing and discontinued operations as our consolidated statements of cash flow are presented on a consolidated basis including continuing and discontinued operations.Intentionally omitted.

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

Fiscal 2017

    

Fiscal 2016

    

Fiscal 2015

 

(in millions, except per share amounts)

Net sales

$

1,122.8

$

1,107.5

$

1,086.2

$

1,022.6

$

969.3

Cost of goods sold

 

477.8

 

470.3

 

473.6

 

442.3

 

412.7

Gross profit

 

645.0

 

637.2

 

612.6

 

580.3

 

556.6

SG&A

 

566.1

 

560.5

 

540.5

 

504.6

 

473.5

Royalties and other operating income

 

14.9

 

14.0

 

13.9

 

14.2

 

14.4

Operating income

 

93.7

 

90.6

 

86.0

 

89.9

 

97.5

Interest expense, net

 

1.2

 

2.3

 

3.1

 

3.4

 

2.5

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes

 

92.4

 

88.3

 

82.9

 

86.5

 

95.1

Income taxes

 

23.9

 

22.0

 

18.2

 

32.0

 

36.5

Net earnings from continuing operations

 

68.5

 

66.3

 

64.7

 

54.5

 

58.6

Income (loss), including loss on sale, from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

 

0.4

 

(2.0)

 

(28.0)

Net earnings

$

68.5

$

66.3

$

65.1

$

52.5

$

30.6

Diluted earnings from continuing operations per share

$

4.05

$

3.94

$

3.87

$

3.27

$

3.54

Diluted income (loss), including loss on sale, from discontinued operations per share

$

$

$

0.02

$

(0.12)

$

(1.69)

Diluted net earnings per share

$

4.05

$

3.94

$

3.89

$

3.15

$

1.85

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

 

16.9

 

16.8

 

16.7

 

16.6

 

16.6

Dividends declared and paid

$

25.2

$

23.1

$

18.2

$

18.1

$

16.6

Dividends declared and paid per share

$

1.48

$

1.36

$

1.08

$

1.08

$

1.00

Total assets, at period-end

$

1,033.4

$

727.3

$

699.9

$

685.2

$

582.7

Long-term debt at period-end

$

$

13.0

$

45.8

$

91.5

$

44.0

Shareholders’ equity, at period-end

$

528.6

$

478.4

$

429.8

$

376.1

$

334.4

Cash provided by operating activities

$

121.9

$

96.4

$

118.6

$

118.6

$

105.4

Capital expenditures

$

37.4

$

37.0

$

38.7

$

49.4

$

73.1

Depreciation and amortization expense

$

40.3

$

42.5

$

42.4

$

42.2

$

36.4

Equity compensation expense

$

7.6

$

7.3

$

6.4

$

6.4

$

5.2

LIFO accounting charge (credit)

$

1.5

$

0.8

$

7.8

$

(5.9)

$

0.3

Book value per share at period-end

$

31

$

28

$

26

$

22

$

20

Stock price per share at period-end

$

69

$

77

$

79

$

54

$

70

4542

Table of Contents

Item 7.   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our results of operations, cash flows, liquidity and capital resources compares Fiscal 20192020 to Fiscal 20182019 and should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements contained in this report.

The results of operations, cash flows, liquidity and capital resources for Fiscal 20182019 compared to Fiscal 20172018 are not included in this report on Form 10-K. For a discussion of our results of operations, cash flows, liquidity and capital resources for Fiscal 20182019 compared to Fiscal 20172018 and certain other financial information related to Fiscal 20182019 and Fiscal 2017,2018, refer to the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II. Item 7 of our 20182019 Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed with the SEC on April 1, 2019,March 30, 2020, which is available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov and under the Investor Relations section of our website at www.oxfordinc.com.

OVERVIEW

Business Overview

We are a globalleading branded apparel company that designs, sources, markets and distributes products bearing the trademarks of our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Southern Tide lifestyle brands and other ownedbrands. Tommy Bahama and licensed brands as well as private label apparel products of Lanier Apparel. During Fiscal 2019, 93%Lilly Pulitzer, in the aggregate, represent more than 85% of our net sales were from products bearing brands that we own and 97% of our net sales were in the United States.sales.

Our business strategy is to develop and market compelling lifestyle brands and products that evoke a strong emotional response from our target consumers. We consider lifestyle brands to be those brands that have a clearly defined and targeted point of view inspired by an appealing lifestyle or attitude. Furthermore, we believe lifestyle brands that create an emotional connection, like Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Southern Tide, can command greater loyalty and higher price points at retail and create licensing opportunities. We believe the attraction of a lifestyle brand depends on creating compelling product, effectively communicating the respective lifestyle brand message and distributing products to consumers where and when they want them. We believe the principal competitive factors in the apparel industry are the reputation, value, and image of brand names; design;design of differentiated, innovative or otherwise compelling product; consumer preference; price; quality; marketing; product fulfillment capabilities; and customer service. Our ability to compete successfully in styling and marketingthe apparel industry is directly related to our proficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference and presenting appealing products for consumers. Our design-led, commercially informed lifestyle brand operations strive to provide exciting, differentiated products each season.

During Fiscal 2019, 70%2020, 77% of our net sales were through our direct to consumer channels of distribution, which consists of our 189 brand-specific full-price retail stores, our e-commerce websites, our Tommy Bahama food and beverage operations and our 35 Tommy Bahama outlets. The remaining 30%23% of our net sales arewas generated from our wholesale distribution channels. Our wholesale operations includeconsist of net sales of products bearing our lifestyle brands, which complement our direct to consumer operations and provide access to a larger group of consumers, and also represents substantially all the net sales of theour Lanier Apparel operating group.

For additional information about our business and each of our operating groups, see Part I, Item 1. Business included in this report. Important factors relating to certain risks which could impact our business, including those resulting from the COVID-19 outbreak, are described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors of this report.

Industry Overview

Each of our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Lanier Apparel and Southern TideOur operating groups operatesoperate in highly competitive apparel markets that continue to evolve rapidly with the expanding application of technology to fashion retail. No single apparel firm or small group of apparel firms dominates the apparel industry, and our direct competitors vary by operating group and distribution channel. The apparel industry is cyclical and very dependent upon the overall level and focus of discretionary consumer spending, which changes as consumer preferences and regional, domestic and international economic conditions change. Increasingly, consumers are choosing to spend less of their discretionary spending on certain product categories, including apparel, while spending

43

Table of Contents

more on services and other product categories. Further, negative economic conditions often have a longer and more severe impact on the apparel industry than on other industries.

46

Table of Contents

The competitive and evolving environment may require that brands and retailers approach their operations, including marketing and advertising, very differently than historical practices and may result in increased operating costs and capital investments to generate growth or even maintain current sales levels. Many of the changes in the industry were accelerated or exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic. While thethis competition and evolution in the fashion retail industry presents significant risks, especially for traditional retailers who fail or are unable to adapt, we believe it also presents a tremendous opportunity for brands and retailers to capitalize on the changing consumer environment. 

We believe our lifestyle brands have true competitive advantages in this new retailing paradigm, and we are leveraging technology to serve our consumers when and where they want to be served. We continue to believe that our lifestyle brands, with their strong emotional connections with consumers, are well suited to succeed and thrive in the long term while managing the various challenges facing our industry.

Recent Events and TrendsCOVID-19 Pandemic

During Fiscal 2019, there was a significant amount of uncertainty related to tariffs on products imported into the United States from China, whichThe COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in higher tariffs on apparel and related products manufactured in China. Approximately 49% of our apparel and related products were from producers located in China during Fiscal 2019. As a result of our actions to shift production from China, particularly for goods received in the second half of Fiscal 2019 and thereafter, we expect that the proportion of our apparel and related product sourced from China will decrease in Fiscal 2020. In addition to shifting production to mitigate the incremental tariff costs on our operating results, we negotiated price reductions from certain third party manufacturers and increased direct to consumer and wholesale prices on select products.

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of a novel coronavirus (COVID-19) as a pandemic. COVID-19 is havinghad a significant effect on overall economic conditions and our operations.operations and is the primary reason for a 33% reduction in net sales and a significant net loss in Fiscal 2020 after years of profitable operating results. While our mission remains the enhancement of long-term shareholder value, our focus during this crisis is and will continue to behas been (1) the health and well-being of our employees, customers and communities. communities, (2) protecting the reputation, value and image of our brands and (3) preserving liquidity.

Due to the COVID-19 outbreak,pandemic, we saw reduced consumer traffic starting in early March 2020 and temporarily closed all our retail and restaurant locations. We began reopening our stores and restaurants in early May with additional stores and restaurants reopening throughout the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2020. We have reopened substantially all of our direct to consumer locations in North America on March 17, 2020. Subsequenta phased approach in accordance with local government guidelines and with additional safety protocols. Substantially all locations are experiencing reduced traffic, limited operating hours and capacity, and seating and other limitations, with such factors impacting individual locations differently. Certain retail stores and restaurants, including several in Hawaii and California, were required to thoseclose again for certain periods in the Third and Fourth Quarters of Fiscal 2020 after local jurisdictions reinstated some closure requirements. There can be no assurance that additional closures we also temporarily closed all our retailwill not occur as a result of any resurgence of COVID-19 cases and/or additional government mandates or recommendations. Generally, locations with attached restaurants or Marlin Bars, in outdoor centers and in drivable resort vacation destinations performed better than locations in Australia.indoor malls in Fiscal 2020. At the same time, the shift from in-store shopping to online shopping has accelerated during the COVID-19 pandemic resulting in 24% growth in our e-commerce businesses during Fiscal 2020.

There is significant uncertainty as to the duration and severity of the pandemic as well as the associated business disruption, impact on discretionary spending and restrictions on our ongoing operations. Thus, the ultimate impact of the pandemic cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. However, the COVID-19 pandemic is expected to continue to have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition for the foreseeable future due to the anticipated lower net sales from our bricks and mortar locations; reduced demand from our wholesale customers, several of which filed for bankruptcy in 2020 or are undergoing restructurings or closures; the uncertainty as to the continued strength of our brands’ e-commerce businesses during the pendency of the pandemic and thereafter; overall changes in consumer spending habits and consumer confidence; any potential disruptions to our supply chain; and a slowdown in the U.S. and global economies.

We took several actions in Fiscal 2020 to mitigate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, operations and liquidity, which included:

we furloughed and laid off a significant number of our retail, restaurant and office employees;
certain salaried employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executives, took temporary reductions in base salary during Fiscal 2020;

44

Table of Contents

our Board of Directors elected to reduce its cash retainers for Fiscal 2020;
we worked with our suppliers to cancel, delay or suspend future product deliveries;
we worked with our wholesale customers to identify suitable changes to our business arrangements;
we negotiated equitable rental arrangements with substantially all of our direct to consumer location landlords, believing that the payment of rents for both the closure and subsequent periods is inappropriate due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, and are continuing those discussions with some landlords;
under the CARES Act, and other regulations in other countries, we obtained employee retention credits for certain compensation paid to employees even while they were not working during the COVID-19 pandemic and have deferred the payment of the employer portion of FICA;
we suspended, cancelled or deferred certain capital expenditure projects, reducing our capital expenditures for Fiscal 2020;
during much of Fiscal 2020, we had drawn down certain amounts on our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to increase our cash position and preserve financial flexibility; and
our Board of Directors reduced the rate of our dividend payable for Fiscal 2020.

Also, we established management committees, reporting to our Chief Executive Officer, to continue to monitor the COVID-19 pandemic and its impact and are taking the necessary measures to protect the health and safety of our employees and customers.

We anticipate that net sales in each of our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Southern Tide operating groups will continue to be negatively impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic in Fiscal 2021, with the impact being more pronounced in the first half of the year and then beginning to rebound a little more in the second half of the year once more consumers are vaccinated, begin to travel again or otherwise begin to return to a more normal way of life.

Given our net cash position as of January 30, 2021, substantial availability under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and expectation of positive cash flows from operations in Fiscal 2021, among other factors, we believe we have adequate liquidity and the financial discipline to address the near-term challenges related to the COVID-19 outbreak. Whilepandemic and to position ourselves well to thrive in the disruptionpost-pandemic retail environment.

Lanier Apparel Exit

In Fiscal 2020, we made the decision to exit our Lanier Apparel business, which is currently expected to be temporary, there is significant uncertainty around its duration. As a result, we have taken a numbercompleted during the second half of actions to mitigate the impact of this pandemic on our businessFiscal 2021. In Fiscal 2020 and operations including: in addition to the retail storeFiscal 2019, Lanier Apparel represented 5% and restaurant closures, we are furloughing a significant number8%, respectively, of our employees; certainconsolidated net sales. This decision is in line with our stated business strategy of our salaried employees, including our Chief Executive Officerdeveloping and Chief Financial Officer, are taking reductions in their base salary;marketing compelling lifestyle brands and takes into consideration the increased challenges faced by the Lanier Apparel business, many of which were magnified by the COVID-19 pandemic. The Lanier Apparel business was primarily focused on moderately priced tailored clothes and related products.

In connection with the planned exit of the Lanier Apparel business, we have drawn down $200recorded pre-tax charges of $13 million from our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to increase our cash position and preserve financial flexibility; our Board of Directors reduced the rate of our dividend payable in the first quarterLanier Apparel operating group during Fiscal 2020. These charges consist of Fiscal 2020; we are working with suppliers(1) $6 million of inventory markdowns, the substantial majority of which were reversed in Corporate and Other as part of LIFO accounting as the inventory has not been sold as of January 30, 2021, (2) $3 million of employee charges, including severance and employee retention costs, (3) $3 million of operating lease asset impairment charges for leased office space of Lanier Apparel, (4) $1 million of non-cash fixed asset impairment charges, primarily related to cancel, delay or suspend future product deliveries; we are working with our wholesale customers to identify suitable changesleasehold improvements, and (5) $1 million of charges related to our business arrangements; and we are, in many cases, suspending or deferring capital expenditures.

We have established management committees, reporting to the Chief Executive Officer on an ongoing basis, to continue to monitor the COVID-19 outbreak and its impact and are taking the necessary precautionary measures to protect the health and safety of our employees. Given the dynamic nature of these circumstances, and the uncertain duration and severity of business disruption and its impact on discretionary consumer spending, the financial impact of the COVID-19 outbreak cannot be reasonably estimated at this time but will significantly impact our operating results, cash flows and financial positionMerida manufacturing facility, which ceased operations in Fiscal 2020.

For additional information about our business and each of our operating groups, see Part I, Item 1. Business included in this report. Important factors relating Refer to certain risks which could impact our business, including those resulting from the COVID-19 outbreak, are described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors of this report.

4745

Table of Contents

Note 11 in our consolidated financial statements included in this report for more information about the Lanier Apparel exit charges.

In addition to these charges incurred in Fiscal 2020, we currently expect to incur incremental Lanier Apparel exit charges totaling approximately $3 million in Fiscal 2021, which are expected to consist of additional employee charges for employees retained during the exit and the acceleration of certain post-exit contractual commitments.

Key Operating Results

The following table sets forth our consolidated operating results from continuing operations (in thousands, except per share amounts) for Fiscal 20192020 compared to Fiscal 2018:2019:

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

Net sales

$

1,122,790

$

1,107,466

Operating income

$

93,675

$

90,592

Net earnings

$

68,493

$

66,291

Net earnings per diluted share

$

4.05

$

3.94

Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted

 

16,914

 

16,842

    

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

Net sales

$

748,833

$

1,122,790

Operating (loss) income

$

(123,849)

$

93,675

Net (loss) earnings

$

(95,692)

$

68,493

Net (loss) earnings per diluted share

$

(5.77)

$

4.05

Weighted average shares outstanding -- diluted

 

16,576

 

16,914

The highernet loss per share in Fiscal 2020 compared to positive net earnings per diluted share in Fiscal 2019 was primarily due to higher(1) the impact of COVID-19 on the operating incomeresults of each of our operating groups resulting in Lilly Pulitzer,lower sales and lower gross margins, (2) the improved$60 million Southern Tide impairment charge recognized in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2020, a significant portion of which was non-deductible, (3) the $15 million write off of an information technology project in Tommy Bahama, and (4) $13 million of charges incurred in Fiscal 2020 related to the Lanier Apparel exit, which is expected to be completed in the second half of Fiscal 2021. These items were partially offset by a smaller operating resultsloss in Corporate and Other, and lower interest expense partially offset by lowerwhich was primarily due to the favorable impact of LIFO accounting primarily due to the reversal of inventory markdowns recognized in the operating income in Lanier Apparel and a higher effective tax rate, each as discussed below.groups.

OPERATING GROUPS

Our business is primarily operated through our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Lanier Apparel and Southern Tide operating groups. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. Our operating group structure reflects a brand-focused management approach, emphasizing operational coordination and resource allocation across each brand’s direct to consumer, wholesale and licensing operations, as applicable.

Our business has historically been operated primarily through our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, and Southern Tide each design, source, market and distribute apparel and related products bearing their respective trademarks and license their trademarks for other product categories, while Lanier Apparel designs, sources and distributes branded and private label men’s tailored clothing, sportswear and other products. Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, the elimination of inter-segment sales and any other items that are not allocated to the operating groups including LIFO inventory accounting adjustments. Because our LIFO inventory pool does not correspond to our operating group definitions, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the operating groups. Corporate and Other also includesIn Fiscal 2020, we made the operationsdecision to exit our Lanier Apparel business, which is expected to be completed during the second half of other businesses which are not included in our operating groups, including the operations of TBBC and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center.

Fiscal 2021. For additional information about each of our operating groups, see Part I, Item 1. Business and Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements, both included in this report.

COMPARABLE SALES

We often disclose comparable sales in order to provide additional information regarding changes in our results of operations between periods. Our disclosures of comparable sales include net sales from our full-price retail stores and e-commerce sites, excluding sales associated with e-commerce flash clearance sales. We believe that the inclusion of both full-price retail stores and e-commerce sites in the comparable sales disclosures is a more meaningful way of reporting our comparable sales results, given similar inventory planning, allocation and return policies, as well as our cross-channel marketing and other initiatives for the direct to consumer channel. For our comparable sales disclosures, we exclude (1) outlet store sales, warehouse sales and e-commerce flash clearance sales, as those clearance sales are used primarily to liquidate end of season inventory, which may vary significantly depending on the level of end of season inventory on hand and generally occur at lower gross margins than our non-clearance direct to consumer sales, and (2) restaurant sales, as we do not currently believe that the inclusion of restaurant sales in our comparable sales disclosures is meaningful in assessing our consolidated results of operations. Comparable sales information reflects net sales, including shipping and handling revenues, if any, associated with product sales.

For purposes of our disclosures, comparable sales consists of sales through e-commerce sites and any physical full-price retail store that was owned and open as of the beginning of the prior fiscal year and which did not have during

48

Table of Contents

the relevant periods, and is not within the current fiscal year scheduled to have, (1) a remodel or other event which would result in a closure for an extended period of time (which we define as a period of two weeks or longer), (2) a greater than 15% change in the size of the retail space due to expansion, reduction or relocation to a new retail space or (3) a relocation to a new space that is significantly different from the prior retail space. For those stores which are excluded based on the preceding sentence, the stores continue to be excluded from comparable sales until the criteria for a new store is met subsequent to the remodel, relocation, or other event. A retail store that is remodeled will generally continue to be included in our comparable sales metrics as a store is not typically closed for longer than a two-week period during a remodel; however, a retail store that is relocated generally will not be included in our comparable sales metrics until that store has been open in the relocated space for the entirety of the prior fiscal year because the size or other characteristics of the store typically change significantly from the prior location. Any stores that were closed during the prior fiscal year or current fiscal year, or which we expect to close or vacate in the current fiscal year, as well as any pop-up or temporary store locations, are excluded from our comparable sales metrics.

Definitions and calculations of comparable sales differ among retail companies, and therefore comparable sales metrics disclosed by us may not be comparable to the metrics disclosed by other companies

STORE COUNT

The table below provides store count information for Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Southern Tide as of the dates specified. The table includes our permanent stores and excludes any pop-up or temporary store locations which have an initial lease terms ofterm less than or equal to 12 months. Due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, all our stores and restaurants were closed beginning in March 2020. We began reopening our stores and restaurants starting on May 3, 2020 in a phased approach in accordance with local government guidelines and with additional safety protocols implemented with substantially all direct to consumer locations reopened as of January 30, 2021. Certain retail stores and restaurants in some jurisdictions, including Hawaii and California, were required to close again for certain periods in the second half of Fiscal 2020 after local jurisdictions reinstated some closure requirements. Substantially all locations are experiencing reduced traffic, limited operating hours and capacity, seating and other limitations, with such factors impacting individual locations differently.

46

Table of Contents

February 1,

February 2,

February 3,

January 28,

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

    

2017

Tommy Bahama retail stores

 

111

 

113

 

110

 

111

Tommy Bahama retail-restaurant locations

 

16

 

17

 

18

 

17

Tommy Bahama outlets

 

35

 

37

 

38

 

40

Total Tommy Bahama locations

 

162

 

167

 

166

 

168

Lilly Pulitzer retail stores

 

61

 

62

 

57

 

40

Southern Tide retail stores

1

Total Oxford locations

 

224

 

229

 

223

 

208

January 30,

February 1,

February 2,

February 3,

    

2021

    

2020

    

2019

    

2018

Tommy Bahama retail stores

 

105

 

111

 

113

 

110

Tommy Bahama retail-restaurant locations

 

20

 

16

 

17

 

18

Tommy Bahama outlets

 

35

 

35

 

37

 

38

Total Tommy Bahama locations

 

160

 

162

 

167

 

166

Lilly Pulitzer retail stores

 

59

 

61

 

62

 

57

Southern Tide retail stores

3

1

Total Oxford locations

 

222

 

224

 

229

 

223

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth the specified line items in our consolidated statements of operations both in dollars (in thousands) and as a percentage of net sales. We have calculated all percentages based on actual data, but percentage columns may not add due to rounding. Individual line items of our consolidated statements of operations may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as classification of certain expenses may vary by company.

49

Table of Contents

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

Fiscal 2017

 

    

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

 

Net sales

    

$

1,122,790

    

100.0

%  

$

1,107,466

    

100.0

%  

$

1,086,211

    

100.0

%

    

$

748,833

    

100.0

%  

$

1,122,790

    

100.0

%  

$

1,107,466

    

100.0

%

Cost of goods sold

 

477,823

 

42.6

%  

 

470,342

 

42.5

%  

 

473,579

 

43.6

%

 

333,626

 

44.6

%  

 

477,823

 

42.6

%  

 

470,342

 

42.5

%

Gross profit

 

644,967

 

57.4

%  

 

637,124

 

57.5

%  

 

612,632

 

56.4

%

 

415,207

 

55.4

%  

 

644,967

 

57.4

%  

 

637,124

 

57.5

%

SG&A

 

566,149

 

50.4

%  

 

560,508

 

50.6

%  

 

540,517

 

49.8

%

 

492,628

 

65.8

%  

 

566,149

 

50.4

%  

 

560,508

 

50.6

%

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

60,452

8.1

%  

%  

%

Royalties and other operating income

 

14,857

 

1.3

%  

 

13,976

 

1.3

%  

 

13,885

 

1.3

%

 

14,024

 

1.9

%  

 

14,857

 

1.3

%  

 

13,976

 

1.3

%

Operating income

 

93,675

 

8.3

%  

 

90,592

 

8.2

%  

 

86,000

 

7.9

%

 

(123,849)

 

(16.5)

%  

 

93,675

 

8.3

%  

 

90,592

 

8.2

%

Interest expense, net

 

1,245

 

0.1

%  

 

2,283

 

0.2

%  

 

3,109

 

0.3

%

 

2,028

 

0.3

%  

 

1,245

 

0.1

%  

 

2,283

 

0.2

%

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes

 

92,430

 

8.2

%  

 

88,309

 

8.0

%  

 

82,891

 

7.6

%

 

(125,877)

 

(16.8)

%  

 

92,430

 

8.2

%  

 

88,309

 

8.0

%

Income taxes

 

23,937

 

2.1

%  

 

22,018

 

2.0

%  

 

18,190

 

1.7

%

 

(30,185)

 

(4.0)

%  

 

23,937

 

2.1

%  

 

22,018

 

2.0

%

Net earnings from continuing operations

$

68,493

 

6.1

%  

$

66,291

 

6.0

%  

$

64,701

 

6.0

%

Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

NM

 

 

NM

 

389

 

NM

Net earnings

$

68,493

 

NM

$

66,291

 

NM

$

65,090

 

NM

$

(95,692)

 

NM

$

68,493

 

NM

$

66,291

 

NM

Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted

 

16,914

 

16,842

 

  

 

16,734

 

  

 

16,576

 

16,914

 

  

 

16,842

 

  

The following table presents the proportion of our consolidated net sales by distribution channel for each period presented:

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

Fiscal 2017

 

    

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

 

Retail

 

39

%  

40

%  

39

%

 

27

%  

39

%  

40

%

E-commerce

 

23

%  

21

%  

19

%

 

43

%  

23

%  

21

%

Restaurant

 

8

%  

8

%  

8

%

 

7

%  

8

%  

8

%

Wholesale

 

30

%  

31

%  

34

%

 

23

%  

30

%  

31

%

Total

 

100

%  

100

%  

100

%

 

100

%  

100

%  

100

%

All references to assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and other information in this report reflect continuing operations and exclude any amounts related to discontinued operations, except that any cash flow information includes continuing operations and discontinued operations as cash flows from discontinued operations have not been segregated from cash flow from continuing operations. Refer to Note 1 in our consolidated financial statements included in this report for additional information about discontinued operations.

FISCAL 20192020 COMPARED TO FISCAL 20182019

The discussion and tables below compare certain line items included in our consolidated statements of operations for Fiscal 20192020 to Fiscal 2018.2019. Each dollar and percentage change provided reflects the change between these fiscal periods unless indicated otherwise. Each dollar and share amount included in the tables is in thousands except for per share amounts.

Net Sales

Fiscal 2019

Fiscal 2018

$ Change

% Change

Tommy Bahama

$

676,652

$

675,358

$

1,294

 

0.2

%

Lilly Pulitzer

 

284,700

 

272,299

 

12,401

 

4.6

%

Lanier Apparel

 

97,251

 

100,471

 

(3,220)

 

(3.2)

%

Southern Tide

 

46,409

 

45,248

 

1,161

 

2.6

%

Corporate and Other

 

17,778

 

14,090

 

3,688

 

26.2

%

Consolidated net sales

$

1,122,790

$

1,107,466

$

15,324

 

1.4

%

Consolidated net sales increased $15 million, or 1%, We have calculated all percentages based on actual data, and percentage columns in Fiscal 2019. The increase in consolidated net sales was primarily driven by (1) a $19 million, or 4%, comparable sales increase to $539 million in Fiscal 2019 from $520 milliontables may not

5047

Table of Contents

add due to rounding. Individual line items of our consolidated statements of operations may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as classification of certain expenses may vary by company.

Net Sales

Fiscal 2020

Fiscal 2019

$ Change

% Change

Tommy Bahama

$

419,817

$

676,652

$

(256,835)

 

(38.0)

%

Lilly Pulitzer

 

231,078

 

284,700

 

(53,622)

 

(18.8)

%

Southern Tide

 

34,664

 

46,409

 

(11,745)

 

(25.3)

%

Lanier Apparel

 

38,796

 

95,200

 

(56,404)

 

(59.2)

%

Corporate and Other

 

24,478

 

19,829

 

4,649

 

23.4

%

Consolidated net sales

$

748,833

$

1,122,790

$

(373,957)

 

(33.3)

%

Consolidated net sales decreased $374 million, or 33%, in Fiscal 2018, with2020 primarily due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, which has had a negative impact on our retail, wholesale and restaurant operations, impacted by, among other things, temporary closures and reduced traffic after locations reopen, while our e-commerce business has generated very strong comparable sales increases in both Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer and a double-digit comparable sales increase in our smaller brands, and (2) an incremental net sales increase of $6 million associated with non-comp retail store operations in Lilly Pulitzer. These increasesgrowth. The decreases in net sales included decreases in (1) full-price retail sales of $213 million, or 56%, (2) wholesale sales of $161 million, or 48%, (3) restaurant sales of $35 million, or 42%, and (4) outlet sales of $26 million, or 45%. These decreases were partially offset by (1) a $9increased e-commerce sales of $62 million, decrease in wholesale salesor 24%, primarily due to decreases at Tommy Bahamamore demand as consumers shifted to online shopping as well as increased online marketing and Lanier Apparel and (2) a $1 million decrease in restaurant sales in Tommy Bahama.promotional events to further engage consumers. The changes in net sales by operating group are discussed below.

Tommy Bahama:

Tommy Bahama net sales increased $1decreased $257 million, or 38%, in Fiscal 2019 due to a $10 million, or 3%, increase in comparable sales to $369 million in Fiscal 2019 compared to $359 million in Fiscal 2018. This increase was partially offset by (1) a $6 million decrease in wholesale sales primarily reflecting decreased full-price wholesale sales, (2) a $2 million decrease in outlet store sales due to lower sales at existing outlet stores and the net sales impact of outlet store closures, and (3) a $1 million decrease in restaurant sales2020 primarily due to the net impact of certainthe COVID-19 pandemic, which had a negative impact on our retail, wholesale and restaurant closures, remodelsoperations. The decrease in net sales in Tommy Bahama included decreases in (1) full-price retail sales of $145 million, or 54%, (2) wholesale sales of $67 million, or 50%, including a decrease in both full-price and openings since the beginningoff-price sales, (3) restaurant sales of Fiscal 2018.$35 million, or 42%, and (4) outlet store sales of $27 million, or 46%. These decreases were partially offset by increased e-commerce sales of $17 million, or 13%. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Tommy Bahama for each period presented:

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

 

    

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

 

Retail

 

48

%  

48

%

 

37

%  

48

%

E-commerce

 

20

%  

18

%

 

36

%  

20

%

Restaurant

 

12

%  

13

%

 

11

%  

12

%

Wholesale

 

20

%  

21

%

 

16

%  

20

%

Total

 

100

%  

100

%

 

100

%  

100

%

Lilly Pulitzer:

The Lilly Pulitzer net sales increase of $12decreased $54 million, or 5%19%, in Fiscal 2019 was2020 primarily due to the resultimpact of (1) an incrementalthe COVID-19 pandemic, which had a negative impact on our retail and wholesale operations. The decrease in net sales increasein Lilly Pulitzer included decreases in (1) retail sales of $6 million associated with non-comp retail store operations, including stores that were opened, closed or remodeled during Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 as well as pop-up store locations, and increased gift card breakage income, (2) a $3$69 million, or 2%60%, and (2) wholesale sales of $24 million, or 40%, primarily due to lower full-price sales. These decreases were partially offset by increased e-commerce sales of $39 million, or 36%, including a 63% increase in comparable sales to $148 million in Fiscal 2019 from $145 million in Fiscal 2018, including positive comparable sales for full-price e-commerce sales and negative comparable sales for retail stores, (3) a $2 million2% increase in e-commerce flash clearance sales and (4) a $1 million increase in wholesale sales reflecting increased off-price wholesale sales and lower full-price wholesale sales.to $49 million. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Lilly Pulitzer for each period presented:

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

 

Retail

 

41

%  

42

%

E-commerce

 

38

%  

36

%

Wholesale

 

21

%  

22

%

Total

 

100

%  

100

%

Lanier Apparel:

The Lanier Apparel net sales decrease of $3 million, or 3%, in Fiscal 2019 was primarily due to (1) decreased sales in various programs, including lower volume in certain programs and the exit of certain other programs and customers, including those who filed for bankruptcy in Fiscal 2018, (2) decreased sales for certain programs that had initial shipments in Fiscal 2018 that did not repeat at the same levels and (3) increased anticipated returns in the future for certain replenishment programs, which will transition to new replenishment programs with the wholesale account. These decreases were partially offset by increased volume in other seasonal, in-stock and replenishment programs, including initial shipments for new programs in Fiscal 2019. While the Cole Haan and Duck Head businesses both had significant sales growth rates in Fiscal 2019, those business still represent a small proportion of Lanier Apparel’s net sales.

5148

Table of Contents

    

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

 

Retail

 

20

%  

41

%

E-commerce

 

64

%  

38

%

Wholesale

 

16

%  

21

%

Total

 

100

%  

100

%

Southern Tide:

The Southern Tide net sales increase of $1decreased $12 million, or 3%25%, in Fiscal 20192020 due to a $15 million, or 39%, decrease in wholesale sales, which was primarily due to higher sales in the e-commerce channelimpact of distribution. Wholesale sales were generally flat as increased full-price wholesale sales driven by higher department store sales werethe COVID-19 pandemic, partially offset by lower off-price wholesale sales. Southern Tide opened its first owned retail storea $1 million, or 15%, increase in November 2019 resultinge-commerce sales and a $1 million increase in a minimal amount of owned retail store sales resulting from the opening of three Southern Tide retail stores, with the first store opening in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2019. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Southern Tide for each period presented:

    

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

 

Retail

4

%

%

E-commerce

 

32

%  

21

%

Wholesale

 

64

%  

79

%

Total

 

100

%  

100

%

    

Fiscal

 

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

 

E-commerce

 

21

%  

18

%

Wholesale

 

79

%  

82

%

Total

 

100

%  

100

%

Lanier Apparel:

Lanier Apparel net sales decreased $56 million, or 59%, in Fiscal 2020 primarily due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. Lanier Apparel had decreases in net sales in most replenishment, seasonal and other programs for both the branded and private label businesses, including a large pants program for a warehouse club that did not repeat in Fiscal 2020. These decreases were partially offset by $4 million of sales of COVID-19 related personal protective equipment such as masks and gowns.

Corporate and Other:

Corporate and Other net sales primarily consist of the net sales of TBBC, which includes e-commerce and wholesale operations, and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations. The increaseincreased $5 million, or 23%, in net sales wasFiscal 2020 primarily due to increased sales growth in TBBC partially offset by lower sales at the Lyons, Georgia distribution center.as well as increased Duck Head sales.

Gross Profit

The tabletables below presentspresent gross profit by operating group and in total for Fiscal 20192020 and Fiscal 2018,2019, as well as the change between those two periods.periods and gross margin by operating group and in total. Our gross profit and gross margin, which is calculated as gross profit divided by net sales, may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as the statement of operations classification of certain expenses may vary by company.

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

    

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Tommy Bahama

$

413,200

$

413,455

$

(255)

 

(0.1)

%

$

244,197

$

413,200

$

(169,003)

 

(40.9)

%

Lilly Pulitzer

 

174,573

 

165,486

 

9,087

 

5.5

%

 

137,962

 

174,573

 

(36,611)

 

(21.0)

%

Southern Tide

 

11,810

 

22,786

 

(10,976)

 

(48.2)

%

Lanier Apparel

 

26,273

 

28,844

 

(2,571)

 

(8.9)

%

 

303

 

25,086

 

(24,783)

 

(98.8)

%

Southern Tide

 

22,786

 

22,572

 

214

 

0.9

%

Corporate and Other

 

8,135

 

6,767

 

1,368

 

20.2

%

 

20,935

 

9,322

 

11,613

 

NM

%

Consolidated gross profit

$

644,967

$

637,124

$

7,843

 

1.2

%

$

415,207

$

644,967

$

(229,760)

 

(35.6)

%

Notable items included in amounts above:

LIFO adjustments in Corporate and Other

$

1,454

$

773

 

  

 

  

$

(9,220)

$

1,454

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama Japan inventory markdown charges

$

159

$

461

$

$

159

Inventory step-up charges in Corporate and Other

$

$

157

Lanier Apparel exit charges in cost of goods sold

$

6,684

$

The table below presents gross margin by operating group an in total for Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018.

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

 

Tommy Bahama

 

61.1

%  

61.2

%

Lilly Pulitzer

 

61.3

%  

60.8

%

Lanier Apparel

 

27.0

%  

28.7

%

Southern Tide

 

49.1

%  

49.9

%

Corporate and Other

 

NM

 

NM

Consolidated gross margin

 

57.4

%  

57.5

%

The increase in consolidated gross profit in Fiscal 2019 was primarily due to increased sales with comparable gross margin. The comparable gross margin includes the impact of lower gross margin in Tommy Bahama, Lanier Apparel and Southern Tide offset by higher gross margin in Lilly Pulitzer. Also, the incremental tariffs on products sourced from China had an unfavorable impact on gross profit of $2 million in Fiscal 2019, with the substantial majority

5249

Table of Contents

of that amount

    

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

 

Tommy Bahama

 

58.2

%  

61.1

%

Lilly Pulitzer

 

59.7

%  

61.3

%

Southern Tide

 

34.1

%  

49.1

%

Lanier Apparel

 

0.8

%  

26.4

%

Corporate and Other

 

NM

%

NM

%

Consolidated gross margin

 

55.4

%  

57.4

%

The decrease in Tommy Bahamaconsolidated gross profit in Fiscal 2020 was due to the lower net sales and Lilly Pulitzer.lower gross margin. The changes inlower consolidated gross margin byreflects lower gross margin in each operating group areas discussed below. During Fiscal 2020, we recognized the negative impact of $15 million of inventory markdowns which were partially offset by a $9 million LIFO accounting credit. In Fiscal 2019, we recognized $4 million of inventory markdowns and a $1 million LIFO accounting charge.

Tommy Bahama:

The modest decrease in gross margin for Tommy Bahama was primarily driven by (1) lower gross margin in the full-price direct to consumer channel primarily due to a change in sales mix as a greater proportion of sales were related to promotion events, (2) lower gross margin in the wholesale channel resulting from a change in sales mix, with a greater proportion of off-price wholesale sales, as well as increased inventory markdowns, (3) lower gross margin in outlet sales as discounts were increased to move product and (4) certain fixed asset and operating lease asset impairment charges related to the restructuring of our Tommy Bahama sourcing operations.

Lilly Pulitzer:

The decrease in gross margin for Lilly Pulitzer was primarily due to (1) Fiscal 2018 including the favorable outcome of a duty assessment assertion, (2) the unfavorablelower gross margin impact ofin the incremental tariffs on products sourcedecommerce flash sales resulting from China in Fiscal 2019increased discounting and (3) the impact of an increasing proportion of Tommy Bahama direct to consumer sales occurring during periodic loyalty award card, Flip Sideincreased freight expense, and Friends and Family marketing events.(2) increased inventory markdowns. These unfavorable items were partially offset by higher initial margins in Fiscal 2020.

Southern Tide:

The decrease in gross margin for Southern Tide was primarily due to (1) increased inventory markdowns and lower profitability on off-price sales related to excess inventory and (2) more significant discounts and allowances in all channels of distribution. These items were partially offset by a change in sales mix as full-price and off-price wholesalewith direct to consumer sales and outlet stores wererepresenting a lowerlarger proportion of net sales for Tommy Bahama in Fiscal 2019 and (2) improved initial margins reflecting progress in our initiatives to selectively increase prices and reduce product costs.

Lilly Pulitzer:

The increase in gross margin for Lilly Pulitzer reflects (1) improved gross margin on the e-commerce flash clearance sales resulting from lower markdowns on the product sold and lower freight costs, (2) a change in sales mix as full-price e-commerce sales represented a greater proportion of net sales and (3) the impact of higher gift card breakage income. These favorable items were partially offset by (1) lower gross margin in the Lilly Pulitzer wholesale business primarily due to off-price wholesale sales representing a greater proportion of wholesale sales and lower gross margin on wholesale sales and (2) the unfavorable gross margin impact of the incremental tariffs on products sourced from China in Fiscal 2019.2020.

Lanier Apparel:

The decrease in gross margin for Lanier Apparel was primarily due to increased(1) the $7 million of Lanier Apparel exit charges in cost of goods sold, including inventory markdowns and charges related to our Merida manufacturing facility, as discussed in Note 11 in the consolidated financial statements included in this report, (2) an increase in inventory markdowns in the First Half of Fiscal 2019 in the Lanier Apparel tailored clothing business as well as in the Lanier Apparel sportswear business, which was primarily due to our decision to exit certain unprofitable customers2020, and channels of wholesale distribution in Fiscal 2020. These markdowns were partially offset by a change in sales mix as sales of licensed branded products, which typically have a higher(3) lower gross margin represented a greater proportion of net sales in Fiscal 2019.

Southern Tide:

The decrease in gross margin for Southern Tide was primarilyon various programs due to the prior year including an insurance recoverychallenging tailored clothing market. Each of these items had a more significant gross margin impact on certain inventory. This was partially offset by a favorable change inthe lower sales mix as direct to consumer sales represented a greater proportionvolume of net sales.Fiscal 2020.

Corporate and Other:

The gross profit in Corporate and Other primarily reflects (1) the gross profit of TBBC, (2)Duck Head and the gross profit of our Lyons, Georgia distribution center and (3)as well as the impact of LIFO accounting adjustments. The increasedprimary drivers for the higher gross profit primarily reflectswere (1) the impact of higher$11 million net sales in TBBC partially offset by the unfavorablefavorable impact of LIFO accounting which waswith a LIFO accounting credit in Fiscal 2020 and a LIFO accounting charge of $1 million in Fiscal 2019 compared to a charge of $1 million in Fiscal 2018.and (2) the gross profit resulting from higher net sales. The LIFO accounting impact in Corporate and Other in each period primarily reflects (1) a charge in Corporate and Other when inventory that had been marked down to the estimated net realizable value in an operating group in a prior period is

50

Table of Contents

ultimately sold or (2) a credit in Corporate and Other when inventory that has been marked down to the estimated net realizable value in an operating group in the current period, but has not been sold as of period end.

SG&A

    

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

SG&A

$

492,628

$

566,149

$

(73,521)

 

(13.0)

%

SG&A (as a % of net sales)

 

65.8

%  

 

50.4

%  

 

  

 

  

Notable items included in amounts above:

Tommy Bahama Japan SG&A charges

$

$

2,795

Tommy Bahama information technology project write-off

$

15,473

$

Amortization of Lilly Pulitzer Signature Store intangible assets

$

270

$

320

Amortization of Southern Tide intangible assets

$

288

$

292

Lanier Apparel exit charges in SG&A

$

6,342

$

TBBC change in fair value of contingent consideration

$

593

$

431

 

  

 

  

The lower SG&A in Fiscal 2020 was primarily due to:

decreased employment costs of $63 million primarily due to reductions in our employment cost in response to COVID-19, including the temporary furlough of substantially all retail and restaurant employees while direct to consumer operations were temporarily closed, lay-offs, reduced hours or pay reductions for certain employees, reductions in incentive compensation amounts, suspension of the company match during Fiscal 2020 for our 401(k) plan and the receipt of certain employee retention credits, partially offset by certain severance amounts, including employee charges associated with the Lanier Apparel exit as discussed in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included in this report;
an $11 million reduction in certain variable expenses including credit card transaction fees, shipping costs, commissions, supplies and other variable expenses;
a $10 million reduction in occupancy expenses which includes reductions in percent rent, utilities, maintenance and other expenses due to COVID-19 impact on store operations, certain negotiated rent reductions, and fewer Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer bricks and mortar locations, partially offset by a $3 million operating lease asset impairment charge associated with the Lanier Apparel exit as discussed in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements included in this report;
a $6 million decrease in travel expenses as the COVID-19 pandemic halted most business travel;
a $3 million reduction in advertising expenses;
a $3 million decrease in Tommy Bahama Japan charges, which related to charges associated with the restructure and exit of our Tommy Bahama Japan operations, with no such charges in Fiscal 2020; and
decreases in other expense items including communications, samples, and administrative and general expenses.

These decreases in SG&A were partially offset by:

a $15 million charge for the write off of costs associated with a Tommy Bahama information technology project that has been abandoned and will not be implemented;

51

Table of Contents

$6 million of increased estimated provisions for credit losses and other charges related to bankruptcies with respect to multiple customers; and
a $3 million increase in depreciation expense including impairment charges for certain leasehold improvements at certain retail locations and Lanier Apparel office space.

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

In Fiscal 2020, impairment charges for goodwill and intangible assets totaling $60 million were recognized in Southern Tide. The impairment charges for Southern Tide primarily reflect the impact of COVID-19 on the operations, plans and strategy of the Southern Tide business. In addition, a small impairment charge was recognized in Lanier Apparel related to a trademark that was not deemed recoverable. Refer to Note 4 in the consolidated financial statements included in this report for additional discussion regarding the impairment charges recognized in Fiscal 2020. There were no impairment charges for goodwill or intangible assets in Fiscal 2019.

Royalties and other operating income

    

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Royalties and other operating income

$

14,024

$

14,857

$

(833)

 

(5.6)

%

Royalties and other operating income primarily includes income received from third parties from the licensing of our brands. The decreased royalties and other income in Fiscal 2020 was primarily due to lower royalty income in both Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer.

Operating income (loss)

    

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Tommy Bahama

$

(53,310)

$

53,207

$

(106,517)

 

NM

%

Lilly Pulitzer

 

27,702

 

51,795

 

(24,093)

 

(46.5)

%

Southern Tide

 

(64,801)

 

5,554

 

(70,355)

 

NM

%

Lanier Apparel

 

(26,654)

 

1,953

 

(28,607)

 

NM

%

Corporate and Other

 

(6,786)

 

(18,834)

 

12,048

 

NM

%

Consolidated Operating (Loss) Income

$

(123,849)

$

93,675

$

(217,524)

 

NM

%

Notable items included in amounts above:

LIFO adjustments in Corporate and Other

$

(9,220)

$

1,454

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama Japan inventory markdown charges

$

$

159

Lanier Apparel exit charges in cost of goods sold

$

6,684

$

Tommy Bahama Japan SG&A charges

$

$

2,795

Tommy Bahama information technology project write-off

$

15,473

$

Amortization of Lilly Pulitzer Signature Store intangible assets

$

270

$

320

Amortization of Southern Tide intangible assets

$

288

$

292

Southern Tide goodwill and intangible asset impairment charge

$

60,245

$

Lanier Apparel intangible asset impairment charge

$

207

$

Lanier Apparel exit charges in SG&A

$

6,342

$

TBBC change in fair value of contingent consideration

$

593

$

431

 

  

 

  

The lower operating results in Fiscal 2020 were primarily due to (1) the impact of COVID-19 on each operating group, (2) the $60 million Southern Tide impairment charge recognized in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2020, (3) the $15 million write off of an information technology project in Tommy Bahama, and (4) the $13 million of Lanier Apparel exit

52

Table of Contents

charges incurred in Fiscal 2020. These items were partially offset by improved operating results in Corporate and Other, which was primarily due to the favorable impact of LIFO accounting due to the reversal of inventory markdowns recognized in the operating groups. Changes in operating income (loss) by operating group are discussed below.

Tommy Bahama:

    

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Net sales

$

419,817

$

676,652

$

(256,835)

 

(38.0)

%

Gross profit

$

244,197

$

413,200

$

(169,003)

(40.9)

%

Gross margin

 

58.2

%  

 

61.1

%  

 

  

 

  

Operating (loss) income

$

(53,310)

$

53,207

$

(106,517)

 

NM

%

Operating (loss) income as % of net sales

 

(12.7)

%  

 

7.9

%  

 

  

 

  

Notable items included in amounts above:

Tommy Bahama Japan inventory markdown charges

$

$

159

Tommy Bahama Japan SG&A charges

$

$

2,795

Tommy Bahama information technology project write-off

$

15,473

$

 

  

 

  

The lower operating results for Tommy Bahama in Fiscal 2020 were primarily due to lower sales and lower gross margin partially offset by lower SG&A. The lower SG&A was primarily due to (1) $51 million of lower employment costs, (2) $9 million of lower variable costs such as credit card transaction fees, commissions, shipping fees and supplies, (3) $7 million of lower occupancy costs, (4) a $4 million decrease in advertising expense, (5) a $3 million decrease in travel expense, (6) a $3 million decrease in Tommy Bahama Japan charges, which related to Fiscal 2019 charges associated with the restructure and exit of our Tommy Bahama Japan operations, and (7) decreases in other general and administrative expenses. These decreases were partially offset by (1) a $15 million charge related to the write off of an information technology project in Tommy Bahama that was abandoned in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2020, (2) a $2 million increase in depreciation expense including impairment charges for certain direct to consumer locations and (3) a $1 million increase in provisions for credit losses.

Lilly Pulitzer:

    

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Net sales

$

231,078

$

284,700

$

(53,622)

 

(18.8)

%

Gross profit

$

137,962

$

174,573

$

(36,611)

(21.0)

%

Gross margin

 

59.7

%  

 

61.3

%  

 

  

 

Operating income

$

27,702

$

51,795

$

(24,093)

 

(46.5)

%

Operating income as % of net sales

 

12.0

%  

 

18.2

%  

 

  

 

  

Notable items included in amounts above:

Amortization of Lilly Pulitzer Signature Store intangible assets

$

270

$

320

The lower operating income for Lilly Pulitzer in Fiscal 2020 was primarily due to lower sales and lower gross margin partially offset by lower SG&A. The lower SG&A was primarily due to (1) $9 million of lower employment costs, (2) $3 million of lower occupancy costs, (3) a $2 million decrease in travel expense, and (4) reductions in other general and administrative expenses. These decreases in SG&A were partially offset by (1) $3 million of higher marketing expense and (2) increases in other expenses including provisions for credit losses.

53

Table of Contents

SG&ASouthern Tide:

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

SG&A

$

566,149

$

560,508

$

5,641

 

1.0

%

SG&A (as a % of net sales)

 

50.4

%  

 

50.6

%  

 

  

 

  

Amortization of Tommy Bahama Canada intangible assets

$

$

1,387

Amortization of Lilly Pulitzer Signature Store intangible assets

$

320

$

378

Amortization of Southern Tide intangible assets

$

292

$

288

Tommy Bahama Japan SG&A charges

$

2,795

$

3,206

TBBC change in fair value of contingent consideration

$

431

$

970

 

  

 

  

    

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Net sales

$

34,664

$

46,409

$

(11,745)

 

(25.3)

%

Gross profit

$

11,810

$

22,786

$

(10,976)

(48.2)

%

Gross margin

 

34.1

%  

 

49.1

%  

 

  

 

Operating (loss) income

$

(64,801)

$

5,554

$

(70,355)

 

NM

%

Operating (loss) income as % of net sales

 

(186.9)

%  

 

12.0

%  

 

  

 

  

Notable items included in amounts above:

Amortization of Southern Tide intangible assets

$

288

$

292

 

  

 

  

Southern Tide goodwill and intangible asset impairment charge

$

60,245

$

The increase in SG&Alower operating results for Southern Tide in Fiscal 2019 was2020 were primarily due to (1) increasesthe $60 million impairment charge for goodwill and intangible assets in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2020 as well as lower sales and lower gross margin partially offset by lower SG&A. Lower SG&A to support the businesses, including increased salaries, wages, employee benefits, variablefor employment costs, advertising, travel and other operating expenses in our ongoing operations, and (2) $1 million of incrementalwere partially offset by the SG&A associated with the Southern Tide retail store operations and increased provisions for credit losses.

Lanier Apparel:

    

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Net sales

$

38,796

$

95,200

$

(56,404)

 

(59.2)

%

Gross profit

$

303

$

25,086

$

(24,783)

(98.8)

%

Gross margin

 

0.8

%  

 

26.4

%  

 

  

 

  

Operating (loss) income

$

(26,654)

$

1,953

$

(28,607)

 

NM

%

Operating (loss) income as % of net sales

 

(68.7)

%  

 

2.1

%  

 

  

 

  

Notable items included in amounts above:

Lanier Apparel exit charges in cost of goods sold

$

6,684

$

Lanier Apparel intangible asset impairment charge

$

207

$

Lanier Apparel exit charges in SG&A

$

6,342

$

In Fiscal 2020, we made the decision to exit our Lanier Apparel business, which is expected to be completed during the second half of Fiscal 2021. The lower operating results for Lanier Apparel in Fiscal 2020 were due to lower sales, $13 million of charges related to the Lanier Apparel exit, and lower gross margin. The Lanier Apparel exit charges primarily consist of inventory markdowns and charges related to our Merida manufacturing facility, which are included in cost of goods sold, and operating additional retail storeslease asset impairment charges, employee charges, and restaurants. These increases werefixed asset impairment charges, which are included in SG&A. Absent the $6 million of Lanier Apparel exit charges included in SG&A, SG&A decreased due to reductions in variable expenses, employment costs and other operating costs partially offset by (1) a $6 million reduction in incentive compensation expense, (2) a $4 million decrease in advertising expense, and (3) a $1 million decrease in amortization of Tommy Bahama Canada intangible assets.

Royaltiesincreased estimated provisions for credit losses and other operating income

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Royalties and other operating income

$

14,857

$

13,976

$

881

 

6.3

%

Royalties and other operating income primarily reflects income received from third parties fromcharges related to bankruptcies with respect to multiple Lanier Apparel customers. The Lanier Apparel exit charges are discussed in Note 11 in the licensing of our brands. The increaseconsolidated financial statements included in royalties and other income in Fiscal 2019 primarily resulted from increased royalty income in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer.

Operating income (loss)

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Tommy Bahama

$

53,207

$

53,139

$

68

 

0.1

%

Lilly Pulitzer

 

51,795

 

47,239

 

4,556

 

9.6

%

Lanier Apparel

 

1,465

 

5,057

 

(3,592)

 

(71.0)

%

Southern Tide

 

5,554

 

5,663

 

(109)

 

(1.9)

%

Corporate and Other

 

(18,346)

 

(20,506)

 

2,160

 

10.5

%

Consolidated Operating Income

$

93,675

$

90,592

$

3,083

 

3.4

%

LIFO adjustments in Corporate and Other

$

1,454

$

773

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama Japan inventory markdown charges

$

159

$

461

Inventory step-up charges in Corporate and Other

$

$

157

Amortization of Tommy Bahama Canada intangible assets

$

$

1,387

Amortization of Lilly Pulitzer Signature Store intangible assets

$

320

$

378

Amortization of Southern Tide intangible assets

$

292

$

288

Tommy Bahama Japan SG&A charges

$

2,795

$

3,206

TBBC change in fair value of contingent consideration

$

431

$

970

 

  

 

  

The increase in operating income primarily resulted from higher sales with comparable gross margin and higher royalty and other operating income partially offset by higher SG&A. On an operating group basis, the increase in operating income in Fiscal 2019 reflects higher operating income in Lilly Pulitzer and the improved operating results inthis report.

54

Table of Contents

Corporate and Other partially offset by lower operating income in Lanier Apparel. Changes in operating income (loss) by operating group are discussed below.

Tommy Bahama:Other:

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Net sales

$

676,652

$

675,358

$

1,294

 

0.2

%

Gross profit

$

413,200

$

413,455

$

(255)

(0.1)

%

Gross margin

 

61.1

%  

 

61.2

%  

 

  

 

  

Operating income

$

53,207

$

53,139

$

68

 

0.1

%

Operating income as % of net sales

 

7.9

%  

 

7.9

%  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama Japan inventory markdown charges

$

159

$

461

Amortization of Tommy Bahama Canada intangible assets

$

$

1,387

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama Japan SG&A charges

$

2,795

$

3,206

 

  

 

  

    

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Net sales

$

24,478

$

19,829

$

4,649

 

23.4

%

Gross profit

$

20,935

$

9,322

$

11,613

NM

%

Operating loss

$

(6,786)

$

(18,834)

$

12,048

 

NM

%

Notable items included in amounts above:

LIFO adjustments in Corporate and Other

$

(9,220)

$

1,454

 

  

 

TBBC change in fair value of contingent consideration

$

593

$

431

The increasesmaller operating loss for Corporate and Other was primarily due to the $11 million favorable net impact of LIFO accounting and higher sales.

Interest expense, net

    

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Interest expense, net

$

2,028

$

1,245

$

783

 

62.9

%

The increased interest expense in operating income in Tommy BahamaFiscal 2020 was primarily due to higher net sales and increased royalty incomelevels of debt outstanding partially offset by higher SG&Ainterest income earned on cash invested in money market accounts in Fiscal 2020. During most of Fiscal 2020, to ensure liquidity during the COVID-19 pandemic, we maintained certain cash on our balance sheet by drawing down on the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

Income taxes

    

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Income tax (benefit) provision

$

(30,185)

$

23,937

$

(54,122)

 

NM

%

Effective tax rate

 

24.0

%  

 

25.9

%  

 

  

 

  

Income taxes were a tax benefit in Fiscal 2020 resulting from an operating loss and lower gross margin. The higher SG&A forthe impact of certain discrete and other items noted below, as compared to a tax expense in Fiscal 2019 was primarily dueresulting from operating income.

The income tax benefit in Fiscal 2020 reflects the benefit of operating losses that will be realized at a federal rate of 35% pursuant to increased salaries, wages and employee benefits, variable costs and other operating expenses inthe CARES Act provision allowing carryback of the Fiscal 2020 loss amounts to pre-U.S. Tax Reform years, as well as a favorable provision to return adjustment for our ongoing operations.Fiscal 2019 returns.  These itemsfavorable impacts were partially offset by (1) the non-deductibility of certain impairment charges which results in an estimated effective income tax benefit rate of approximately 17% on the impairment charges, (2) estimated book to tax timing differences which may reduce the amount of Fiscal 2020 expenses currently deductible for income tax return purposes, (3) an increase to the reserve for uncertain tax positions and (4) restricted stock which vested in the period with a $6 million decreasevesting date price lower than the grant date price. Refer to Note 9 in incentive compensation, (2) a $5 million reduction in advertising expense and (3) a $1 million reduction in Tommy Bahama Canada amortization charges. Both periods included certain charges related to restructuring charges associated with the Tommy Bahama Japan operations, asour consolidated financial statements included in the table abovethis report for additional information about our income tax expense for Fiscal 2020 and as discussed in Note 13.Fiscal 2019.

Lilly Pulitzer:Net earnings

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Net sales

$

284,700

$

272,299

$

12,401

 

4.6

%

Gross profit

$

174,573

$

165,486

$

9,087

5.5

%

Gross margin

 

61.3

%  

 

60.8

%  

 

  

 

Operating income

$

51,795

$

47,239

$

4,556

 

9.6

%

Operating income as % of net sales

 

18.2

%  

 

17.3

%  

 

  

 

  

Amortization of Lilly Pulitzer Signature Store intangible assets

$

320

$

378

    

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

Net sales

$

748,833

$

1,122,790

Operating (loss) income

$

(123,849)

$

93,675

Net (loss) earnings

$

(95,692)

$

68,493

Net (loss) earnings per diluted share

$

(5.77)

$

4.05

Weighted average shares outstanding -- diluted

 

16,576

 

16,914

The increase in operating income in Lilly Pulitzer was primarily due to increased net sales, gross margin and royalty income partially offset by higher SG&A. The higher SG&Aloss per share in Fiscal 2019 included (1) $3 million of incremental SG&A associated with the cost of operating non-comp retail stores, (2) a $1 million increase in incentive compensation amounts, (3) a $1 million increase in advertising expense and (4) SG&A increases, including additional employment cost,2020 compared to support ongoing and future business operations.

Lanier Apparel:

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Net sales

$

97,251

$

100,471

$

(3,220)

 

(3.2)

%

Gross profit

$

26,273

$

28,844

$

(2,571)

(8.9)

%

Gross margin

 

27.0

%  

 

28.7

%  

 

  

 

  

Operating income

$

1,465

$

5,057

$

(3,592)

 

(71.0)

%

Operating income as % of net sales

 

1.5

%  

 

5.0

%  

 

  

 

  

The decrease in operating income in Lanier Apparel was primarily due to the lower gross margin, lower sales and higher SG&A. The SG&A increasepositive net earnings per share in Fiscal 2019 was primarily due to higher sales-related variable expenses for(1) the impact of COVID-19 on the operating results of each of our operating groups resulting in lower sales and

55

Table of Contents

lower gross margins, (2) the increased licensed brand sales, including increased royalties, shipping and advertising expenses. These increases in SG&A were partially offset by lower incentive compensation amounts.

Southern Tide:

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Net sales

$

46,409

$

45,248

$

1,161

 

2.6

%

Gross profit

$

22,786

$

22,572

$

214

0.9

%

Gross margin

 

49.1

%  

 

49.9

%  

 

  

 

Operating income

$

5,554

$

5,663

$

(109)

 

(1.9)

%

Operating income as % of net sales

 

12.0

%  

 

12.5

%  

 

  

 

  

Amortization of Southern Tide intangible assets

$

292

$

288

 

  

 

  

The decrease in operating income in$60 million Southern Tide impairment charge recognized in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2020, a significant portion of which was primarily due to higher SG&Anon-deductible, (3) the $15 million write off of an information technology project in Tommy Bahama, and lower gross margin partially offset by an increase in net sales. The SG&A increase in Fiscal 2019 was primarily due to (1) SG&A(4) $13 million of charges related to the start-up of Southern Tide’s owned retail store operations, including the SG&A associated with opening and operating the first Southern Tide retail location as well as retail management leadership hired to establish the Southern Tide retail operations, (2) variable selling and shipping costs associated with higher sales and (3) increased advertising expenses. These increases were partially offset by lower incentive compensation amountsLanier Apparel exit incurred in Fiscal 2019.

Corporate and Other:

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Net sales

$

17,778

$

14,090

$

3,688

 

26.2

%

Gross profit

$

8,135

$

6,767

$

1,368

20.2

%

Operating loss

$

(18,346)

$

(20,506)

$

2,160

 

10.5

%

LIFO adjustments in Corporate and Other

$

1,454

$

773

 

  

 

Inventory step-up charges in Corporate and Other

157

TBBC change in fair value of contingent consideration

$

431

$

970

The improved operating results in Corporate and Other was primarily due to (1) higher sales, partially offset by higher SG&A, resulting in increased operating income of TBBC, (2) lower SG&A in our Corporate operations, including lower incentive compensation and other amounts, (3) a smaller charge for the change in the fair value of the TBBC contingent consideration and (4) Fiscal 2019 not including any amounts for inventory step-up charges.2020. These items were partially offset by a larger net LIFO accounting chargethe smaller operating loss in Fiscal 2019.

Interest expense, net

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Interest expense, net

$

1,245

$

2,283

$

(1,038)

 

(45.5)

%

Interest expense decreased in Fiscal 2019 primarily due to lower average debt outstanding as well as higher interest income. In Fiscal 2019, interest expense consisted of interest charged on borrowings during the first half of the year, unused line feesCorporate and amortization expense, partially offset by interest income earned on cash and cash equivalents during the second half of Fiscal 2019.

Income taxes

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

$ Change

    

% Change

 

Income taxes

$

23,937

$

22,018

$

1,919

 

8.7

%

Effective tax rate

 

25.9

%  

 

24.9

%  

 

  

 

  

56

Table of Contents

The higher effective tax rate in Fiscal 2019Other, which was primarily due to Fiscal 2018 benefitting from the favorable impact of the vesting of certain stock awards during the year and other discrete items. Refer to Note 9 for additional information about our income tax expense for Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018.

Net earnings

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

Net sales

$

1,122,790

$

1,107,466

Operating income

$

93,675

$

90,592

Net earnings

$

68,493

$

66,291

Net earnings per diluted share

$

4.05

$

3.94

Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted

 

16,914

 

16,842

The higher net earnings per diluted share in Fiscal 2019 wasLIFO accounting primarily due to higherthe reversal of inventory markdowns recognized in the operating income in Lilly Pulitzer, the improved operating results in Corporate and Other and lower interest expense partially offset by lower operating income in Lanier Apparel and a higher effective tax rate, each as discussed above.groups.

FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Our primary source of revenue and cash flow is through our design, sourcing, marketing and distribution of branded apparel products bearing the trademarks of our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Southern Tide lifestyle brands and other owned and licensed brands, and private label apparel products.brands. We distribute our products to our customers via direct to consumer and wholesale channels of distribution.

Our primary uses of cash flow include the purchase of products in the operation of our business from third party contract manufacturers outside of the United States, as well as operating expenses, including employee compensation and benefits, occupancy-related costs, marketing and advertising costs, distribution costs, other general and administrative expenses and the payment of periodic interest and other payments related to our financing arrangements.

Additionally, we use cash for the funding of capital expenditures, dividends and repayment of indebtedness. In the ordinary course of business, we maintain certain levels of inventory, extend credit to our wholesale customers and pay our operating expenses. Thus, we require a certain amount of working capital to operate our business.

If cash inflows are less than cash outflows, we have access to amounts under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, subject to its terms, which is described below. We may seek to financefund our future cash requirements through various methods, including cash flow from operations, borrowings under our current or additional credit facilities, sales of debt or equity securities, and cash on hand.

As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, we had $66 million and $52 million, respectively, of cash and cash equivalents on hand, with no borrowings outstanding under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. The increase in cash and $322cash equivalents at January 30, 2021 was primarily due to $84 million of cash flow from operations, which includes significant decreases in working capital amounts, which was partially offset by cash payments of $35 million for investing activities, $20 million for share repurchases and $17 million for dividends.

As of January 30, 2021, under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, we had $301 million of unused availability, which includes the majoritysubstantially all of our cash and cash equivalents as eligible assets, under our $325 million Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, the “U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement”).assets. We believe our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and anticipated future positive cash flow from operating activities will provide ample liquidity to fund operatingsufficient cash flow needsto satisfy our ongoing cash requirements as well as ample opportunity to continue to invest in our brands, direct to consumer initiatives and other ongoing cash requirements.strategic initiatives in both the near term and long term.

Key Liquidity Measures

    

February 1,

    

February 2,

    

    

 

    

January 30,

    

February 1,

    

    

 

($ in thousands)

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

 

2021

2020

$ Change

% Change

 

Total current assets

$

288,826

$

269,788

$

19,038

 

7.1

%

$

258,316

$

288,826

$

(30,510)

 

(10.6)

%

Total current liabilities

$

177,779

$

142,209

 

35,570

 

25.0

%

$

196,252

$

177,779

 

18,473

 

10.4

%

Working capital

$

111,047

$

127,579

$

(16,532)

 

(13.0)

%

$

62,064

$

111,047

$

(48,983)

 

(44.1)

%

Working capital ratio

 

1.62

 

1.90

 

  

 

  

 

1.32

 

1.62

 

  

 

  

Debt to total capital ratio

 

%  

 

3

%

 

  

 

  

 

%  

 

%

 

  

 

  

Our working capital ratio is calculated by dividing total current assets by total current liabilities. Current assets as of January 30, 2021 decreased from February 1, 2020 due to lower inventories, receivables and prepaid expenses partially offset by increased income tax receivables and cash and cash equivalents. Current liabilities as of January 30, 2021 increased from February 1, 2020 primarily due to increased cash balances partially offset by lower amountshigher current operating lease liabilities, accounts payable and other accrued expenses. Changes in all ourcurrent assets and current liabilities are discussed below.

5756

Table of Contents

other current asset line items. Current liabilities as of February 1, 2020 increased primarily due to the impact of the revised lease accounting guidance which required the recognition of $50 million of current operating lease liabilities as of February 1, 2020, as discussed in Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report, and an increase in other accrued expenses and liabilities, partially offset by reductions in accounts payable and accrued compensation.

For the ratio of debt to total capital, debt is defined as short-term and long-term debt, and total capital is defined as debt plus shareholders’ equity. DebtThere was $0 million atno debt outstanding as of January 30, 2021 or February 1, 2020, and $13 million at February 2, 2019, while shareholders’ equity was $406 million as of January 30, 2021 and $529 million at February 1, 2020 and $478 million at February 2, 2019. The decrease in debt since February 2, 2019 was primarily due to $122 million of cash flow from operations which was partially offset by cash payments of $37 million for capital expenditures and $25 million for dividends, resulting in $52 million of cash and cash equivalents on hand as of February 1, 2020. Shareholders’ equity increaseddecreased from February 2, 2019,1, 2020, primarily as a result ofdue to net earningslosses, dividends and increased additional paid in capital related to our employee stock plans less dividends paidshares repurchased during the year.Fiscal 2020. Our debt levels and ratio of debt to total capital in future periods may not be comparable to historical amounts as we continue to assess, and possibly make changes to, our capital structure. Changes in our capital structure in the future, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions, the ultimate impact of the COVID-19 outbreak on our operating resultspandemic and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.

Balance Sheet

The following tables set forth certain information included in our consolidated balance sheets (in thousands). Below each table are explanations for any significant changes in the balances from February 2, 20191, 2020 to February 1, 2020.January 30, 2021.

Current Assets:

    

February 1,

    

February 2,

    

    

 

    

January 30,

    

February 1,

    

    

 

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

 

2021

2020

$ Change

% Change

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

52,460

$

8,327

$

44,133

 

530.0

%

$

66,013

$

52,460

$

13,553

 

25.8

%

Receivables, net

 

58,724

 

69,037

 

(10,313)

 

(14.9)

%

 

30,418

 

57,862

 

(27,444)

 

(47.4)

%

Inventories, net

 

152,229

 

160,656

 

(8,427)

 

(5.2)

%

 

123,543

 

152,229

 

(28,686)

 

(18.8)

%

Income tax receivable

17,975

862

17,113

NM

%

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

25,413

 

31,768

 

(6,355)

 

(20.0)

%

 

20,367

 

25,413

 

(5,046)

 

(19.9)

%

Total current assets

$

288,826

$

269,788

$

19,038

 

7.1

%

$

258,316

$

288,826

$

(30,510)

 

(10.6)

%

Cash and cash equivalents were $66 million as of January 30, 2021 compared to $52 million as of February 1, 2020 compared2020. Any cash that is not used to $8 million as of February 2, 2019. Typical cashrepay amounts maintained on an ongoing basis inoutstanding under our operationsU.S. Revolving Credit Agreement is generally range from $5 million to $10 million at any given time if we have debt outstanding. If cash flow from operations exceeds amounts required to pay any outstanding debt amounts, capital expenditures and dividends, cash outstanding may exceed the typical cash amounts. As of February 1, 2020, cash flow from operations has exceeded our cash needs resulting in $52 million of cash on hand. Substantially all of the cash on our balance sheet is invested in short-term money market funds.investment accounts.

The decrease in receivables, net as of February 1, 2020January 30, 2021 was primarily due to lower trade receivables resulting from lower wholesale sales, in the last two months of Fiscal 2019lower credit card receivables and an increase in receivable allowance amounts.a higher provision for credit losses. Inventories, net, which is net of a $63$62 million LIFO reserve as of January 30, 2021 and $62$63 million LIFO reserve as of February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019, respectively, decreased as of February 1, 2020.January 30, 2021. The decrease from February 2, 2019 was primarilylower inventories are a result of significantly lower inventories in each operating group due to a focus on decreasing inventories in the COVID-19 environment including reduced inventory purchases, cancellations of inventory purchases, and liquidation of excess prior season inventory, lower inventory levels at Lanier Apparelin transit amounts and Tommy Bahamamarking down inventory amounts to amounts expected to be realized. The decreases in the operating groups were partially offset by increased inventoriesinventory in Lilly Pulitzer, Southern Tide and Corporate and Other. The decreaseOther resulting from the impact of LIFO accounting which requires the reversal of certain inventory markdowns in Lanier Apparel was primarilythe operating groups.

Income tax receivable increased as of January 30, 2021 due to lower inventories in certain replenishment programs and lower anticipated sales inthe expected income tax receivable for the benefit of the Fiscal 2020. The lower inventories in Tommy Bahama was primarily due2020 operating losses, which we expect to clearance of certain end of season inventory in Tommy Bahama during Fiscal 2019.carry back to offset prior year taxable income. Prepaid expenses and other current assets decreased as of February 1, 2020January 30, 2021 primarily as a result ofdue to lower prepaid rent expense due to the adoption of the revised lease accounting guidance, which resulted in the classification of prepaid rent in operating lease assets in our consolidated balance sheet, as well as lower prepaid income taxes, which was partially offset by higher prepaid expenses for advertising, royalties, samples and other prepaid operating expense amounts.expenses.

5857

Table of Contents

Non-current Assets:

    

February 1,

    

February 2,

    

    

 

    

January 30,

    

February 1,

    

    

 

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

 

2021

2020

$ Change

% Change

 

Property and equipment, net

$

191,517

$

192,576

$

(1,059)

 

(0.5)

%

$

159,732

$

191,517

$

(31,785)

 

(16.6)

%

Intangible assets, net

 

175,005

 

176,176

 

(1,171)

 

(0.7)

%

 

156,187

 

175,005

 

(18,818)

 

(10.8)

%

Goodwill

 

66,578

 

66,621

 

(43)

 

(0.1)

%

 

23,910

 

66,578

 

(42,668)

 

(64.1)

%

Operating lease assets

287,181

287,181

N/A

233,775

287,181

(53,406)

(18.6)

Other non-current assets, net

 

24,262

 

22,093

 

2,169

 

9.8

%

Other assets, net

 

33,714

 

24,262

 

9,452

 

39.0

%

Total non-current assets

$

744,543

$

457,466

$

287,077

 

62.8

%

$

607,318

$

744,543

$

(137,225)

 

(18.4)

%

Property and equipment, net as of February 1, 2020January 30, 2021 decreased primarily as a result ofdue to depreciation expense, exceedingthe write off of costs associated with a Tommy Bahama information technology project and impairment of certain property and equipment during Fiscal 2020, which exceeded capital expenditures induring Fiscal 2019.2020. The decrease in intangible assets, net and goodwill as of February 1, 2020January 30, 2021 was primarily due to amortizationthe impairment charges of intangible assets$60 million in Southern Tide in Fiscal 2019. The2020, as discussed in Note 4 of our consolidated financial statements included in this report.

Operating lease assets as of January 30, 2021 decreased primarily due to the recognition of amortization related to existing operating leases, the termination or reduced term of certain operating leases and the impairment of certain operating lease asset amounts exceeding the increased operating lease assets amount as of February 1, 2020 was a result of the adoption of the revisedassociated with any new or extended operating lease accounting guidance during Fiscal 2019. Other non-currentagreements. The increase in other assets, net as of February 1, 2020 increasedJanuary 30, 2021 was primarily due to increasesa $6 million increase in investment in unconsolidated entities due to the acquisition of an ownership interest in two entities, an increase in non-current deferred tax assets and an increase in assets set aside for potential deferred compensation obligations and unamortized deferred financing costs partially offset by reductions in real estate security deposits.obligations.

Liabilities:

    

February 1,

    

February 2,

    

    

 

    

January 30,

    

February 1,

    

    

 

2020

2019

$ Change

% Change

 

2021

2020

$ Change

% Change

 

Total current liabilities

$

177,779

$

142,209

$

35,570

 

25.0

%

$

196,252

$

177,779

$

18,473

 

10.4

%

Long-term debt

 

 

12,993

 

(12,993)

 

(100.0)

%

 

 

 

 

%

Non-current operating lease liabilities

 

291,886

 

 

291,886

 

N/A

Non-current portion of operating lease liabilities

 

239,963

 

291,886

 

(51,923)

 

(17.8)

Other non-current liabilities

 

18,566

 

75,286

 

(56,720)

 

(75.3)

%

 

23,691

 

18,566

 

5,125

 

27.6

%

Deferred taxes

16,540

18,411

(1,871)

(10.2)

%

Deferred income taxes

16,540

(16,540)

(100.0)

%

Total liabilities

$

504,771

$

248,899

$

255,872

 

102.8

%

$

459,906

$

504,771

$

(44,865)

 

(8.9)

%

Current liabilities increased as of February 1, 2020January 30, 2021 primarily due to the $50 million of currenthigher operating lease liabilities, recognized as certain rent amounts were withheld during the pendency of February 1, 2020, as a result of the adoption of the revised lease accounting guidance during Fiscal 2019discussions with real property landlords, and an increaseaccrued expenses and other liabilities, including higher expected direct to consumer inventory returns, increased gift card liabilities, increases in other accrued expenses and currentincreased accounts payable. Accrued compensation was comparable as the increased payable for deferred FICA payments allowable pursuant to the CARES Act offset lower incentive compensation amounts.

Non-current portion of operating lease liabilities partially offset by reductions in accounts payable and accrued compensation. The increase in other accrued expenses and other liabilities wasas of January 30, 2021 decreased primarily due to a $5 million increasethe payment of operating lease liabilities, classification of certain unpaid amounts while negotiating with landlords regarding operating lease liabilities and reductions in income taxes payable. The lower accounts payable wasliabilities related to the termination or reduced term of certain operating leases exceeding operating lease liabilities associated with any new or extended operating lease agreements. Other non-current liabilities increased as of January 30, 2021 primarily due to a reduction of inventoryan increase in transit amounts while the lower accrued compensation was primarily dueuncertain tax positions as disclosed in Note 9 to a reductionour consolidated financial statements included in incentive compensation amounts. The decrease in long-term debt since February 1, 2020 was primarily due to $122 million of cash flow from operations which was partially offset by cash payments of $37 million for capital expenditures and $25 million for dividends.

The non-current operating lease liabilities amount as of February 1, 2020 was a result of the adoption of the revised lease accounting guidance during Fiscal 2019. Other non-current liabilities decreased as of February 1, 2020 primarily due to other non-current liabilities as of February 2, 2019 including $59 million of deferred rent and deferred rent tenant improvement allowance liabilities that were reclassified as operating lease assets as a result of the adoption of the revised lease accounting guidance during Fiscal 2019. This reduction in other non-current liabilities was partially offset by increases in amounts for deferred compensation liabilities.this report. Deferred income taxes decreased as of February 1, 2020January 30, 2021 primarily due to timing differences associated with depreciation partially offset byimpairment and amortization of intangible assets and goodwill, impact of operating lease payable amounts, timing differences associated with amortization of intangible assets.inventories, and changes in other current liability amounts.

5958

Table of Contents

Statement of Cash Flows

The following table sets forth the net cash flows, including continuing and discontinued operations, resulting in the change in our cash and cash equivalents (in thousands):

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

Fiscal 2017

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

Cash provided by operating activities

$

121,926

$

96,377

$

118,593

$

83,850

$

121,926

$

96,377

Cash used in investing activities

 

(37,421)

 

(37,397)

 

(54,277)

 

(34,651)

 

(37,421)

 

(37,397)

Cash used in financing activities

 

(41,298)

 

(56,765)

 

(64,712)

 

(35,848)

 

(41,298)

 

(56,765)

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

$

43,207

$

2,215

$

(396)

$

13,351

$

43,207

$

2,215

Cash and cash equivalents on hand were $66 million and $52 million as of January 30, 2021 and $8 million at February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019, respectively. Changes in cash flows in Fiscal 20192020 and Fiscal 20182019 related to operating activities, investing activities and financing activities are discussed below.

Operating Activities:

In Fiscal 20192020 and Fiscal 2018,2019, operating activities provided $84 million and $122 million and $96 million, respectively, of cash.cash, respectively. The cash flow from operating activities for each period was primarily the result of net earnings (loss) for the relevant period adjusted, as applicable, for non-cash activities including depreciation, amortization, impairment and equity-based compensation, as well as the net impact of changes in deferred taxes and our working capital accounts.operating assets and liabilities. In Fiscal 2019 working capital account2020, changes in operating assets and liabilities had a significant favorable impact on cash flow from operations, whileand in Fiscal 2018 working capital account2019, changes in operating assets and liabilities had an unfavorablea modest favorable impact on cash flow from operations.

In Fiscal 2020, the more significant changes in operating assets and liabilities were decreases in inventories, and receivables and increases in current liabilities, which increased cash flow from operations, partially offset by an increase in income tax receivables and a decrease in deferred tax liabilities, which decreased cash flow from operations. In Fiscal 2019, the more significant changes in working capital, after considering the non-cash impact of certain reclassifications that resulted from the adoption of the revised lease accounting guidance, were a decrease in receivables and inventories, which increased cash flow from operations, partially offset by decreases in current liabilities, which reduced cash flow from operations. In Fiscal 2018, the more significant changes in working capital were an increase in inventories, which decreased cash flow from operations, partially offset by an increase in current liabilities and a decrease in prepaid and other current assets, each of which increased cash flow from operations.

Investing Activities:

In each ofFiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, and Fiscal 2018, investing activities used $35 million and $37 million of cash. On an ongoing basis, our cash, flow used in investing activities primarily consists of our capital expenditure investments in our existing brands and acquisitions of new businesses.respectively. Our capital expenditures, which were $29 million in Fiscal 2020 and $37 million in Fiscal 2019, primarily consist of costs associated with information technology initiatives, including e-commerce capabilities; opening, relocating and remodeling retail stores and restaurants; and facilities enhancements for distribution centers and offices. In addition to our capital expenditures, in Fiscal 2020, we invested $6 million for a minority interest in two separate unconsolidated entities, which operate branded apparel businesses.

On an ongoing basis, our cash flow used in investing activities is expected to primarily consist of our capital expenditure investments in our existing brands as well as any acquisitions of or minority interests in new businesses.

Financing Activities:

In Fiscal 20192020 and Fiscal 2018,2019, financing activities used $36 million and $41 million and $57 million, respectively, of cash. During Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, we decreased debt and increased cash, as our cash flow from operations was greater than our capital expenditures and payment of dividends. During Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 we paid $25 million and $23 million of dividends, respectively. During Fiscal 2020, we repurchased $18 million of shares of our common stock pursuant to an open market stock repurchase program, which was suspended on March 17, 2020. During Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, we also paid $1$17 million for the payment ofand $25 million in dividends, respectively. Both Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019 included certain amounts related to previous acquisitions including the payment of certain holdback and contingent consideration amounts and $1 million related to the refinancing of our revolving credit agreement. Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 included certain amounts related to(1) the issuance of equity pursuant to our employee stock purchase plan, and(2) the repurchase of equity awards for employee tax

59

Table of Contents

withholding liabilities due toresulting from the vesting of equity awards during the period.period and (3) the payment of contingent consideration or other deferred acquisition payment amounts, which are included in other financing activities.

If we are in a debt position, weWe may borrow or pay down debt depending on whether our cash flow from operating activities exceeds our capital expenditures, dividend payments, acquisitions and any other investing or financing activities. Generally, we anticipate that excess cash, if any, will be used to repay any debt on our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. However, due to our March 2020 draw down on our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement

60Liquidity and Capital Resources

TableAs of Contents

due to the uncertainty related to the COVID-19 outbreak, in Fiscal 2020January 30, 2021, we anticipate that we may concurrently havehad $66 million of cash and cash equivalents on hand, as well as a significant amount of debtwith no borrowings outstanding onunder our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. If we have cash and cash equivalents in excessAs of cash used in our ongoing operations, we will generally invest the excess cash in short term money market investments.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

In July 2019, we amended our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement by entering into the First Amendment to the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to (1) extend the maturity of the facility to July 2024 and (2) modify certain provisions including a reduction of interest rates on certain borrowings and a reduction in unused line fees. We had no amounts outstanding as of February 1, 2020January 30, 2021, under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, but we did borrow $200had $301 million underof unused availability, which includes substantially all of our cash and cash equivalents as eligible assets. We believe our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and anticipated future positive cash flow from operating activities will provide sufficient cash flow to satisfy our ongoing cash requirements as well as ample opportunity to continue to invest in March 2020 dueour brands, direct to consumer initiatives and other strategic initiatives in both the uncertainty related to the COVID-19 outbreak. near term and long term.

The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (1) is limited to a borrowing base consisting of specified percentages of eligible categories of assets, (2) accrues variable-rate interest, unused line fees and letter of credit fees based upon average unused availability or utilization, (3) requires periodic interest payments with principal due at maturity (July 2024) and (4) is secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of Oxford Industries, Inc. and its domestic subsidiaries, including accounts receivable, books and records, chattel paper, deposit accounts, equipment, certain general intangibles, inventory, investment property (including the equity interests of certain subsidiaries), negotiable collateral, life insurance policies, supporting obligations, commercial tort claims, cash and cash equivalents, eligible trademarks, proceeds and other personal property.

To the extent cash flow needs exceed cash flow provided by our operations we will have access, subject to its terms, to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to provide funding for operating activities, capital expenditures and acquisitions, if any. Our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement is also used to establish collateral for certain insurance programs and leases and to finance trade letters of credit for product purchases, which reduce the amounts available under our line of credit when issued. As of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, $3 million of letters of credit were outstanding againstunder our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. After considering these limitations and the amount of eligible assets in our borrowing base, as applicable, as of February 1, 2020, we had $322 million in unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, subject to certain limitations on borrowings.

Covenants, Other Restrictions and Prepayment Penalties

The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement is subject to a number of affirmative covenants regarding the delivery of financial information, compliance with law, maintenance of property, insurance requirements and conduct of business. Also, the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement is subject to certain negative covenants or other restrictions including, among other things, limitations on our ability to (1) incur debt, (2) guaranty certain obligations, (3) incur liens, (4) pay dividends to shareholders, (5) repurchase shares of our common stock, (6) make investments, (7) sell assets or stock of subsidiaries, (8) acquire assets or businesses, (9) merge or consolidate with other companies or (10) prepay, retire, repurchase or redeem debt.

Additionally, the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that applies only if excess availability under the agreement for three consecutive business days is less than the greater of (1)(i) $23.5 million or (2)(ii) 10% of availability. In such case, our fixed charge coverage ratio as defined in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement must not be less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the immediately preceding 12 fiscal months for which financial statements have been delivered. This financial covenant continues to apply until we have maintained excess availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement of more than the greater of (1)(i) $23.5 million or (2)(ii) 10% of availability for 30 consecutive days.

We believe that the affirmative covenants, negative covenants, financial covenants and other restrictions under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement are customary for those included in similar facilities entered into at the time we amended the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. During Fiscal 20192020 and as of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, no financial covenant

60

Table of Contents

testing was required pursuant to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement as the minimum availability threshold was met at all times. As of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, we were compliant with all applicable covenants related to the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

61

Table of Contents

Other Liquidity Items:

We anticipate that we will be able to satisfy our ongoing cash requirements, which generally consist of working capital and other operating activity needs, capital expenditures, interest payments on our debt and dividends, if any, primarily from borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and positive cash flowflows from operations in the long term. Our need for working capital is typically seasonal with the greatest requirements generally in the fall and spring of each year. Our capital needs will depend on many factors including the results of our operations and cash flows in the COVID-19 environment and beyond, future growth rate,rates, the need to finance inventory levels and the success of our various products. We anticipate that at the maturity of the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement or as otherwise deemed appropriate, we will be able to refinance the facility or obtain other financing on terms available in the market at that time. The terms of any future financing arrangements may not be as favorable as the terms of the current agreement or current market terms.

On March 24, 2020,23, 2021, our Board of Directors approved a cash dividend of $0.25$0.37 per share payable on May 1, 2020April 30, 2021 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on April 17, 2020.16, 2021. Although we have paid dividends in each quarter since we became a public company in July 1960, including $25 million in total, or $1.48 per common share, in Fiscal 2019, we may discontinue or modify dividend payments at any time if we determine that other uses of our capital, including payment of outstanding debt, funding of acquisitions, funding of capital expenditures or repurchases of outstanding shares, may be in our best interest; if our expectations of future cash flows and future cash needs outweigh the ability to pay a dividend; or if the terms of our credit facility, other debt instruments or applicable law limit our ability to pay dividends. We may borrow to fund dividends in the short term subject to the terms and conditions of our credit facility, other debt instruments and applicable law. All cash flow from operations will not be paid out as dividends in all periods. For details about limitations on our ability to pay dividends, see the discussion of the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement above.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations, as of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, by future period (in thousands):

    

Payments Due by Period

    

Payments Due by Period

    

Less Than

    

    

    

More Than

    

    

Less Than

    

    

    

More Than

    

1 year

13 Years

35 Years

5 Years

Total

1 year

13 Years

35 Years

5 Years

Total

Contractual Obligations:

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement (1)

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Operating leases (2)

 

64,141

 

130,461

 

105,416

 

96,914

 

396,932

 

70,338

 

122,208

 

78,545

 

68,247

 

339,338

Minimum royalty and advertising payments pursuant to royalty agreements

 

5,621

 

3,590

 

 

 

9,211

Minimum royalty obligations pursuant to license agreements

 

4,162

 

 

 

 

4,162

Letters of credit

 

3,132

 

 

 

 

3,132

 

3,067

 

 

 

 

3,067

Other (3)(4)(5)

 

450

 

 

 

 

450

 

750

 

 

 

 

750

Total

$

73,344

$

134,051

$

105,416

$

96,914

$

409,725

$

78,317

$

122,208

$

78,545

$

68,247

$

347,317

(1)Principal, interest, unused line fees and letter of credit fees and amounts payable in future periods on our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement have been excluded from the table above, as the principal amount that will be outstanding and interest rate during any fiscal year will be dependent upon future events which are not known at this time. During Fiscal 2019,2020, we paid $1$2 million of interest, unused line fees and letter of credit fees.
(2)Amounts included reflect the rent amounts included in determining the operating lease liabilities. Amounts to be paid in future periods for real estate taxes, sales tax, insurance, other operating expenses and contingent rent applicable to the properties pursuant to the respective operating leases have been excluded from the table above, as the amounts payable in future periods are, in most cases, not quantified in the lease agreements or are dependent on factors which may not be known at this time. Such amounts incurred in Fiscal 20192020 totaled $34$30 million. Refer to Note 6 in our consolidated financial statements for disclosures about our operating lease agreements.

61

Table of Contents

(3)Amounts totaling $15$16 million of deferred compensation obligations, which are included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, have been excluded from the table above, due to

62

Table of Contents

the uncertainty of the timing of the payment of these obligations, which are generally at the discretion of the individual employees or upon the death of the individual.
(4)Non-current deferred taxes, which is the net amount of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets, of $17 millionliability amounts included in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 1, 2020January 30, 2021 and discussed in Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report have been excluded from the above table, as deferredtable. Deferred income tax liabilities are calculated based on temporary differences between the tax basis and book basis of assets and liabilities, which will result in taxable amounts in future years when the amounts are settled at their reported financial statement amounts. As the results of these calculations do not have a direct connection with the amount of cash taxes to be paid in any future periods, scheduling deferred income tax amounts by period could be misleading.
(5)Includes an estimated amount for the Fiscal 20192020 contingent consideration payment to be paid in Fiscal 20202021 associated with the TBBC contingent consideration arrangement. Additional amounts totaling $1 million of contingent consideration amounts, which are included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, have been excluded from the table above, due to the uncertainty of the amount or timing of these potential obligations, which are dependent upon future earnings of TBBC over the next two years.in Fiscal 2021.

Our anticipated capital expenditures for Fiscal 2020,2021, which are excluded from the table above as we are generally not contractually obligated to pay these amounts as of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, are expected to be less thanapproximately $35 million in Fiscal 2021. Amounts actually spent in Fiscal 2021 will be impacted by a variety of factors including the Fiscal 2019impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. Our capital expenditure amounts. Due toamounts in future years will fluctuate from the uncertainty created byamounts incurred in prior years depending on the COVID-19 outbreak we are reassessing and deferring many capital expenditures that were originally planned for Fiscal 2020, includinginformation technology initiatives, direct to consumer location openings, relocations and remodels as well as information technology projects.and other infrastructure requirements deemed appropriate for that year to support future expansion of our businesses.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not entered into agreements which meet the SEC’s definition of an off balance sheet financing arrangement, other than operating leases, and have made no financial commitments to or guarantees with respect to any unconsolidated subsidiaries or special purpose entities.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP in a consistent manner. The preparation of these financial statements requires the selection and application of accounting policies. Further, the application of GAAP requires us to make estimates and judgments about future events that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those discussed below. We base our estimates on historical experience, current trends, and various other assumptions and, in Fiscal 2020, the uncertain impact of COVID-19 and the Lanier Apparel exit, that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.

Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe it is possible that other professionals, applying reasonable judgment to the same set of facts and circumstances, could develop and support a range of alternative estimated amounts. We believe that we have appropriately applied our critical accounting policies. However, in the event that inappropriate assumptions or methods were used relating to the critical accounting policies below, our consolidated statements of operations could be misstated.

A detailed summary of significant accounting policies is included in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements contained in this report. The following is a brief discussion of the more significant estimates, assumptions and judgments we use or the amounts most sensitive to change from outside factors.

62

Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable

Our revenue consists of direct to consumer sales, including our retail store, e-commerce and restaurant operations, and wholesale sales, as well as royalty income, which is included in royalties and other income in our consolidated statements of operations. We recognize revenue when performance obligations under the terms of the

63

Table of Contents

contracts with our customers are satisfied. Our performance obligations generally consist of delivering our products to our direct to consumer and wholesale customers. Control of the product is generally transferred upon providing the product to consumers in our bricks and mortar retail stores and restaurants, upon physical delivery of the products to consumers in our e-commerce operations and upon shipment from the distribution center to customers in our wholesale operations. Once control is transferred to the customer, we have completed our performance obligations related to the contract and have an unconditional right to consideration for the products sold, as outlined in the contract. Our receivables resulting from contracts with customers in our direct to consumer operations are generally collected within a few days, upon settlement of the credit card transaction. Our receivables resulting from contracts with our customers in our wholesale operations are generally due within one quarter, in accordance with established credit terms.

In the ordinary course of our wholesale operations, we offer discounts, allowances and cooperative advertising support to some of our wholesale customers for certain products. Wholesale sales are recorded net of such discounts, allowances, cooperative advertising support, operational chargebacks and provisions for estimated wholesale returns. As certain allowances, other deductions and returns are not finalized until the end of a season, program or other event which may not have occurred yet, we estimate such discounts, allowances and returns on an ongoing basis to estimate the consideration from the customer that we expect to ultimately receive. We only recognize revenue to the extent that it is probable that we will not have a significant reversal of revenue in a future period. Significant considerations in determining our estimates for discounts, allowances, operational chargebacks and returns for wholesale customers may include historical and current trends, agreements with customers, projected seasonal or program results, an evaluation of current economic conditions, specific program or product expectations and retailer performance. Actual discounts and allowances to our wholesale customers have not differed materially from our estimates in prior periods.years. As of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, our total reserves for discounts, returns and allowances for our wholesale businesses were $9$6 million and, therefore, if the allowances changed by 10% it would have had a pre-tax impact of $1 million on earnings in Fiscal 2019.2020. The substantial majority of these reserves as of February 1, 2020January 30, 2021 relate to our Lanier Apparel business.

We extend credit to certain wholesale customers based on an evaluation of the customer’s financial capacity and condition, usually without requiring collateral. We recognize estimated reservesprovisions for bad debtscredit losses based on our historical collection experience, the financial condition of our customers, an evaluation of current economic conditions and anticipated trends, each of which is subjective and requires certain assumptions. Actual charges for bad debtscredit losses have not differed materially from our estimates in prior years. The amounts deemed uncollectible have not generally been significant in recent years prior to Fiscal 2020; in Fiscal 2020, we incurred a charge for provisions for credit losses of $4 million. If, in the future, amounts due from significant customer(s) were deemed to be uncollectible as a result of events that occur subsequent to January 30, 2021, this could result in a material charge to our consolidated statements of operations in future periods. As of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, our allowanceprovision for bad debtscredit losses was $1$3 million, and therefore, if the allowance for bad debts changed by 10% it would have had a pre-tax impact of less than $1 million on earnings in Fiscal 2019. While the amounts deemed uncollectible have not been significant in recent years if, in the future, amounts due from significant customer(s) were deemed to be uncollectible as a result of events that occur subsequent to February 1, 2020, including the impact of the COVID-19 outbreak, this could result in a material charge to our consolidated statements of operations in future periods.2020.

In our direct to consumer operations, consumers have certain rights to return product within a specified period and are eligible for certain point of sale discounts, thus retail store, e-commerce and restaurant revenues are recorded net of estimated returns and discounts, as applicable. We make estimates of reserves for products which were sold prior to the balance sheet date but that we anticipate may be returned by the consumer subsequent to that date. The determination of direct to consumer return reserve amounts requires judgment and consideration of historical and current trends, evaluation of current economic trends and other factors. Our historical estimates of direct to consumer return reserves have not differed materially from actual results. As of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, our direct to consumer return reserveliability was $3$7 million. A 10% change in the direct to consumer sales return reserve as of February 1, 2020January 30, 2021 would have had a less than $1 million impact on gross profit and pre-tax earnings in Fiscal 2019.2020.

63

Table of Contents

Inventories, net

For operating group reporting, inventory is carried at the lower of the first-in, first-out (FIFO) cost or market. We evaluate the composition of our inventories, substantially all of which is finished goods inventory, for identification of distressed inventory at least quarterly. In performing this evaluation, we consider slow-turning products, an indication of lack of consumer acceptance of particular products, prior seasons’ fashion products, broken assortments, discontinued products and current levels of replenishment program products as compared to expected sales. We estimate the amount of goods that we will not be able to sell in the normal course of business and write down the value of these goods as

64

Table of Contents

necessary. As the amount to be ultimately realized for the goods is not necessarily known at period end, we must use certain assumptions considering historical experience, inventory quantity, quality, age and mix, historical sales trends, future sales projections, consumer and retailer preferences, market trends, general economic conditions and our anticipated plans to sell the inventory. Also, we provide an allowance for shrinkage, as appropriate, for the period between the last physical inventory count and each balance sheet date. Historically, our estimates of inventory markdowns and inventory shrinkage have not varied significantly from actual results.

For consolidated financial reporting, $145$116 million, or 95%94%, of our inventories were valued at the lower of the last-in, first-out (LIFO) cost or market after deducting the $63$62 million LIFO reserve as of February 1, 2020.January 30, 2021. The remaining $7$8 million of our inventories are valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market as of February 1, 2020.January 30, 2021. LIFO reserves are based on the Producer Price Index (PPI) as published by the United States Department of Labor. We write down inventories valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market when LIFO cost exceeds market value. We deem LIFO accounting adjustments to not only include changes in the LIFO reserve, but also changes in markdown reserves which are considered in LIFO accounting. As our LIFO inventory pool does not correspond to our operating group definitions, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the respective operating groups. Thus, the impact of accounting for inventories on the LIFO method is reflected in Corporate and Other for operating group reporting purposes.

As of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, we had recorded a reserve of $2$6 million related to inventory on the lower of FIFO cost or market method and for inventory on the lower of LIFO cost or market method with markdowns in excess of our LIFO reserve. A 10% change in the amount of such markdowns would have a pre-tax impact of less than $1 million on earnings in Fiscal 2019.2020. A change in the markdowns of our inventory valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market method that is not marked down in excess of our LIFO reserve typically would not be expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. A change in inventory levels, or the mix by inventory category, at the end of future fiscal years compared to inventory balances as of February 1, 2020January 30, 2021 could result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as such a change may erode portions of our earlier base year layers for purposes of making our annual LIFO computation. Additionally, a change in the PPI as published by the United States Department of Labor as compared to the indexes as of February 1, 2020January 30, 2021 could result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as inflation or deflation would change the amount of our LIFO reserve.

Given the significant amount of uncertainty surrounding the year-end LIFO calculation, including the estimate of year-end inventory balances, the proportion of inventory in each inventory category and the year-end PPI, we typically do not adjust our LIFO reserve in the first three quarters of a fiscal year. This policy may result in significant LIFO accounting adjustments in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year resulting from the year over year changes in inventory levels, the PPI and markdown reserves. On a quarterly basisWe do recognize changes in markdown reserves during each of the first three quarters of the fiscal year we do recognize changes in markdown reserves as those amounts can be estimated on a quarterlyan interim basis.

Accounting for business combinations requires that assets and liabilities, including inventories, are recorded at fair value at the acquisition date. In accordance with GAAP, the definition of fair value of inventories acquired generally will equal the expected sales price less certain costs associated with selling the inventory, which may exceed the actual cost of producing the acquired inventories. Based on the inventory turn of the acquired inventories, amounts are recognized as additional cost of goods sold in the periods subsequent to the acquisition as the acquired inventory is sold in the ordinary course of business. In determining the fair value of the acquired inventory, as well as the appropriate period to recognize the charge in our consolidated statements of operations as the acquired inventory is sold, we must make certain assumptions regarding costs incurred prior to acquisition for the acquired inventory, an appropriate profit allowance, estimates of the costs to sell the inventory and the timing of the sale of the acquired inventory. Such estimates

64

Table of Contents

involve significant uncertainty, and the use of different assumptions could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets, net

The cost of each acquired business is allocated to the individual tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed or incurred as a result of an acquisition based on their estimated fair values. The assessment of the estimated fair values of assets and liabilities acquired requires us to make certain assumptions regarding the use of the

65

Table of Contents

acquired assets, anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors. As a result of our prior acquisitions significant intangible assets and goodwill were acquired resulting in $175any subsequent impairment charges, we had $156 million of intangible assets and $67$24 million of goodwill in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 1, 2020.January 30, 2021.

Our intangibles assets primarily consist of trademarks, reacquired rights and customer relationships. Goodwill is recognized as the amount by which the cost to acquire a company or group of assets exceeds the fair value of assets acquired less any liabilities assumed at acquisition. See Note 4 in our consolidated financial statements included in this report for further details about our various intangible assets and goodwill amounts.

The fair values and useful lives of these acquired intangible assets and goodwill are estimated based on our assessment as well as independent third party appraisals in some cases. Such valuations, which are dependent upon a number of uncertain factors, may include a discounted cash flow analysis of anticipated revenues and expenses or cost savings resulting from the acquired intangible asset using an estimate of a risk-adjusted, market-based cost of capital as the discount rate. The valuation of intangible assets and goodwill requires significant judgment due to the variety of uncertain factors, including planned use of the intangible assets as well as estimates of net sales, royalty income, operating income, growth rates, royalty rates for the trademarks, a risk-adjusted, market based cost of capital as the discount ratesrate and income tax rates, among other factors. The use of different assumptions related to these uncertain factors at acquisition or a later date could result in a material change to the amounts of intangible assets and goodwill initially recorded at acquisition, which could result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Trademarks with indefinite lives and goodwill are not amortized but instead evaluated, either qualitatively or quantitatively, for impairment annually as of the first day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal year or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the intangible asset or goodwill might be impaired. The evaluation of the recoverability of trademarks with indefinite lives and goodwill includes valuations based on a discounted cash flow analysis which is typically similar to the analysis performed at acquisition. This approach is dependent upon a number of uncertain factors, including those used in the initial valuation of the intangible assets and goodwill listed above. Such estimates involve significant uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our financial statements could be significant. If this analysis indicates an impairment of a trademark with an indefinite useful life, the amount of the impairment is recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on the amount that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.

Amortization of intangible assets with finite lives, which primarily consist of trademarks, reacquired rights and customer relationships, is recognized over their estimated useful lives using the straight line method of amortization or another method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed or otherwise realized. We amortize our intangible assets with finite lives for periods of up to 20 years. The determination of an appropriate useful life for amortization is based on the remaining contractual period, as applicable, and our plans for the intangible asset, as well as factors outside of our control, including expected customer attrition.control. Intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment periodically if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If expected future discounted cash flows from operations are less than their carrying amounts, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. Amortization related to intangible assets with finite lives totaled $1 million during Fiscal 20192020 and is anticipated to be $1 million in Fiscal 2020.2021.

Goodwill isTrademarks with indefinite lives and goodwill are not amortized but instead evaluated, either qualitatively or quantitatively, evaluated for possible impairment by comparing the estimated fair valueannually as of the first day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal year or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the intangible asset or goodwill to its carrying value.might be impaired. The quantitative test includes valuations of each applicable underlying trademark or business using fair value techniques and market comparables, which may include a discounted cash flow analysis or an independent appraisal. Significant estimates, someThe evaluation of which may be very subjective, considered in suchthe recoverability of trademarks with indefinite lives and goodwill includes valuations based on a discounted cash flow analysis are future cash flow projectionswhich is typically similar to the analysis performed at acquisition and compares that amount to the carrying value. This valuation approach is dependent upon a number of uncertain factors, including those used in the initial valuation of the business, a risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital as the discount rate, income tax ratesintangible assets and other assumptions. Thegoodwill listed above. Such estimates and assumptions included in the evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill involve significant uncertainty, particularly in light of COVID-19, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our financial statements could be significant. If an annual or interimthis analysis indicates an impairment of a trademark with an indefinite useful life or goodwill, balances,the amount of the impairment is recognized in ourthe consolidated financial statements asbased on the amount that the carrying value of the intangible asset or goodwill exceeds the estimated fair value of the goodwill.asset. If our plans or anticipated results change in the future, the impact on our financial statements could be significant.

6665

Table of Contents

Intangible assets and goodwill acquired in recent transactions are naturally more susceptible to impairment, primarily since they are recorded at fair value based on recent operating plans and macroeconomic conditions present at the time of acquisition. Consequently, if operating results, plans for the acquired business and/or macroeconomic conditions change after an acquisition, it could result in the impairment of the acquired intangible assets or goodwill. A change in macroeconomic conditions may not only impact the estimated operating cash flows used in our cash flow models but may also impact other assumptions used in our analysis, including but not limited to, the risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital and/or discount rates. Additionally, we are required to ensure that assumptions used to determine fair value in our analyses are consistent with the assumptions a hypothetical market participant would use. Therefore, the cost of capital discount rates used in our analyses may increase or decrease based on market conditions and trends regardless of whether our actual cost of capital changed. As

During Fiscal 2020, we acquiredrecognized impairment charges for goodwill and intangible assets of Southern Tide of $60 million, resulting in Fiscal 2016the impairment of all goodwill for Southern Tide and TBBC in Fiscal 2017 and recorded a significant amountthe majority of the indefinite-lived intangible assets and goodwillfor Southern Tide. As noted above, the use of different assumptions related to these reporting units, thosethe estimated fair value of the Southern Tide amounts could have resulted in the determination of a different fair value and a different impairment charge or charges in different periods. In Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, no impairment charges related to intangible assets recognizedor goodwill were recognized.

More recent acquisitions of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset amounts that have been impaired recently, as they have been recorded at fair value, typically are more sensitive to changes in assumptions than our other intangible assetsasset and goodwill amounts.

In Fiscal 2019, Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, no impairment charges related to Thus, the $9 million of indefinite-lived intangible assets orof Southern Tide have the least excess of fair value over book value as of January 30, 2021, The estimated fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible assets of Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and TBBC and the goodwill were recognized.of Lilly Pulitzer and TBBC are each substantially higher than the net book value of the respective assets.

Other Fair Value Measurements

For many assets and liabilities, the determination of fair value may not require the use of many assumptions or other estimates. However, in some cases the assumptions or inputs associated with the determination of fair value as of a measurement date may require the use of many assumptions and may be internally derived or otherwise unobservable. We use certain market-based and internally derived information and make assumptions about the information in (1) determining the fair values of assets and liabilities acquired as part of a business combination, (2) adjusting recognized assets and liabilities to fair value and (3) assessing recognized assets for impairment, including intangible assets, goodwill and property and equipment.

As noted above, the cost of each acquired business is allocated to the individual tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed or incurred as a result of the acquisition based on its estimated fair value. The assessment of the estimated fair values of assets and liabilities acquired requires us to make certain assumptions regarding the use of the acquired assets, anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors. To the extent information to revise the allocation becomes available during the allocation period the allocation of the purchase price will be adjusted. Should information become available after the allocation period indicating that adjustments to the allocation are appropriate, those adjustments will be included in operating results.

For the determination of fair value for assets and liabilities acquired as part of a business combination, adjusting recognized assets and liabilities to fair value and assessing, and possibly adjusting, recognized assets for impairment, the assumptions, or the timing of changes in these assumptions, that we make regarding the valuation of these assets could differ significantly from the assumptions made by other parties. The use of different assumptions could result in materially different valuations for the respective assets and liabilities, which would impact our consolidated financial statements.

In connection with certain acquisitions, we have entered into contingent consideration arrangements to compensate the sellers if certain targets are achieved. For a contingent consideration arrangement as of the date of acquisition we must determine the fair value of the contingent consideration which would estimate the discounted fair value of any expected payments. Such valuation requires assumptions regarding anticipated cash flows, probabilities of

66

Table of Contents

cash flows, discount rates and other factors, each requiring a significant amount of judgment. Subsequent to the date of acquisition, we are required to periodically adjust the liability for the contingent consideration to reflect the fair value of the contingent consideration by reassessing any valuation assumptions as of the balance sheet date.

From time to time, we may recognize asset impairment or other charges related to certain leased space associated with exiting retail or office space.space or otherwise. In these cases, we must determine the net loss related to the space if the anticipated cash outflows for the space exceed the estimated cash inflows related to the space. While estimated cash outflows are generally known since there is an underlying lease, the estimated cash inflows for sublease rental income, if any, and other costs are often very

67

Table of Contents

subjective if there is not a sub-lease agreement in place at that time since those amounts are dependent upon many factors including, but not limited to, whether a sub-tenant will be obtained and the time required to obtain the sub-tenant as well as the rent payments and any tenant allowances agreed with the sub-tenant as part of the future lease negotiations. Also, it is possible that we could negotiate a lease termination in the future that would differ from the amount of the required payments pursuant to the lease agreement. Thus, our estimate of a charge related to aan operating lease asset or other lease obligation could change significantly as we obtain better information in the future or if our current assumptions do not materialize. The assumptions made by another party related to such leases could be different than the assumptions made by us.

Income Taxes

Income taxes included in our consolidated financial statements are determined using the asset and liability method. Under this method, income taxes are recognized based on amounts of income taxes payable or refundable in the current year as well as the impact of any items that are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement reporting and tax return reporting purposes. As certain amounts are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement and tax return reporting purposes, financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities differ, resulting in the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities. The deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the estimated future tax effects attributable to these differences, as well as the impact of net operating loss, capital loss and federal and state credit carry-forwards, each as determined under enacted tax laws and rates expected to apply in the period in which such amounts are expected to be realized or settled.

We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent we believe it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, taxable income in carryback years, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. Valuation allowances are established when we determine that it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Valuation allowances, which total $5$6 million as of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, are analyzed periodically and adjusted as events occur or circumstances change that would indicate adjustments to the valuation allowances are appropriate. Valuation allowance amounts could have a material impact on our consolidated statements of operations in the future if assumptions related to realizability of the deferred tax assets changed significantly. Additionally, the timing of recognition of a valuation allowance or any reversal of a valuation allowance requires a significant amount of judgment to assess all the positive and negative evidence, particularly when operating results in the respective jurisdiction have changed or are expected to change from losses to income or from income to losses. As realization of deferred tax assets and liabilities is dependent upon future taxable income in specific jurisdictions, changes in tax laws and rates and shifts in the amount of taxable income among state and foreign jurisdictions may have a significant impact on the amount of benefit ultimately realized for deferred tax assets and liabilities.

As a global company, we are subject to income taxes in a number of domestic and foreign jurisdictions. Our income tax provision involves many uncertainties due to not only the timing differences of income for financial statement reporting and tax return reporting, but also the application of complex tax laws and regulations, which are subject to interpretation and judgment. The use of different assumptions or a change in our assumptions related to book to tax timing differences, our determination of whether foreign investments or earnings are permanently reinvested, the ability to realize uncertain tax positions, the appropriateness of valuation allowances, transfer pricing practices, the impact of our tax planning strategies or a shift in earnings among jurisdictions each could have a significant impact on our income tax rate. Additionally, factors impacting income taxes, including changes in tax laws or interpretations, court

67

Table of Contents

case decisions, statute of limitation expirations or audit settlements, could have a significant impact on our income tax rate. An increaseA decrease in our consolidated income tax benefit rate from 25.9%24.0% to 26.9%23.0% during Fiscal 20192020 would have reduced net earnings by $1 million.

Income tax expense recorded during interim periods is generally based on the expected tax rate for the year, considering projections of earnings and book to tax differences as of the balance sheet date, subject to certain limitations associated with separate foreign jurisdiction losses in interim periods.date. The tax rate ultimately realized for the year may increase or decrease due to actual operating results or book to tax differences varying from the amounts on which our

68

Table of Contents

interim calculations were based. Any changes in assumptions related to the need for a valuation allowance, the ability to realize an uncertain tax position, changes in enacted tax rates, the expected operating results in total or by jurisdiction for the year, or other assumptions are accounted for in the period in which the change occurs. As certain of our foreign operations are in a loss position and realization of a future benefit for the losses is uncertain, a significant variance in losses in such jurisdictions from our expectations can have a significantan impact on our expected annual tax rate. The recognition of the benefit of losses expected to be realized may be limited in an interim period and may require adjustments to tax expense in the interim period that yield an effective tax rate for the interim period that is not representative of the expected tax rate for the full year.

See Note 1 and Note 9 in our consolidated financial statements included in this report for further discussion of income taxes.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

Refer to Note 1 in our consolidated financial statements included in this report for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB that we have not yet adopted that may have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

SEASONALITY

Each of our operating groups is impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. For information regarding the impact of seasonality on individual operating groups and for our total company,business operations, see Part I, Item 1, Business, included in this report.

Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

As of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, we had no debtborrowings outstanding under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and $45had $66 million of cash and cash equivalents, including $59 million of money market investments. However, as a result of the COVID-19 outbreak in March 2020 we drew down $200 million from our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to increase our cash position and help preserve our financial flexibility. As of March 30, 2020, the interest rate on the borrowings range from 2.2% to 3.5% depending on whether the borrowings are pursuant to LIBOR rate or prime rate borrowings.

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement if wedid have any borrowings outstanding which could impactat times during Fiscal 2020 and we may have borrowings outstanding from time to time in Fiscal 2021 due to our financial condition and results of operations in future periods. seasonal working capital needs or otherwise.

Our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement accrues interest based on variable interest rates while providingprovides the necessary borrowing flexibility we require due to the seasonality of our business and our need to fund certain product purchases with trade letters of credit.credit and accrues interest based on variable rate interest rates. Additionally, for the amounts of unused credit under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement we pay unused line fees, which are based on a specified percentage of the unused line amounts.

We may attempt to limit the impact of interest rate changes on When we have variable-rate borrowings primarily through a mix of variable-rate and fixed-rate debt, although at times all ofoutstanding under our debt may be either variable-rate or fixed-rate debt. Further, at timesU.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, we may enter into interest rate swap arrangements related to certain of our variable-rate debt in order to fix the interest rate if we determine that ourhave exposure to interest rate changes is higher than optimal. Our assessment also considers our need for flexibility in our borrowing arrangements resulting from the seasonality of our business, anticipated future cash flows and our expectations about the risk of future interest rate changes, among other factors. We continuously monitor interest rates to consider the sources and terms of our borrowing facilitiesas an increase in order to determine whether we have achievedinterest rates could increase our interest rate management objectives. We do not enter into debt agreements or interest rate hedging transactions on a speculative basis.

69

Table of Contents

Further,expense. Alternatively, when we have cash and cash equivalents on hand, we are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our cash and cash equivalents, including those invested in money market investments. Ainvestments, as reduction in interest rates could reduce interest income on our cash and cash equivalents.income.

During Fiscal 2019,2020, our interest expense net of interest income and including any unused line fees, was $1$2 million. Based on the average amount of variable-rate debt outstanding in Fiscal 2019,2020, a 100 basis point increase in interest rates would not have materially increased our interest expense, net materially. Due tonet. If our borrowings increase in the COVID-19 outbreak, we anticipate thatfuture, our average borrowings outstanding will be higher in Fiscal 2020 than Fiscal 2019 resulting in us having increased interest expense and an increased exposure to interest rate changes.risk would also increase. Our interest rate risk and certain mitigation efforts we may take are discussed in Interest Rate Risk in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included in this report. We do not enter into debt agreements or interest rate hedging transactions on a speculative basis.

68

Table of Contents

Foreign Currency Risk

ToAs discussed in Foreign Currency in Note 1 to the extent thatconsolidated financial statements in this report, we have assets, liabilities, revenues or expenses denominated in foreign currencies that are not hedged, we are subjectcertain exposure to foreign currency transaction and translation gains and losses. As of February 1,exchange rate changes. During Fiscal 2020, our foreign currency exchange risk exposure primarily results from transactions of our businesses operating outside of the United States, which is primarily related to (1) our Tommy Bahama operations in Canada, Australia and Japan purchasing goods in U.S. dollars or other currencies which are not the functional currency of the business, which is less than 5%97% of our net sales and (2) certain other transactions, including intercompany transactions.

Substantially all of ourwere sales in the United States, with the remaining net sales primarily relating to transactions in our Tommy Bahama Canada and our inventory purchases from our contract manufacturers in Fiscal 2019Tommy Bahama Australia operations, where the underlying products were denominatedpurchased in U.S. dollars. PurchaseAdditionally, future purchase prices for our products may be impacted by fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the local currencies of the contract manufacturers, which may have the effect of increasing our cost of goods sold in the future even though our inventory is purchased on a U.S. dollar denominated arrangement. Additionally,

As of January 30, 2021 and during Fiscal 2020, we were not a party to the extent that theany foreign currency forward exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and thecontracts to mitigate our risk to changes in foreign currency that the inventory will be sold in (e.g. the Canadian dollar, Australian dollar or Japanese Yen) changes, the gross margins of those businesses could be impacted, particularly if we are not able to increase sales prices to our customers.

Whilefluctuations. However, we may enter into short-term forward foreign currency exchange contracts in the ordinary course of business from time to time in the future in order to mitigate a portion of the risk associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations related to purchases of inventory or selling goods in currencies other than the functional currencies by certain of our foreign operations as of February 1, 2020 and during Fiscal 2019, we were not a party to any foreign currency forward exchange contracts. However, if our international operations expand, it may be appropriate in the future to enter into hedging arrangements for certain operations. At this time, we do not anticipate that the impact of foreign currency changes on our international operations would have a material impact on our operating income or our net earnings in the near term given the proportion of our operations in international markets.

In addition to foreign currency risks related to specific transactions listed above, we also have foreign currency exposure risk associated with translating the financial statements of our foreign operations with a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar into U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes. A strengthening U.S. dollar could result in lower levels of salesWe view our foreign investments as long term and earnings in our consolidated statements of operations in future periods although the sales and earnings in thewe generally do not hedge such foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts as reported in the prior year. Alternatively, if foreign operations have operating losses, then a strengthening U.S. dollar could result in lower losses although the losses in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts as previously reported.investments. As of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, accumulated other comprehensive loss in our consolidated balance sheets related to our Canada and Australia investments and operations were $3 million and $1 million, respectively, after the amounts related to Japan were recognized in our consolidated statement of operations in Fiscal 2019.respectively.

We view our foreign investments as long term and we generally do not hedge such foreign investments. Also, we do not hold or issue any derivative financial instruments related to foreign currency exposure for speculative purposes.

70

Table of Contents

Commodity and Inflation Risk

We are affected by inflation and changing prices through the purchase of full-package finished goods from contract manufacturers, who manufacture products consisting of various raw material components. Inflation/deflation risks are managed by each operating group, when possible, through negotiating product prices in advance, selective price increases and cost containment initiatives. We have not historically entered into significant long-term sales or purchase contracts or engaged in hedging activities with respect to our commodity risk.risks.

7169

Table of Contents

Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

($ in thousands, except par amounts)

    

February 1,

    

February 2,

    

January 30,

    

February 1,

2020

2019

2021

2020

ASSETS

Current Assets

Cash and cash equivalents

$

52,460

$

8,327

$

66,013

$

52,460

Receivables, net

 

58,724

 

69,037

 

30,418

 

57,862

Inventories, net

 

152,229

 

160,656

 

123,543

 

152,229

Income tax receivable

17,975

862

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

25,413

 

31,768

 

20,367

 

25,413

Total Current Assets

$

288,826

$

269,788

$

258,316

$

288,826

Property and equipment, net

 

191,517

 

192,576

 

159,732

 

191,517

Intangible assets, net

 

175,005

 

176,176

 

156,187

 

175,005

Goodwill

 

66,578

 

66,621

 

23,910

 

66,578

Operating lease assets

287,181

233,775

287,181

Other non-current assets, net

 

24,262

 

22,093

Other assets, net

 

33,714

 

24,262

Total Assets

$

1,033,369

$

727,254

$

865,634

$

1,033,369

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Current Liabilities

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Accounts payable

$

65,491

$

81,612

$

71,148

$

65,491

Accrued compensation

 

19,363

 

24,226

 

18,897

 

19,363

Current operating lease liabilities

 

50,198

 

Other accrued expenses and liabilities

 

42,727

 

36,371

Current portion of operating lease liabilities

 

60,886

 

50,198

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

45,321

 

42,727

Total Current Liabilities

$

177,779

$

142,209

$

196,252

$

177,779

Long-term debt

 

 

12,993

 

 

Non-current operating lease liabilities

 

291,886

 

Non-current portion of operating lease liabilities

 

239,963

 

291,886

Other non-current liabilities

 

18,566

 

75,286

 

23,691

 

18,566

Deferred taxes

 

16,540

 

18,411

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

16,540

Shareholders’ Equity

 

 

  

 

 

Common stock, $1.00 par value per share

 

17,040

 

16,959

 

16,889

 

17,040

Additional paid-in capital

 

149,426

 

142,976

 

156,508

 

149,426

Retained earnings

 

366,793

 

323,515

 

235,995

 

366,793

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

(4,661)

 

(5,095)

 

(3,664)

 

(4,661)

Total Shareholders’ Equity

$

528,598

$

478,355

$

405,728

$

528,598

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

$

1,033,369

$

727,254

$

865,634

$

1,033,369

See accompanying notes.

7270

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

($ and shares in thousands, except per share amounts)

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

2019

2018

2017

2020

2019

2018

Net sales

$

1,122,790

$

1,107,466

$

1,086,211

$

748,833

$

1,122,790

$

1,107,466

Cost of goods sold

 

477,823

 

470,342

 

473,579

 

333,626

 

477,823

 

470,342

Gross profit

$

644,967

$

637,124

$

612,632

$

415,207

$

644,967

$

637,124

SG&A

 

566,149

 

560,508

 

540,517

 

492,628

 

566,149

 

560,508

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

60,452

Royalties and other operating income

 

14,857

 

13,976

 

13,885

 

14,024

 

14,857

 

13,976

Operating income

$

93,675

$

90,592

$

86,000

Operating (loss) income

$

(123,849)

$

93,675

$

90,592

Interest expense, net

 

1,245

 

2,283

 

3,109

 

2,028

 

1,245

 

2,283

Earnings before income taxes

$

92,430

$

88,309

$

82,891

Income taxes

 

23,937

 

22,018

 

18,190

Net earnings from continuing operations

$

68,493

$

66,291

$

64,701

Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 

 

 

389

Net earnings

$

68,493

$

66,291

$

65,090

(Loss) earnings before income taxes

$

(125,877)

$

92,430

$

88,309

Income tax (benefit) provision

 

(30,185)

 

23,937

 

22,018

Net (loss) earnings

$

(95,692)

$

68,493

$

66,291

Net earnings from continuing operations per share:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Basic

$

4.09

$

3.97

$

3.90

Diluted

$

4.05

$

3.94

$

3.87

Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes, per share:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Basic

$

$

$

0.02

Diluted

$

$

$

0.02

Net earnings per share:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Net (loss) earnings per share:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Basic

$

4.09

$

3.97

$

3.92

$

(5.77)

$

4.09

$

3.97

Diluted

$

4.05

$

3.94

$

3.89

$

(5.77)

$

4.05

$

3.94

Weighted average shares outstanding:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Basic

 

16,756

 

16,678

 

16,600

 

16,576

 

16,756

 

16,678

Diluted

 

16,914

 

16,842

 

16,734

 

16,576

 

16,914

 

16,842

Dividends declared per share

$

1.48

$

1.36

$

1.08

$

1.00

$

1.48

$

1.36

See accompanying notes.

7371

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

($ in thousands)

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

2019

2018

2017

2020

2019

2018

Net earnings

$

68,493

$

66,291

$

65,090

Net (loss) earnings

$

(95,692)

$

68,493

$

66,291

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Net foreign currency translation adjustment

 

434

 

(1,021)

 

1,202

 

997

 

434

 

(1,021)

Comprehensive income

$

68,927

$

65,270

$

66,292

Comprehensive (loss) income

$

(94,695)

$

68,927

$

65,270

See accompanying notes.

7472

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

($ in thousands)

    

    

    

    

Accumulated

    

Additional

Other

Common

Paid-In

Retained

Comprehensive

Stock

Capital

Earnings

(Loss) Income

Total

January 28, 2017

$

16,769

$

131,144

$

233,493

$

(5,276)

$

376,130

Net earnings and other comprehensive income

 

 

 

65,090

 

1,202

 

66,292

Shares issued under equity plans

 

110

 

1,273

 

 

 

1,383

Compensation expense for equity awards

 

 

6,413

 

 

 

6,413

Repurchase of shares

 

(40)

 

(2,166)

 

 

 

(2,206)

Cash dividends declared and paid

 

 

 

(18,188)

 

 

(18,188)

February 3, 2018

$

16,839

$

136,664

$

280,395

$

(4,074)

$

429,824

Net earnings and other comprehensive income

 

 

 

66,291

 

(1,021)

 

65,270

Shares issued under equity plans

 

150

 

1,306

 

 

 

1,456

Compensation expense for equity awards

 

 

7,327

 

 

 

7,327

Repurchase of shares

 

(30)

 

(2,321)

 

 

 

(2,351)

Cash dividends declared and paid

 

 

 

(23,054)

 

 

(23,054)

Cumulative effect of change in accounting standard

 

 

 

(117)

 

 

(117)

February 2, 2019

$

16,959

$

142,976

$

323,515

$

(5,095)

$

478,355

Net earnings and other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

68,493

 

434

 

68,927

Shares issued under equity plans

 

116

 

1,523

 

 

 

1,639

Compensation expense for equity awards

 

 

7,620

 

 

 

7,620

Repurchase of shares

 

(35)

 

(2,693)

 

 

 

(2,728)

Cash dividends declared and paid

 

 

 

(25,215)

 

 

(25,215)

Cumulative effect of change in accounting standard

 

 

 

 

 

February 1, 2020

$

17,040

$

149,426

$

366,793

$

(4,661)

$

528,598

    

    

    

    

Accumulated

    

Additional

Other

Common

Paid-In

Retained

Comprehensive

Stock

Capital

Earnings

(Loss) Income

Total

February 3, 2018

$

16,839

$

136,664

$

280,395

$

(4,074)

$

429,824

Net earnings and other comprehensive income

 

 

 

66,291

 

(1,021)

 

65,270

Shares issued under equity plans

 

150

 

1,306

 

 

 

1,456

Compensation expense for equity awards

 

 

7,327

 

 

 

7,327

Repurchase of shares

 

(30)

 

(2,321)

 

 

 

(2,351)

Cash dividends declared and paid

(23,054)

(23,054)

Cumulative effect of change in accounting standard

 

 

 

(117)

 

 

(117)

February 2, 2019

$

16,959

$

142,976

$

323,515

$

(5,095)

$

478,355

Net earnings and other comprehensive income

 

 

 

68,493

 

434

 

68,927

Shares issued under equity plans

 

116

 

1,523

 

 

 

1,639

Compensation expense for equity awards

 

 

7,620

 

 

 

7,620

Repurchase of shares

 

(35)

 

(2,693)

 

 

 

(2,728)

Cash dividends declared and paid

 

 

 

(25,215)

 

 

(25,215)

Cumulative effect of change in accounting standard

 

 

 

 

 

February 1, 2020

$

17,040

$

149,426

$

366,793

$

(4,661)

$

528,598

Net earnings and other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

(95,692)

 

997

 

(94,695)

Shares issued under equity plans

 

227

 

1,151

 

 

 

1,378

Compensation expense for equity awards

 

 

7,755

 

 

 

7,755

Repurchase of shares

 

(378)

 

(1,824)

 

(17,721)

 

 

(19,923)

Cash dividends declared and paid

 

 

 

(16,886)

 

 

(16,886)

Cumulative effect of change in accounting standard

 

 

 

(499)

 

 

(499)

January 30, 2021

$

16,889

$

156,508

$

235,995

$

(3,664)

$

405,728

See accompanying notes.

7573

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

($ in thousands)

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

2019

    

2018

    

2017

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Net earnings

$

68,493

$

66,291

$

65,090

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Depreciation

 

39,116

 

39,880

 

39,998

Amortization of intangible assets

 

1,171

 

2,610

 

2,404

Equity compensation expense

 

7,620

 

7,327

 

6,413

Amortization of deferred financing costs

 

384

 

424

 

431

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 

431

 

970

 

Deferred income taxes

 

(1,973)

 

2,927

 

1,817

Changes in working capital, net of acquisitions and dispositions:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Receivables, net

 

10,271

 

(1,560)

 

(8,270)

Inventories, net

 

8,187

 

(36,518)

 

19,504

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

606

 

5,848

 

(10,479)

Current liabilities

 

(14,282)

 

5,081

 

1,287

Other non-current assets, net

(283,335)

2,286

(642)

Other non-current liabilities

285,237

811

1,040

Cash provided by operating activities

$

121,926

$

96,377

$

118,593

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

 

(354)

 

(15,529)

Purchases of property and equipment

 

(37,421)

 

(37,043)

 

(38,748)

Cash used in investing activities

$

(37,421)

$

(37,397)

$

(54,277)

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Repayment of revolving credit arrangements

 

(122,241)

 

(290,526)

 

(295,326)

Proceeds from revolving credit arrangements

 

109,248

 

257,710

 

249,625

Deferred financing costs paid

(952)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

1,639

 

1,456

 

1,383

Repurchase of equity awards for employee tax withholding liabilities

 

(2,728)

 

(2,351)

 

(2,206)

Cash dividends declared and paid

 

(25,215)

 

(23,054)

 

(18,188)

Other financing activities

 

(1,049)

 

 

Cash used in financing activities

$

(41,298)

$

(56,765)

$

(64,712)

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

$

43,207

$

2,215

$

(396)

Effect of foreign currency translation on cash and cash equivalents

 

926

 

(231)

 

407

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year

 

8,327

 

6,343

 

6,332

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

$

52,460

$

8,327

$

6,343

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

2020

    

2019

    

2018

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Net (loss) earnings

$

(95,692)

$

68,493

$

66,291

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to cash flows from operating activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Depreciation

 

38,975

 

38,026

 

38,560

Amortization of intangible assets

 

1,111

 

1,171

 

2,610

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

60,452

Impairment of property and equipment

19,828

1,090

1,320

Equity compensation expense

 

7,755

 

7,620

 

7,327

Amortization of deferred financing costs

 

344

 

384

 

424

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 

593

 

431

 

970

Deferred income taxes (benefit) expense

 

(18,332)

 

(1,973)

 

2,927

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions and dispositions:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Receivables, net

 

28,429

 

10,252

 

(6,018)

Inventories, net

 

29,355

 

8,187

 

(36,518)

Income tax receivable

(17,113)

19

4,458

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

5,064

 

606

 

5,848

Current liabilities

 

17,611

 

(14,282)

 

5,081

Other non-current assets, net

53,819

(283,335)

2,286

Other non-current liabilities

(48,349)

285,237

811

Cash provided by operating activities

$

83,850

$

121,926

$

96,377

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Purchases of property and equipment

 

(28,924)

 

(37,421)

 

(37,043)

Other investing activities

 

(5,727)

 

 

(354)

Cash used in investing activities

$

(34,651)

$

(37,421)

$

(37,397)

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

Repayment of revolving credit arrangements

 

(280,963)

 

(122,241)

 

(290,526)

Proceeds from revolving credit arrangements

 

280,963

 

109,248

 

257,710

Deferred financing costs paid

(952)

Repurchase of common stock

(18,053)

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

 

1,378

 

1,639

 

1,456

Repurchase of equity awards for employee tax withholding liabilities

 

(1,870)

 

(2,728)

 

(2,351)

Cash dividends declared and paid

 

(16,844)

 

(25,215)

 

(23,054)

Other financing activities

 

(459)

 

(1,049)

 

Cash used in financing activities

$

(35,848)

$

(41,298)

$

(56,765)

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

$

13,351

$

43,207

$

2,215

Effect of foreign currency translation on cash and cash equivalents

 

202

 

926

 

(231)

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year

 

52,460

 

8,327

 

6,343

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year

$

66,013

$

52,460

$

8,327

See accompanying notes.

7674

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

February 1, 2020January 30, 2021

Note 1. Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

PrincipalDescription of Business Activity

We are a globalleading apparel company that designs, sources, markets and distributes products bearing the trademarks of our Tommy Bahama®, Lilly Pulitzer® and Southern Tide® lifestyle brands and other owned and licensed brands as well as private label apparel products.brands. We distribute our owned lifestyle branded products through our direct to consumer channel, consisting of retail stores and e-commerce sites, and our wholesale distribution channel, which includes better department stores, specialty stores, multi-branded e-commerce retailers, off-price retailers and other retailers. Additionally, we operate Tommy Bahama restaurants,food and beverage locations, including Marlin Bars and full-service restaurants, generally adjacent to a Tommy Bahama retail store location. Our branded and private label apparel products of

In Fiscal 2020, we made the decision to exit our Lanier Apparel are distributed through department stores, national chains, warehouse clubs, specialty stores, specialty catalogs, multi-branded e-commerce retailersbusiness, which is expected to be completed during the second half of Fiscal 2021. This decision is in line with our stated business strategy of developing and marketing compelling lifestyle brands and takes into consideration the increased challenges faced by the Lanier Apparel business, which has primarily sold tailored clothing products, many of which were magnified by the COVID-19 pandemic.

COVID-19 Pandemic

The COVID-19 pandemic had a significant effect on overall economic conditions, consumer traffic, tourism, consumer spending on discretionary items and our operations, resulting in disruption and a significant negative impact on our financial statements in Fiscal 2020. While our mission remains the enhancement of long-term shareholder value, our focus during this crisis has been (1) the health and well-being of our employees, customers and communities, (2) protecting the reputation, value and image of our brands and (3) preserving liquidity, including numerous initiatives to manage and reduce our inventory purchases, ongoing operating expenses, capital expenditures and other retailers.cash requirements.

Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, we temporarily closed all our North America retail and restaurant locations in March 2020 and began reopening our stores and restaurants in a phased approach in May 2020. Certain stores and restaurants were required to close again for certain periods after reopening, or operate pursuant to other mandated limitations, after local jurisdictions reinstated some closure requirements. There can be no assurance that additional closures will not occur as a result of any resurgence of COVID-19 cases and/or additional government mandates or recommendations. The COVID-19 pandemic is expected to continue to have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows in the near-term due to decreased consumer traffic in stores and restaurants; uncertainty as to the continued strength of our brands’ e-commerce businesses during the pendency of the pandemic; overall changes in consumer confidence and consumer spending habits; reduced demand from our wholesale customers, several of which filed for bankruptcy or are undergoing restructurings and closures; any potential disruptions to our supply chain; and a slowdown in the U.S. and global economies.

During Fiscal 2020, we incurred certain charges related to adjustments to the carrying value of goodwill, intangible assets, long-lived assets, inventories and receivables, each as discussed in these notes. We could experience other potential adverse impacts in the future as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, including additional charges related to these assets or other items if the duration or severity of the COVID-19 pandemic is worse than our current expectations.

For many reasons, including those identified above, the full magnitude of the COVID-19 pandemic continues to be difficult to predict at this time, and its ultimate duration and severity will depend on future developments. Additionally, consumer shopping and spending preferences and behavior likely have been changed permanently as a result of COVID-19; however, the ultimate impact of those changes is uncertain.

75

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Fiscal Year

We operate and report on a 52/53 week53-week fiscal year. Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to January 31.31 and is designated by the calendar year in which the fiscal year commences. As used in our consolidated financial statements, the terms Fiscal 2017, Fiscal 2018, Fiscal 2019, Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 20202021 reflect the 53 weeks ended February 3, 2018; 52 weeks ended February 2, 2019; 52 weeks ended February 1, 20202020; 52 weeks ended January 30, 2021 and 52 weeks ending January 30, 2021,29, 2022, respectively.

Principles of Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Oxford Industries, Inc. and any other entities in which we have a controlling financial interest, including our wholly-owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries, or variable interest entities for which we are the primary beneficiary.beneficiary, if any. Generally, we consolidate businesses thatin which we controlhave a controlling financial interest which may be evidenced through ownership of a majority voting interest. Additionally, there are situations in which consolidation is required even though the usual condition of consolidation (ownership of a majority voting interest) does not apply. In determining whether a controlling financial interest exists, we consider ownership of voting interests, as well asor other rights of the investors which might indicate which investor iswe are the primary beneficiary.beneficiary of the entity. The primary beneficiary has both the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the entity.

We account for investments in which we exercise significant influence, but do not control via voting rights and were determined to not be the primary beneficiary, using the equity method of accounting. Generally, we determine that we exercise significant influence over a corporation or a limited liability company when we own 20% or more or 3% or more, respectively, of the voting interests unless the facts and circumstances of that investment do not indicate that we have the ability to exhibit significant influence. Under the equity method of accounting, original investments are recorded at cost, and are subsequently adjusted for our contributions to, distributions from and share of income or losses of the entity. Investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting are included in other non-current assets in our consolidated balance sheets, while the income or loss related to investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting is included in royalties and other operating income in our consolidated statements of operations.

All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

Business Combinations

The cost of each acquired business is allocated to the individual tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed or incurred as a result of an acquisition based on their estimated fair values. The assessment of the estimated fair values of assets and liabilities acquired requires us to make certain assumptions regarding the use of the

77

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

acquired assets, anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors. Additionally, the definition of fair value of inventories acquired generally will equal the expected sales price less certain costs associated with selling the inventory, which may exceed the actual cost of the acquired inventories resulting in an inventory step-up to fair value at acquisition, which would be recognized in our consolidated statements of operations as the acquired inventory is sold. The purchase price allocation may be revised during an allocation period as necessary when, and if, information becomes available to revise the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. The allocation period will not exceed one year from the date of the acquisition. Should information become available after the allocation period indicating that an adjustment to the purchase price allocation is appropriate, that adjustment will be included in our consolidated statements of operations. The results of operations of acquired businesses are included in our consolidated statements of operations from the respective dates of the acquisitions. Transaction costs related to business combinations are included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations as incurred.

Revenue Recognition and Receivables

In May 2014, the FASB issued guidance, as revised through supplemental guidance, which provided a single, comprehensive accounting model for revenue arising from contracts with customers. Under the new guidance, which we adopted as of the first day of Fiscal 2018, revenueRevenue is recognized at an amount that reflects the consideration expected to be received for those goods and services pursuant to a five-step approach: (1) identify the contracts with the customer; (2) identify the separate performance obligations in the contracts; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to separate performance obligations; and (5) recognize revenue when, or as, each performance obligation is satisfied. This new revenue recognition guidance superseded most of the prior revenue recognition guidance, which generally specified that revenue should be recognized when risks and rewards transfer to a customer.

At adoption in Fiscal 2018, we used the modified retrospective method, applying the guidance only to contracts that were not completed prior to Fiscal 2018. There was no adjustment to retained earnings for the cumulative effect of applying the guidance upon adoption as there was no change in the timing or amount of revenue recognition for any of our revenue streams. Our accounting policies and practices for Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2019, pursuant to the new guidance, are discussed below, followed by a brief description of our historical accounting policies and practices for Fiscal 2017, pursuant to the prior revenue recognition guidance.

Our revenue consists of direct to consumer sales, including our retail store, e-commerce and restaurant operations, and wholesale sales, as well as royalty income, which is included in royalties and other income in our

76

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

consolidated statements of operations. The table below quantifies the amount of net sales by distribution channel (in thousands) for each period presented.

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

2019

    

2018

    

2017

2020

    

2019

    

2018

Retail

$

440,803

$

439,556

$

427,439

$

202,071

$

440,803

$

439,556

E-commerce

 

262,283

 

239,034

 

205,475

 

323,900

 

262,283

 

239,034

Restaurant

 

83,836

 

84,530

 

83,900

 

48,428

 

83,836

 

84,530

Wholesale

 

333,986

 

341,615

 

366,123

 

173,209

 

333,986

 

341,615

Other

 

1,882

 

2,731

 

3,274

 

1,225

 

1,882

 

2,731

Net sales

$

1,122,790

$

1,107,466

$

1,086,211

$

748,833

$

1,122,790

$

1,107,466

Pursuant to the new revenue recognition guidance, weWe recognize revenue when performance obligations under the terms of the contracts with our customers are satisfied. Our performance obligations generally consist of delivering our products to our direct to consumer and wholesale customers. Control of the product is generally transferred upon providing the product to consumers in our bricks and mortar retail stores and restaurants, upon physical delivery of the products to consumers in our e-commerce operations and upon shipment from theour distribution center to customers in our wholesale operations. Once control is transferred to the customer, we have completed our performance obligations related to the contract and have an unconditional right to consideration for the products sold as outlined in the contract.

78

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Our receivables resulting from contracts with customers in our direct to consumer operations are generally collected within a few days, upon settlement of the credit card transaction. Ourtransaction, while our receivables resulting from contracts with our customers in our wholesale operations are generally due within one quarter, in accordance with established credit terms. All of our performance obligations under the terms of our contracts with customers in our direct to consumer and wholesale operations have an expected original duration of one year or less. Our revenue, including any freight income, is recognized net of applicable taxes in our consolidated statements of operations.

In our direct to consumer operations, consumers have certain rights to return product within a specified period and are eligible for certain point of sale discounts,discounts; thus retail store, e-commerce and restaurant revenues are recorded net of estimated returns and discounts, as applicable. The sales return allowance is based on historical direct to consumer return rates and current trends and is recognized on a gross basis as a return liability for the amount of sales estimated to be returned and a return asset for the right to recover the product estimated to be returned by the customer. The value of inventory associated with a right to recover the goods returned in our direct to consumer operations are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets in our consolidated balance sheets. The changes in the return liability are recognized in net sales and the changes in the return asset are recognized in cost of goods sold in our consolidated statements of operations.

In the ordinary course of our wholesale operations, we offer discounts, allowances and cooperative advertising support to some of our wholesale customers for certain products. Some of these arrangements are written agreements, while others may be implied by customary practices or expectations in the industry. As certain allowances, other deductions and returns are not finalized until the end of a season, program or other event which may not have occurred yet, we estimate such discounts, allowances and returns on an ongoing basis to estimate the consideration from the customer that we expect to ultimately receive. We only recognize revenue to the extent that it is probable that we will not have a significant reversal of revenue in a future period. Significant considerations in determining our estimates for discounts, allowances, operational chargebacks and returns for wholesale customers may include historical and current trends, agreements with customers, projected seasonal or program results, an evaluation of current economic conditions, specific program or product expectations and retailer performance. We record the discounts, returns, allowances and operational chargebacks as a reduction to net sales in our consolidated statements of operations and as a reduction to receivables, net in our consolidated balance sheets, with the estimated value of inventory expected to be returned in prepaid expenses and other current assets in our consolidated balance sheets. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019, reserve balances recorded as a reduction to wholesale receivables related to these items were $6 million and $9 million, and $7 million, respectively.

77

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

We extend credit to certain wholesale customers based on an evaluation of the customer’s financial capacity and condition, usually without requiring collateral. In circumstances where we become aware of a specific wholesale customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserveprovision for bad debtcredit losses is taken as a reduction to accounts receivable to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be collected. Such amounts are ultimately written off at the time that the amounts are not considered collectible. For all other wholesale customer receivable amounts, we recognize estimated reservesprovisions for bad debtscredit losses based on our historical collection experience, the financial condition of our customers, an evaluation of current economic conditions, and anticipated trends and the risk characteristics of the receivables, each of which is subjective and requires certain assumptions. During Fiscal 2020, we estimated these losses using the current expected loss approach including consideration of the expected impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic on our receivables, whereas in Fiscal 2019, we estimated these losses using the incurred loss model under the previous guidance. We include such charges for credit losses and write-offs in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations and as a reduction to receivables, net in our consolidated balance sheets. Provisions for credit loss expense, which is included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations, for Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 were $4 million, $0 million and $0 million, respectively, while write-offs of credit losses for Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 were $2 million, $0 million and $1 million. The increase in write-offs was due to bankruptcies of various wholesale customers during Fiscal 2020. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, our provision for credit losses related to receivables was $3 million and February 2, 2019, our bad debt reserve balance was $1 million.million, respectively.

In addition to trade and other receivables, income tax receivables of $1 million and $1 million and tenant allowances due from landlord of $1$2 million and $0$1 million are included in receivables, net in our consolidated balance sheet, as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019, respectively. Substantially all other amounts recognized in receivables, net represent trade receivables related to contracts with customers.customers, including receivables from wholesale customers, credit card receivables related to our direct to consumer operations, and receivables from licensing partners. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019, prepaid expenses and other current assets included $3$4 million and $2$3 million, respectively, representing the estimated value of inventory for expected wholesale and direct to consumer sales returns.returns in the aggregate. An estimated sales return liability of $7 million and $3 million for expected direct to consumer returns is classified in other accrued expenses and other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019.respectively. We did not have any significant contract assets related to contracts

79

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

with customers, other than trade receivables and the value of inventory associated with reserves for expected sales returns, as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020 or February 2, 2019.2020.

In addition to our estimated expected return amounts, our contract liabilities related to contracts with our customers include gift cards and merchandise credits issued by us. Gift cards and merchandise credits issued by us which do not have an expiration date, but are redeemable on demand by the holder of the card.and do not have an expiration date or incur administrative fees. Historically, substantially all gift cards and merchandise credits are redeemed within one year of issuance. Gift cards and merchandise credits are recorded as a liability until our performance obligation is satisfied, which occurs when redeemed by the consumer, at which point revenue is recognized. However, we recognize estimated breakage income for certain gift cards and merchandise credits using the redemption recognition method, subject to applicable laws in certain states. Contract liabilities for gift cards purchased by consumers and merchandise credits received by customers but not yet redeemed, less any breakage income recognized to date, is included in other accrued expenses and other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets and totaled $13 million and $12 million as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019.respectively. Gift card breakage income, which is included in net sales in our consolidated statements of operations, was $1 million, $2 million $0 million and $1$0 million in Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, and Fiscal 2017, respectively.

Royalties from the license of our owned brands which are generally based on the greater of a percentage of the licensee’s actual net sales or a contractually determined minimum royalty amount, are recognized over the periodtime that licensees are provided access to our trademarks (i.e. symbolic intellectual property) and benefit from such access through their sales.sales of licensed products. Payments are generally due quarterly, and depending on time of receipt, may be recorded as a liability until recognized as revenue. Royalty income is based upon the contractually guaranteed minimum royalty obligations and adjusted as sales data, or estimates thereof, is received from licensees.licensees, when the related royalties based on a percentage of the licensee’s sales exceed the contractually determined minimum royalty amount. Royalty income, which is included in royalties and other operating income in our consolidated statements of operations, were $15$14 million, $14$15 million and $14 million during Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, and Fiscal 2017, respectively.

During Fiscal 2017, pursuant to the previous revenue recognition guidance, we considered revenue realized or realizable and earned when the following criteria were met: (1) persuasive evidence78

Table of an agreement existed, (2) delivery had occurred, (3) our price to the buyer was fixed or determinable and (4) collectability was reasonably assured. Retail store, e-commerce and restaurant revenues were recognized at the time of sale to consumers, which was at the time of purchase for retail and restaurant transactions and the time of delivery to consumers for e-commerce sales. Retail store, e-commerce and restaurant revenues were recorded net of estimated returns and discounts, as applicable. In Fiscal 2017, for substantially all of our wholesale sales, our products were considered sold and delivered at the time of shipment from our distribution center and recorded net of related discounts, cooperative advertising support, operational chargebacks and provisions for estimated returns. As certain allowances and other deductions were not finalized until the end of a season, program or other event which may not have had occurred yet, we estimated such discounts and allowances on an ongoing basis.Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Cost of Goods Sold

We include in cost of goods sold all sourcing, procurement and other costs incurred prior to or in association with the receipt of finished goods at our distribution facilities, as well as freight from our warehouse to our own retail stores, wholesale customers and e-commerce consumers. The costs prior to receipt at our distribution facilities include product cost, inbound freight charges, import costs, purchasing costs, internal transfer costs, direct labor, manufacturing overhead, insurance, duties, brokers’ fees, consolidators’ fees and depreciation and amortization expense associated with our manufacturing, sourcing and procurement operations. We generally classify amounts billed to customers for freight in net sales, and classify freight costs for shipments to customers in cost of goods sold in our consolidated statements of operations. Our gross profit and gross marginsmargin may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of operations classifications of certain expenses may vary by company.

80

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

SG&A

We include in SG&A costs incurred subsequent to the receipt of finished goods at our distribution facilities, such as the cost of inspection, stocking, warehousing, picking and packing, and all costs associated with the operations of our retail stores, e-commerce sites, restaurants and concessions, such as labor, occupancy costs, store and restaurant pre-opening costs (including rent, marketing, store set-up costs and training expenses), depreciation and other fees. SG&A also includes product design costs, selling costs, royalty expense, provision for credit losses, advertising, promotion and marketing expenses, professional fees, other general and administrative expenses, our corporate overhead costs and amortization of intangible assets.

Distribution network costs, including costs associated with preparing goods to ship to customers and our costs to operate our distribution facilities, are included as a component of SG&A. We consider distribution network costs to be the costs associated with operating our distribution centers, as well as the costs paid to third parties who perform those services for us. In Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, and Fiscal 2017, distribution network costs included in SG&A totaled $26million, $30 million $28 million and $25$28 million, respectively.

All costs associated with advertising, promotion and marketing of our products are expensed in SG&A during the period when the advertisement is first shown. Costs associated with cooperative advertising programs under which we agree to make general contributions to our wholesale customers’ advertising and promotional funds are generally recorded as a reduction to net sales as recognized. Advertising, promotion and marketing expenses, recognized in SG&A, includingexcluding employment costs for our advertising and marketing employees, for Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017 were $60$50 million, $64$56 million and $55$60 million, respectively. Prepaid advertising, promotion and marketing expenses included in prepaid expenses in our consolidated balance sheets as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019 were $2 million and $5 million.million, respectively.

Royalty expense related to our license of third party brands, which are generally based on the greater of a percentage of our actual net sales for the brand or a contractually determined minimum royalty amount, are recorded based upon the guaranteed minimum levels and adjusted based on our net sales of the licensed products, as appropriate. In some cases, we may be required to make certain up-front payments for the license rights, which are deferred and recognized as royalty expense over the term of the license agreement. Royalty expenses recognized as SG&A in Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017 were $7$6 million, $6$7 million and $6 million, respectively. Substantially all of these royalty expense amounts are included in Lanier Apparel for each period presented.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider cash equivalents to be short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less for purposes of our consolidated statements of cash flows. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, our cash and cash equivalents included $59 million and $45 million, respectively, of amounts invested in money market funds.

79

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Supplemental Cash Flow Information

During Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, and Fiscal 2017, cash paid for income taxes was $6 million, $17 million $14 million and $21$14 million, respectively. During Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, and Fiscal 2017, cash paid for interest, net of interest income was $2 million, $1 million $2 million and $3$2 million, respectively. Non-cash investing activities included capital expenditures incurred but not yet paid, which were included in accounts payable in our consolidated balances sheets, of $1 million, $3 million $2 million and $1$2 million as of Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, and Fiscal 2017, respectively. Additionally, during Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, we recorded a non-cash net changeincrease in operating lease assets and corresponding operating lease liability amounts of $2 million and $40 million, respectively, related to the net impact of new, modified and terminated operating lease amounts.

81

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Inventories, net

Substantially all of our inventories are finished goods inventories of apparel, accessories footwear and other related products. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market.

For operating group reporting, inventory is carried at the lower of FIFO cost or market. We evaluate the composition of our inventories for identification of distressed inventory at least quarterly. In performing this evaluation, we consider slow-turning products, an indication of lack of consumer acceptance of particular products, prior-seasons’ fashion products, broken assortments, discontinued products and current levels of replenishment program products as compared to expected sales. We estimate the amount of goods that we will not be able to sell in the normal course of business and write down the value of these goods as necessary. As the amount to be ultimately realized for the goods is not necessarily known at period end, we must use certain assumptions considering historical experience, inventory quantity, quality, age and mix, historical sales trends, future sales projections, consumer and retailer preferences, market trends, general economic conditions, the levels of end of season product in market and the prices being offered by off-price retailers and our anticipated plans and costs to sell the inventory. Also, we provide an allowance for shrinkage, as appropriate, for the period between the last physical inventory count and each balance sheet date.

For consolidated financial reporting, as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, $116 million, or 94%, and February 2, 2019, $145 million, or 95%, and $150 million, or 93%, of our inventories were valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market after deducting our LIFO reserve. The remaining $7$8 million and $11$7 million of our inventories were valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019, respectively. Generally, inventories of our domestic operations are valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market, and our inventories of our international operations are valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market. Our LIFO reserves are based on the estimated Producer Price Index as published by the United States Department of Labor. We write down inventories valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market when LIFO cost exceeds market value. We deem LIFO accounting adjustments to not only include changes in the LIFO reserve, but also changes in markdown reserves which are considered in LIFO accounting. As our LIFO inventory pool does not correspond to our operating group definitions, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the respectiveour operating groups. Thus, the impact of accounting for inventories on the LIFO method is reflected in Corporate and Other for operating group reporting purposes included in Note 2.

There were no LIFO inventory layer liquidations that had a material impact on our net earnings in Fiscal 2019,2020, Fiscal 20182019 or Fiscal 2017.2018. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019, the LIFO reserve included in our consolidated balance sheets were $63$62 million and $62$63 million, respectively.

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements that are reimbursed by landlords as a tenant improvement allowance and assets under capital leases, if any, is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Additions are capitalized while repair and maintenance costs are charged to our consolidated statements of operations as incurred.

80

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Depreciation is calculated using both straight-line and accelerated methods generally over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Leasehold improvements

    

Lesser of remaining life of the asset or lease term

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and technology

 

2 – 15 years

Buildings and improvements

 

7 – 40 years

Property and equipment is reviewed periodically for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Events that would typically resultrecoverable, as discussed in such an assessment would include a change in the estimated useful lifeImpairment of the assets, including a change in our plans of the anticipated period of operating a leased retail store or restaurant location, the discontinued use of an assetLong-Lived Assets, other than Goodwill and other factors. This review includes the

82

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

evaluation of any under-performing stores and assessing the recoverability of the carrying value of the assets related to the store. If the estimated fair value of the property and equipment, utilizing the age-life method, is less than the carrying amount of the asset, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its estimated fair value.Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives below.

Substantially all of our depreciation expense is included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations, withoperations. Cost of goods sold includes the only depreciation included elsewhere within our consolidated statements of operations is depreciation associated with our manufacturing, sourcing and procurement processes, which is included in cost of goods sold. During Fiscal 2019, Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, $1 million of property and equipment impairment charges were recognized in each period in SG&A primarily related to retail store assets and information technology assets.processes. Depreciation expense as disclosed in our consolidated statements of cash flows and Note 2 includes the property and equipment impairment charges.

Intangible Assets

At acquisition, we estimate and record the fair value of purchased intangible assets, which primarily consist of trademarks, reacquired rights and customer relationships. The fair values and useful lives of these intangible assets are estimated based on our assessment as well as independent third party appraisals in some cases. Such valuations, which are dependent upon a number of uncertain factors, may include a discounted cash flow analysis of anticipated revenues and expenses or cost savings resulting from the acquired intangible asset using an estimate of a risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital as the discount rate. Any costs associated with extending or renewing recognizedSignificant assumptions and estimates included in determining the fair value of intangible assets are generally expensed as incurred.may include estimates of net sales, royalty income, operating income, growth rates, royalty rates, discount rates and income tax rates, among other factors. Additionally, at acquisition we must determine whether the intangible asset has an indefinite or finite life and account for it accordingly.

Intangible assets with indefinite lives, which consist of our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Southern Tide trademarks,are detailed by operating group in Note 4, are not amortized but instead evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the intangible asset might be impaired. The evaluation of the recoverability of trademarks with indefinite lives includes valuations based on a discounted cash flow analysis utilizing the relief from royalty method, among other considerations. Like the initial valuation, the evaluation of recoverability is dependent upon a number of uncertain factors which require certain assumptions to be made by us, including estimates of net sales, royalty income, operating income, growth rates, royalty rates, discount rates and income tax rates, among other factors.

We have the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test. We also have the option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any indefinite-lived intangible asset in any period and proceed directly to performing the quantitative impairment test. Bypassing the qualitative assessment in any period does not prohibit us from performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period.

We test, either quantitatively or qualitatively, intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, or at an interim date if indicators of impairment exist at that date. If an annual or interim analysis indicates an impairment of a trademark with an indefinite useful life, the amount of the impairment is recognized in our consolidated financial statements based on the amount that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.

As discussed in Note 4, an impairment charge related to our Southern Tide intangible assets with an indefinite life totaling $18 million was recognized in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2020, with 0 additional impairment charges related to intangible assets with indefinite lives in the other quarters of Fiscal 2020. NaN impairment of intangible assets with indefinite lives was recognized during any period presented.Fiscal 2019 or Fiscal 2018.

81

Table of Contents

We recognize amortization of intangibleOXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Intangible assets with finite lives, which primarily consist of certain owned trademarks of The Beaufort Bonnet Company, which we refer to as TBBC and Lanier Apparel,Duck Head, reacquired rights and customer relationships, are amortized over the estimated useful life of the related intangible asset using the straight line method or a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible asset are consumed or otherwise realized. Certain of our intangible assets with finite lives may be amortized over periods of up to 20 years. The determination of an appropriate useful life for amortization considers our plans for the intangible assets, the remaining contractual period of the reacquired right, and factors that may be outside of our control, including expected customer attrition.

83

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Amortization of intangible assets is included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations. Intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed periodically for impairment periodically if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If expected future discounted cash flows resulting from therecoverable, as discussed in Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, other than Goodwill and Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives below.

Any costs associated with extending or renewing recognized intangible assets are less than their carrying amounts, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. NaN impairment of intangible assets with finite lives was recognized during any period presented.generally expensed as incurred.

Goodwill, net

Goodwill is recognized as the amount by which the cost to acquire a business exceeds the fair value of identified tangible and intangible assets acquired, less any liabilitiesnet of assumed at acquisition.liabilities. Thus, the amount of goodwill recognized in connection with a business combination is dependent upondepends on the fair values assigned to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is allocated to the respective reporting unit at the time of acquisition. Goodwill, which as of the end of Fiscal 2020 primarily consists of goodwill related to our Lilly Pulitzer and TBBC acquisitions, is not amortized but instead is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the goodwill might be impaired. As of January 30, 2021, all of our goodwill is deductible for income tax purposes.

We test, either qualitatively or quantitatively, goodwill for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal year or when impairment indicators exist. The qualitative factors that we use to determine the likelihood of goodwill impairment, as well as to determine if an interim test is appropriate, include: (a) macroeconomic conditions, (b) industry and market considerations, (c) cost factors, (d) overall financial performance, (e) other relevant entity-specific events, (f) events affecting a reporting unit, (g) a sustained decrease in share price, or (h) other factors, as appropriate. In the event we determine that we will bypass the qualitative impairment option or if we determine that a quantitative test is appropriate, the quantitative test includes valuations of each applicable underlying reporting unit using fair value techniques, which may include a discounted cash flow analysis or an independent appraisal, as well as consideration of any market comparable transactions. Significant estimates, some of which may be very subjective, considered in a discounted cash flow analysis are future cash flow projections of the business, an estimate of the risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital as the discount rate, income tax rates and other assumptions. The estimates and assumptions included in the evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill involve significant uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our financial statements could be significant.

If an annual or interim analysis indicates an impairment of goodwill balances, the impairment is recognized in our consolidated financial statements. As discussed in Note 4, a $43 million goodwill impairment charge related to Southern Tide was recognized in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2020, with 0 additional impairment charges related to goodwill in the other quarters of Fiscal 2020. NaN impairment of goodwill was recognized during any period presented.

All goodwill for the Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and TBBC reporting units is deductible for income tax purposes, while the majority of the goodwill included in the balance sheet for Southern Tide reporting unit is deductible for income tax purposes.Fiscal 2019 or Fiscal 2018.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Non-Current Assets, net

Amounts included in prepaid expenses and other current assets primarily consist of prepaid operating expenses, including advertising, taxes, maintenance and other services contracts, royalties, insurance, samples and retail supplies as well as the estimated value of inventory for anticipated wholesale and direct to consumer sales returns. Other non-current assets primarily consist of assets set aside for potential liabilities related to our deferred compensation plan, as discussed below,

82

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

equity investments in unconsolidated entities, assets related to certain investments in officers’ life insurance policies, security deposits and amounts placed into escrow accounts, deferred financing costs related to our revolving credit agreement and non-current deferred tax assets and investments in unconsolidated entities.assets.

Officers’ life insurance policies that are owned by us, substantially all of which are included in other non-current assets, net, are recorded at their cash surrender value, less any outstanding loans associated with the life insurance policies that are payable to the life insurance company with which the policy is outstanding. As of February 1,

84

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2020January 30, 2021 and February 2, 2019,1, 2020, officers’ life insurance policies, net, recorded in our consolidated balance sheets totaled $4 million.

Deferred financing costs for our revolving credit agreements are included in other non-current assets, net in our consolidated financial statements. Deferred financing costs are amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method over the term of the related debt. Amortization of deferred financing costs is included in interest expensesexpense in our consolidated statements of operations. Unamortized deferred financing costs included in other non-current assets, net totaled $1 million and $2 million as of January 30, 2021 and $1 million at February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019, respectively.

Deferred Compensation

We have a non-qualified deferred compensation plan offered to a select group of highly compensated employees and our non-employee directors. The plan provides participants with the opportunity to defer a portion of their cash compensation in a given plan year, of which a percentage may be matched by us in accordance with the terms of the plan. We make contributions to rabbi trusts or other investments to provide a source of funds for satisfying these deferred compensation liabilities. Investments held for our deferred compensation plan consist of insurance contracts and are recorded based on valuations which generally incorporate unobservable factors. A change in the value of the underlying assets would substantially be offset by a change in the liability to the participant resulting in an immaterial net impact on our consolidated financial statements. These securities approximate the participant-directed investment selections underlying the deferred compensation liabilities.

The total value of the assets set aside for potential deferred compensation liabilities, substantially all of which are included in other non-current assets, net, as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019 was $15$16 million and $13$15 million, respectively, substantially all of which are held in a rabbi trust. Substantially all the assets set aside for potential deferred compensation liabilities are life insurance policies recorded at their cash surrender value, less any outstanding loans associated with the life insurance policies that are payable to the life insurance company with which the policy is outstanding. The liabilities associated with the non-qualified deferred compensation plan are included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets and totaled $16 million and $15 million at January 30, 2021 and $13 million at February 1, 2020, respectively.

Equity Investments in Unconsolidated Entities

We account for equity investments in which we exercise significant influence, but do not control via voting rights and were determined to not be the primary beneficiary of, using the equity method of accounting. Generally, we determine that we exercise significant influence over a corporation or a limited liability company when we own 20% or more or 3% or more, respectively, of the voting interests, unless the facts and circumstances of that investment indicate that we do not have the ability to exhibit significant influence. Under the equity method of accounting, original investments are recorded at cost, and are subsequently adjusted for our contributions to, distributions from and share of income or losses of the entity. We account for equity investments in which we do not control or exercise significant influence using the fair value method of accounting unless there is not a readily determinable fair value for the equity investment. If there is no readily determinable fair value for such equity investment, we account for the equity investment using the alternative measurement method of cost adjusted for impairment and any identified observable price changes of the investment.

83

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Equity investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting, fair value method of accounting, or alternative measurement method are included in other non-current assets in our consolidated balance sheets, while the income or loss related to such investments are included in royalties and other operating income in our consolidated statements of operations. During Fiscal 2020, we paid $6 million, in the aggregate, for equity investments in entities accounted for using either the equity method of accounting or the alternative measurement method, which are included in other investing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. Each of these investments is in smaller apparel lifestyle brands in which we have an ownership interest of approximately 10% as of January 30, 2021. As of January 30, 2021 and February 2,1, 2020, our consolidated balance sheet included equity investments accounted for using the equity method of accounting, fair value and alternative measurement method totaling, in the aggregate, $6 million and $0 million, respectively. During Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 we recognized amounts related to these investments in our consolidated statements of operations of $0 million, $0 million and a loss of $1 million, respectively.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets, other than Goodwill and Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives

We assess our long-lived assets other than goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment whenever events indicate that the carrying amount of the asset or asset group may not be fully recoverable. This recoverability and impairment assessment is performed for a specific asset or asset group and includes any property and equipment, operating lease assets, intangible assets with definite lives and other non-current assets included in the asset group. Events that would typically result in such an assessment would include a change in the estimated useful life of the assets, including a change in our plans of the anticipated period of operating a leased retail store or restaurant location, the decision to vacate a leased space before lease termination, the abandonment of an asset or other factors. These events may result in a change in the determination of the assets included in an asset group for impairment testing. To analyze recoverability, we consider undiscounted net future cash flows over the remaining life of the asset or asset group. If the amounts are determined to not be recoverable an impairment is recognized resulting in the write-down of the asset or asset group and a corresponding charge to our consolidated statements of operations. Impairment losses are measured based on the difference between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value of the assets. For assets impaired during Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, there was no significant fair value at the date of impairment testing.

During Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, we recognized $20 million, $1 million and $1 million, respectively, of property and equipment impairment charges, which were primarily included in SG&A. During Fiscal 2020, these charges primarily related to a $15 million write-off of previously capitalized costs associated with a Tommy Bahama information technology project that was abandoned in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2020, $2 million of charges related to retail store assets due to retail store closures in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, $1 million of charges related to office leasehold improvements resulting from the Lanier Apparel exit and $1 million of charges related to office leasehold improvements associated with the 2020 restructuring of Tommy Bahama’s international sourcing operations. The impairment charges in Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 were primarily related to retail store assets and information technology assets.

During Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, we recognized $4 million, $0 million and $0 million, respectively, of operating lease asset impairment charges, which were primarily included in SG&A. During Fiscal 2020, these charges primarily related to $3 million of charges related to certain office leases resulting from the Lanier Apparel exit and $1 million of charges related to an office lease associated with the 2020 restructuring of Tommy Bahama’s international sourcing operations.

As discussed in Note 4, we recognized an impairment charge of less than $1 million of an intangible asset with a finite life in Lanier Apparel in Fiscal 2020. NaN impairment of intangible assets with finite lives was recognized during Fiscal 2019 or Fiscal 2018.

84

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Accounts Payable, Accrued Compensation and Other Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

Liabilities for accounts payable, accrued compensation and other accrued expenses and other liabilities are carried at cost, which reflects the fair value of the consideration expected to be paid in the future for goods and services received, whether or not billed to us as of the balance sheet date. Accruals for employeemedical insurance and workers’ compensation, which are included in other accrued expenses and other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets, include estimated settlements for known claims, as well as accruals for estimates of incurred but not reported claims based on our claims experience and statistical trends.

Legal and Other Contingencies

We are subject to certain litigation, claims and assessments in the ordinary course of business. The claims and assessments may relate, among other things, to disputes about trademarks and other intellectual property, licensing arrangements, real estate and contracts, as well as labor, employment,employee relations matters, importing or exporting regulations, environmental customs and tax matters.matters, taxation or other topics. For those matters where it is probable that we have incurred a loss and the loss, or range of loss, can be reasonably estimated, we have recorded reserves in other accrued expenses and other liabilities or other non-current liabilities in our consolidated financial statements for the estimated loss and related expenses, such as legal fees. In other instances, because of the uncertainties related to both the probable outcome or amount or range of loss, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate of a liability, if any, and therefore have not recorded a reserve. As additional information becomes available or as circumstances change, we adjust our assessment and estimates of such liabilities accordingly. Additionally, for any potential gain contingencies, we do not recognize the gain until the period that all contingencies have been resolved and the amounts are realizable. We believe the outcome of

85

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

outstanding or pending matters, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements, based on information currently available.

In connection with acquisitions, we may enter into contingent consideration arrangements, which provide for the payment of additional purchase price consideration to the sellers if certain performance criteria are achieved during a specified period. We recognize the fair value of the contingent consideration based on its estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. Such valuation requires assumptions regarding anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors. Each of these assumptions may involve a significant amount of uncertainty. Subsequent to the date of acquisition, we periodically adjust the liability for the contingent consideration to reflect the fair value of the contingent consideration by reassessing our valuation assumptions as of that date. A change in assumptions related to contingent consideration amounts could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. Any change in the fair value of the contingent consideration is recognized in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations.

A change in the fair value of contingent consideration of $1 million, less than $1 million and $1 million associated with the acquisition of TBBC was recognized in our consolidated statements of operations in Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, respectively, with 0 such amounts recognized in our consolidated statementrespectively. As of operations in Fiscal 2017. As ofJanuary 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, $2 million and February 2, 2019 $1 million, respectively, of contingent consideration related to the TBBC acquisition was recognized as a liability in our consolidated balance sheet, with the majority of those amounts included in other non-current liabilities.sheet.

Other Non-current Liabilities

As of February 1, 2020, amountsAmounts included in other non-current liabilities primarily consist of deferred compensation amounts. As of February 2, 2019, other non-current liabilities include $59 million of deferred rent and tenant improvement allowanceamounts, amounts related to our operating lease agreements, which were reclassified as operating lease assets in Fiscal 2019 upon the adoptionuncertain tax positions and fair value of the new lease accounting guidance.contingent consideration.

Leases

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into real estate lease agreements for our direct to consumer locations, which include both retail and food and beverage locations, office and warehouse/distribution space, as well as leases for certain equipment. Our real estate leases have varying terms and expirations and may have provisionsoptions to extend,

85

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

renew or terminate the lease agreement at our discretion, among other terms and conditions.provisions. Our real estate lease terms are typically for a period of ten years or less and typically require monthly rent payments with specified rent escalations periodically during the lease term. Our real estate leases usually provide for payments of our pro rata share of real estate taxes, insurance and other operating expenses applicable to the property, and certain of our leases require payment of sales taxes on rental payments. Our retail and restaurantAlso, our direct to consumer location leases often provide for contingent rent payments based on sales if certain sales thresholds are achieved. For many of our real estate lease agreements, we obtain lease incentives at lease inception from the landlord for tenant improvement or other allowances. Our lease agreements do not include any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive financial covenants.

Substantially all of our leases are classified as long-term operating leases.

For our leases, we are required to recognize operating lease liabilities equal to our obligation to make lease payments arising from the leases on a discounted basis and operating lease assets which priorrepresent our right to Fiscal 2019 were not recognized as assetsuse, or control the use of, a specified asset for a lease term. Operating lease liabilities, which are included in current portion of operating lease liabilities and non-current portion of operating lease liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. When a non-cancelable long-term operating lease includes fixed escalation clauses or lease incentives for rent holidays, rent expense is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the initial term of the lease from the date that we take possession of the space and assumes that any termination options or renewal options included in the lease will not be exercised. Contingent rents, including those based on a percentage of retail sales over stated levels and rental payment increases based on a contingent future event as well as lease-related payments for real estate taxes, sales taxes, insurance and other operating expenses are recognized as the expense is incurred. Prior to Fiscal 2019, the difference between the rent payable under the lease and the amount recognized on a straight-line basis was recorded in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets, with the exception of certain amounts recognized in other accrued expenses and liabilities. Also, any tenant improvement allowance amounts received from the landlord are deferred and, prior to Fiscal 2019, were recognized in other non-

86

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. The tenant improvement allowances are then recognized in our consolidated statements of operations as a reduction to rent expense over the term of the lease agreement on a straight-line basis. Deferred rent in our consolidated balance sheets, including tenant improvement allowances and all amounts in non-current and current liabilities, as of February 2, 2019 was $61 million.

Pursuant to the revised lease accounting guidance adopted at the beginning of Fiscal 2019, we determine if an arrangement is a lease at contract inception. Operating lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. The significant judgments in calculating the present value of lease obligations include determining the lease term and lease payment amounts, which are dependent upon our assessment of the likelihood of exercising any renewal or termination options that are at our discretion, as well as the discount rate applied to the unpaidfuture lease payments. Pursuant to the newThe operating lease accounting guidance, operating leasesassets, which are included in operating lease assets current operating lease liabilities and non-current operating lease liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet. The operating lease assetsheets, at commencement reflectsrepresent the amount of the operating lease liability reduced for any lease incentives, including tenant improvement allowances. Lease expense for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis overTypically, we do not include any renewal or termination options at our discretion in the underlying lease term whichat the time of lease commencement as the probability of exercise is consistent with the previous guidance.not reasonably certain. Variable rental payments for real estate taxes, sales taxes, insurance, other operating expenses and contingent rent based on a percentage of net sales or adjusted periodically for inflation are not included in lease expense used to calculate the present value of lease obligations recognized in our consolidated balance sheet, but instead are recognized as incurred.

Lease expense for operating leases is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, even if there are fixed escalation clauses, lease incentives for rent holidays, or other similar items from the date that we take possession of the space. Substantially all of our lease expense is recognized in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations.

We account for the underlying operating lease asset at the individual lease level. Typically, we do not include any renewal or termination options at our discretion in the underlying lease term as the probability of exercise is not reasonably certain at the time of lease commencement. The revised lease guidance requires us to discount unpaidfuture lease payments using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, our estimated incremental borrowing rate. As our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use an estimated incremental borrowing rate based on information available at the applicable commencement date, or as of February 3, 2019 for any leases in place at adoption of the revised lease accounting guidance.date. Our estimated incremental borrowing rate for a lease is the rate of interest we estimate we would have to pay on a collateralized basis over the lease term to borrow an amount equal to the lease payments. Finance leases

During the First Quarter of Fiscal 2020, the FASB provided for an optional practical expedient that simplifies how a lessee accounts for rent concessions that are a direct consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic. The practical expedient only applies if a lease is modified to allow for a rental concession and (1) the revised consideration is substantially the same as, or less than, the original consideration in the lease agreement, (2) the reduction in lease payments relates to payments due on or before June 30, 2021, and (3) no other substantive changes have been made to the terms of the leases. The practical expedient provides that, if the above conditions are met for the lease agreement, the lessee is not materialrequired to assess whether the eligible rent concessions are lease modifications. We have elected to apply the practical expedient for all eligible lease modifications resulting in the rent concession being recorded as an adjustment to variable lease payments and recognized in our consolidated statement of operations in that period. The amounts of concessions recognized in our consolidated statement of operations pursuant to this practical expedient in Fiscal 2020 was $4 million. For lease modifications that do not meet the criteria for the practical expedient, we account for the amendment and concession as a lease modification requiring lease remeasurement with the concession recognized as a reduction to the operating lease asset and recognized in our consolidated statements of operations over

86

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

the remaining term of the respective lease agreement. The amount of concessions agreed to in Fiscal 2020 that were recognized as reductions of the operating lease asset and will be recognized in future periods over the remaining lease term as a reduction to rent expense was $4 million.

In February 2016, the FASB issued revised lease accounting guidance. We adopted the guidance on the first day of Fiscal 2019 using a modified retrospective approach. The modified retrospective approach allowed us to apply the new lease accounting guidance to the financial statements.statements for the period of adoption and apply the previous lease accounting guidance in the prior year comparative periods. The adoption of the new lease accounting guidance had a material impact on our consolidated balance sheet as a result of the recognition of operating lease assets and operating lease liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet, but did not have a material impact on our consolidated statements of operations, as the recognition of operating lease expense was generally consistent under the previous and new lease accounting guidance, or on our consolidated statements of cash flows, as the lease accounting guidance did not impact the timing of lease payments.

Foreign Currency

We are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk when we generate net sales or incur expenses in currencies other than the functional currency of the respective operations. The resulting assets and liabilities denominated in amounts other than the respective functional currency are re-measured into the respective functional currency at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date, and income and expenses are re-measured at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the relevant period. The impact of any such re-measurement is recognized in our consolidated statements of operations in that period. Net losses (gains) included in our consolidated statements of operations related to foreign currency transactions recognized in Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017 were $1$0 million, $0$1 million and $0 million, respectively.

Additionally, the financial statements of our operations for which the functional currency is a currency other than the U.S. dollar are translated into U.S. dollars at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date for the balance sheet and at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the relevant period for the statements of operations. The impact of such translation is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated balance sheets and included in other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income resulting in no impact on net earnings for the relevant period.

As of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, our foreign currency exchange risk exposure primarily results from our businesses operating outside of the United States, which are primarily related to (1) our Tommy Bahama operations in Canada Australia and JapanAustralia purchasing goods in U.S. dollars or other currencies which are not the functional currency of the business and (2) certain other transactions, including intercompany transactions. During Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, and

87

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Fiscal 2017 we did not enter into and were not a party to any foreign currency exchange contracts intended to mitigate the risk associated with the foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations related to our business operations or for trading or speculative purposes.

Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative financial instruments, if any, are measured at their fair values in our consolidated balance sheets. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivative instruments depends on whether the derivative has been designated and qualifies for hedge accounting. For any derivative financial instrument that is designated and qualifies for hedge accounting treatment and has not been settled as of period-end, the unrealized gains (losses) on the outstanding derivative financial instrument is recognized, to the extent the hedge relationship has been effective, as a component of comprehensive income in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated balance sheets. For any financial instrument that is not designated as a hedge for accounting purposes, or for any ineffective portion of a hedge, the unrealized gains (losses) on the outstanding derivative financial instrument is included in net earnings. Cash flows related to hedging, transactions, if any, are classified in our consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of operations in the same category as the items hedged. Unrealized gains and losses on derivative financial instruments are recognized as prepaid expenses or accrued expenses, respectively. We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on any variable-rate indebtedness under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. If we have significant borrowings, we may attempt to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flow, primarily through a mix of variable-rate and fixed-rate debt, although at times all of our debt may be either variable-rate or fixed-rate debt. At times we may enter into interest rate swap arrangements related to certain of our variable-rate debt in order to fix the interest rate if we determine that our exposure to interest rate changes is higher than optimal. Our assessment also considers our need for flexibility in our borrowing arrangements resulting from the seasonality of our business, anticipated future cash flows and our expectations about the risk of future interest rate changes, among other factors. As of February 1,During Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, we aredid not enter into and were not a party to any interest rate swap agreements.agreements for hedging, trading or speculative purposes.

87

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value, in accordance with GAAP, is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Valuation techniques include the market approach (comparable market prices), the income approach (present value of future income or cash flow), and the cost approach (cost to replace the service capacity of an asset or replacement cost). These valuation techniques may be based upon observable and unobservable inputs.

The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value pursuant to the guidance are as follows: (1) Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities; (2) Level 2—Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data; and (3) Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities, which includesinclude certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

Our financial instruments consist primarily of our cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, other current liabilities and debt, if any. Given their short-term nature, the carrying amounts of cash

88

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current liabilities generally approximate their fair values. The fair value of cash and cash equivalents invested on an overnight basis in money market funds is based upon the quoted prices in active markets provided by the holding financial institutions, which are considered Level 1 inputs in the fair value hierarchy. Additionally, we believe the carrying amounts of our variable-rate borrowings, if any, approximate fair value. We have determined that our property and equipment, intangible assets, goodwill, and operating lease assets and certain other non-current assets included in our consolidated balance sheets are non-financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. We have determined that our approaches for determining fair values of our property and equipment, intangible assets, goodwill and operating leaseeach of these assets generally are based on Level 3 inputs. Additionally, for contingent consideration fair value amounts, we have determined that our approaches for determining fair value are generally based on Level 3 inputs.

In determining the $9 million fair value, and resulting carrying value, of the Southern Tide trade name in our interim impairment test performed in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2020, which utilized the relief from royalty valuation method, we used certain Level 3 inputs. The significant unobservable inputs used in determining the fair value of the Southern Tide trade name as of the First Quarter of Fiscal 2020 included: (a) a double-digit percentage decrease in sales for the remainder of Fiscal 2020 as compared to the comparable prior year sales amounts, reflecting the anticipated impact of the COVID-19 pandemic during the remainder of Fiscal 2020; a double-digit percentage increase for sales in Fiscal 2021, reflecting an anticipated partial recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic; and high single-digit percentage growth rates for sales subsequent to Fiscal 2021, with the growth rate in future periods ultimately decreasing to a low single-digit percentage in the long term, and (b) a required rate of return for the intangible asset of 13%.

Equity Compensation

We have certain equity compensation plans as described in Note 8, which provide for the ability to grant restricted shares, restricted share units, options and other equity awards to our employees and non-employee directors. We recognize compensation expense related to equity awards to employees and non-employee directors in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations based on theirthe fair valuesvalue of the awards on the grant date. The fair valuesvalue of restricted shares that are service and restricted share unitsperformance-based are determined based on the fair value of our common stock on the grant date, regardless of whether the awards are performance or service based.

We use thedate. The fair value methodof restricted share units that are market-based (e.g. relative total shareholder return (“TSR”)) are determined based on a Monte Carlo simulation model, which models multiple TSR paths for our common stock as well as the comparator group, as applicable, to recognize compensation expense related to equity awards, with a corresponding entry to additional paid-in capital. evaluate and determine the estimated fair value of the restricted share unit.

88

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

For awards with specified service requirements, the fair value of the equity awards granted to employees is recognized over the respective service period. For performance-based awards (e.g. awards based on our earnings per share), during the performance period we assess expected performance versus the predetermined performance goals and adjust the cumulative equity compensation expense to reflect the relative expected performance achievement. The equity compensation expensefair value of the performance-based awards, if earned, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the aggregate performance period and any additional required service period. For market-based awards (e.g. TSR-based awards) with specified service requirements that are equal to or longer than the market-based specification period, the fair value of the awards granted to employees is recognized over the requisite service period, regardless of whether, and to the extent to which, the market condition is ultimately satisfied. The impact of stock award forfeitures on compensation expense is recognized at the time of forfeit as no estimate of future stock award forfeitures is considered in our calculation of compensation expense.expense for our service-based, performance-based or market-based awards.

Comprehensive Income and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive income consists of net earnings and specified components of other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income includes changes in assets and liabilities that are not included in net earnings pursuant to GAAP, such as foreign currency translation adjustments between the functional and reporting currencies and certain unrealized gains (losses), if any. For us, other comprehensive income for each period presented includes the impact of the foreign currency translation impact of our Tommy Bahama operations in Canada, Australia and Japan. These other comprehensive income (loss) amounts are deferred in accumulated other comprehensive loss, which is included in shareholders’ equity in our consolidated balance sheets. As of February 1, 2020, allJanuary 30, 2021, the amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in our consolidated balance sheet primarily reflect the net foreign currency translation adjustment related to our Tommy Bahama operations in Canada and Australia, while prior periods also included amounts related to our Tommy Bahama Japan operations as well.Australia.

During Fiscal 2019, we recognized a $1 million charge in our consolidated statement of operations that was previously recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss in our consolidated balance sheet. This charge relatesrelated to foreign currency amounts associated with our investment and operations in Tommy Bahama Japan, which in Fiscal 2019 we decided to exit entirely after exiting a significant portion of the business in Fiscal 2018. No material amounts of accumulated other comprehensive loss were reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into our consolidated statements of operations during Fiscal 2019, Fiscal 20182020 or Fiscal 2017.2018.

89

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Dividends

Dividends are accrued at the time declared by our Board of Directors and typically paid within the same fiscal quarter. Certain restricted share units, as described in Note 8, earn dividend equivalents which are accrued at the time of declaration by the Board of Directors in accrued expenses and other liabilities, but only paid if the restricted share units are ultimately earned.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

We are exposed to concentrations of credit risk as a result of our receivables balances, for which the total exposure is limited to the amount recognized in our consolidated balance sheets. We sell our merchandise to wholesale customers operating in a number of distribution channels in the United States and other countries. We extend credit to certain wholesale customers based on an evaluation of the customer’s credit history and financial condition, usually without requiring collateral. Credit risk is impacted by conditions or occurrences within the economy and the retail industry and is principally dependent on each customer’s financial condition. As of February 1, 2020, 2January 30, 2021, 3 customers each represented more than 10% individually, and totaled 35%54% in the aggregate, of our receivables, net included in our consolidated balance sheet.

While no individual customer represented greater than 10% of our consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 or Fiscal 2018, or Fiscal 2017, a decision by the controlling owner of a group of stores or any significant customer to decrease the

89

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

amount of merchandise purchased from us or to cease carrying our products could have an adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods.

Additionally, as of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, we had $52$66 million of cash and cash equivalents, including $45$59 million invested in money market funds. Substantially all of these amounts are with major financial institutions in the United States. Further, we maintain cash deposits with major financial institutions that exceed the insurance coverage limits provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation in the United States.Corporation.

Income Taxes

Income taxes included in our consolidated financial statements are determined using the asset and liability method. Under this method, income taxes are recognized based on amounts of income taxes payable or refundable in the current year as well as the impact of any items that are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement reporting and tax return reporting purposes. Prepaid income taxes and income taxes payable are recognized in prepaid expenses and other accrued expenses and liabilities, respectively, in our consolidated balance sheets. As certain amounts are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement and tax return reporting purposes, financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities differ, resulting in the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities. The deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the estimated future tax effects attributable to these differences, as well as the impact of net operating loss, capital loss and federal and state credit carry-forwards,carrybacks and carryforwards, each as determined under enacted tax laws andat rates expected to apply in the period in which such amounts are expected to be realized or settled. We account for the effect of changes in tax laws or rates in the period of enactment.

We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent we believe it is more likely than not that these assets will be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, taxable income in any carryback years, tax-planning strategies, and recent results of recent operations. Valuation allowances are established when we determine that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

Valuation allowances are analyzed periodically and adjusted as events occur or circumstances change that would indicate adjustments to the valuation allowances are appropriate. If we determine that we are more likely than not to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we will reduce the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which will reduce income tax expense. As realization of deferred tax assets and liabilities is dependent upon future taxable income in specific jurisdictions, changes in tax laws and rates and shifts in the amount of

90

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

taxable income among jurisdictions may have a significant impact on the amount of benefit ultimately realized for deferred tax assets and liabilities.

We use a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain tax positions. Under the two-step method, recognition occurs when we conclude that a tax position, based solely on technical merits, is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. The second step, measurement, is only addressed if step one has been satisfied. The tax benefit recorded is measured as the largest amount of benefit determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Those tax positions failing to qualify for initial recognition are recognized in the first subsequent interim period they meet the more likely than not threshold or are resolved through negotiationsettlement or litigation with the relevant taxing authority, or upon expiration of the statute of limitations.limitations or otherwise. Alternatively, de-recognition of a tax position that was previously recognized occurs when we subsequently determine that a tax position no longer meets the more likely than not threshold of being sustained. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions are recorded within income tax expense in our consolidated statements of operations. As of February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019, unrecognized tax benefit amounts, including any related penalty and interest expense, included in our consolidated balance sheet was $1 million and $1 million, respectively, and during each of Fiscal 2019, Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, we recognized less than $1 million in changes in unrecognized tax benefit amounts in our consolidated statements of operations.

In the case of foreign subsidiaries, there are certain exceptions to the requirement that deferred tax liabilities be recognized for the difference in the financial statement and tax bases of assets. When the financial statement basis of the investment in a foreign subsidiary, excluding undistributed earnings, exceeds the tax basis in such investment, the deferred tax liability is not recognized if management considers the investment to be essentially permanent in duration. Further, deferred tax liabilities are not required to be recognized for undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries when

90

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

management considers those earnings to be permanently reinvested outside the United States.States. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act ("U.S. Tax Reform") as enacted on December 22, 2017 changed the way federal tax is applied to distributions of earnings of foreign subsidiaries. Generally, the aggregate of all post-1986 accumulated undistributed earnings and profits of foreign subsidiaries as of the specified measurement dates was, if positive, subject to a U.S. "transition tax.” We calculated the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries as of the measurement dates and determined that no transition tax was due and accordingly did not record a transition tax amount in our consolidated statements of operations. While future distributions of foreign subsidiary earnings are generally not subject to federal tax, there are other possible tax impacts, including state taxes and foreign withholding tax, that must be considered if the earnings are not considered to be permanently reinvested. Further, U.S. Tax Reform did not exempt from federal tax the gain realized upon the sale of a foreign subsidiary and consideration must therefore be given to the impact of differences in the book and tax basis of foreign subsidiaries not arising from earnings when determining whether a liability must be recorded if the investment is not considered permanently reinvested.

U.S. Tax Reform made significant changes in the taxation of our domestic and foreign earnings, including a reduction in the domestic corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, the move to a territorial taxation system under which the earnings of foreign subsidiaries will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax upon distribution, the increase in bonus depreciation available for certain assets acquired, limitations on the deduction for certain expenses, including executive compensation and interest incurred, a tax on global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”), disallowance of deductions for certain payments (the base erosion anti-abuse tax, or “BEAT”) and certain deductions enacted for certain foreign-derived intangible income (“FDII”). While the calculations for GILTI, BEAT and FDII are complex calculations, the new provisions did not have a material impact on our effective tax rate in Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018. We recognize the impact of GILTI as a period cost.

On March 27, 2020, the CARES Act was signed into law, with applicable provisions reflected in our financial statements upon enactment. This law included several taxpayer favorable provisions which impact us, including allowing the carryback of our Fiscal 2020 net operating losses to periods prior to U.S. Tax Reform resulting in an increased benefit for those losses, accelerated depreciation of certain leasehold improvement costs, relaxed interest expense limitations and certain non-income tax benefits including deferral of employer FICA payments and an employee retention credit.

In Fiscal 2018 we adopted certain guidance that requires an entity to recognize the income tax consequences of an intra-entity transfer of an asset (other than inventory) when the transfer occurs. The impact of the adoption of this guidance resulted in a $0.1 million reduction to retained earnings as of February 4, 2018.

91

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

We file income tax returns in the United States and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. Our federal, state, local and foreign income tax returns filed for years prior to Fiscal 2016,2017, with limited exceptions, are no longer subject to examination by tax authorities.

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

Basic net earnings from continuing operations, net earnings from discontinued operations and net earnings per share amounts are each calculated by dividing the respectivenet earnings amount by the weighted average shares outstanding during the period. Shares repurchased, if any, are removed from the weighted average number of shares outstanding upon repurchase and delivery.

Diluted net earnings from continuing operations, net earnings from discontinued operations and net earnings per share amounts are each calculated similarly to the amounts above, except that the weighted average shares outstanding in the diluted calculationsnet earnings per share calculation also includesinclude the potential dilution using the treasury stock method that could occur if dilutive securities, including restricted share awards or other dilutive awards, were converted to shares. The treasury stock method assumes that shares are issued for any restricted share awards, options or other dilutive awards that are "in the money," and that we use the proceeds received to repurchase shares at the average market value of our shares for the respective period. For purposes of the treasury stock method, proceeds consist of cash to be paid and future compensation expense to be recognized. Performance-based and market-based restricted share units are included in the computation of diluted shares only to the extent that the underlying performance or market conditions (i) have been satisfied as of the end of the reporting period or (ii) if the measurement criteria has been satisfied and the result would be dilutive, even if the contingency period has not ended as of the end of the reporting period.

91

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In periods that we incur a loss, we exclude restricted shares or restricted share awards as including the awards would be anti-dilutive. During Fiscal 2020, there were 0.4 million restricted shares and restricted share units outstanding that were excluded from the diluted earnings (loss) per share calculation. NaN restricted shares or restricted share units were excluded from the diluted earnings per share calculation for Fiscal 2019 or Fiscal 2018.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported as assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.notes, Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Discontinued Operations

Amounts included in discontinued operations inestimates, particularly given the uncertainties associated with the ultimate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Lanier Apparel exit or other factors. Such changes could have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements of operations in Fiscal 2017 primarily consist of revisions to our net loss anticipated in connection with certain retained lease obligations related to our former Ben Sherman operating group which we sold in 2015. During Fiscal 2017, we negotiated settlements in respect of these outstanding lease obligations by agreeing to make one-time cash payments lower than the aggregate total outstanding liabilities related to discontinued operations at that time resulting in income from discontinued operations during the period. The final satisfaction of those lease obligations was completed in February 2018.

All references to assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and other information in this report reflect continuing operations and exclude any amounts related to the discontinued operations of our former Ben Sherman operating group, except that any cash flow information includes continuing operations and discontinued operations as cash flows from discontinued operations have not been segregated from cash flow from continuing operations.future periods.

Accounting Standards Adopted in Fiscal 20192020

In FebruaryJune 2016, the FASB issued revised lease accounting guidance. The guidance, as amended, related to the measurement of credit losses on financial instruments, which requires that companies use a forward-looking current expected loss approach to record substantially all leases,estimate credit losses on certain financial instruments, including operating leases,trade and other receivables, as well as other financial assets and liabilitiesinstruments. We estimate current expected credit losses based on our historical collection experience, the balance sheet. For these leases, we are required to recognize (1)financial condition of our customers, an operating lease asset which represents our right to use, or control the useevaluation of a specified asset for a lease termcurrent economic conditions and (2) a lease liability equal to our obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis.anticipated trends. We adopted the guidance on the first day of Fiscal 2020 resulting in a charge of less than $1 million to retained earnings, which is included in the shareholders’ equity statement for Fiscal 2020, and a reduction to various asset amounts included in our consolidated balance sheet.

In December 2019, usingthe FASB amended its guidance related to accounting for income taxes, which simplified the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions in existing guidance to reduce complexity in certain areas. On the first day of Fiscal 2020, we adopted the provisions related to classification of franchise taxes partially based on income and changes in ownership of foreign equity method investments or foreign subsidiaries on a modified retrospective approach. The modified retrospective approach allows us to applybasis while we adopted the new lease accounting guidance to the financial statements for the period of adoption and apply the previous lease accounting guidance in the prior year comparative periods.other provisions on a prospective basis. The adoption of the new lease accounting guidance had a materialdid not have an impact on our consolidated balance sheetfinancial statements as a result of the non-cash recognitionfirst day of operating lease assets and operating lease liabilities, but did not

92

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

have a material impact on our consolidated statements of operationsFiscal 2020 or cash flows. We elected the transition relief package practical expedients by applying previous lease accounting conclusions to all leases that existed prior to the adoption date. Therefore, we have not reassessed (1) whether existing or expired contracts contain a lease, (2) lease classification for existing or expired leases, or (3) the accounting for initial direct costs that were previously capitalized. We did not elect the practical expedient to use hindsight for leases existing at the adoption date. Refer to “Leases” above and Note 6 for additional disclosures and information about accounting for leases.during Fiscal 2020.

Other recently issued guidance that was adopted in Fiscal 20192020 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements upon adoption.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards Applicable to Future Years

In June 2016, the FASB issued guidance, as amended, on the measurement of credit losses on financial instruments. This guidance amends the impairment model by requiring that companies use a forward-looking approach based on expected losses to estimate credit losses on certain financial instruments, including trade receivables. This guidance will be effective in Fiscal 2020, which commenced on February 2, 2020. We are currently assessing the impact that adopting this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB amended guidance on accounting for income taxes. This guidance amends and simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions in existing guidance to reduce complexity in certain areas. This guidance will be effective for all years beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. We are currently assessing the impact that adopting this guidance will have on our consolidated financial statements.

Recent accounting pronouncements pending adoption not discussed above are either not applicable or not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Note 2. Operating Groups

We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. Our operating group structure reflects a brand-focused management approach, emphasizing operational coordination and resource allocation across each brand’s direct to consumer, wholesale and licensing operations, as applicable. Our business is primarilyhas historically been operated through our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Southern Tide and Lanier Apparel and Southern Tide operating groups.

Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Southern Tide each design, source, market and distribute apparel and related products bearing their respective trademarks and license their trademarks for other product categories, while Lanier Apparel designs, sources and distributes branded and private label men’s tailored clothing, sportswear and other

92

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

products. In Fiscal 2020, we made the decision to exit our Lanier Apparel business, which is expected to be completed during the second half of Fiscal 2021. Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, the elimination of any inter-segment sales and any other items that are not allocated to the operating groups including LIFO inventory accounting adjustments. Because our LIFO inventory pool does not correspond to our operating group definitions, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the operating groups. Corporate and Other also includes the operations of other businesses which are not included in our operating groups, including the operations of TBBC, Duck Head and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center. As a result of certain organizational and management reporting changes in Fiscal 2020, our Duck Head operations, which were previously included in Lanier Apparel, are considered part of and included in Corporate and Other. All prior period amounts for Lanier Apparel and Corporate and Other have been restated to conform to the presentation in the current period.

The tables below present certain financial information (in thousands) about our operating groups, as well as Corporate and Other.

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

2020

    

2019

    

2018

Net sales

 

  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama

$

419,817

$

676,652

$

675,358

Lilly Pulitzer

 

231,078

 

284,700

 

272,299

Southern Tide

 

34,664

 

46,409

 

45,248

Lanier Apparel

 

38,796

 

95,200

 

99,904

Corporate and Other

 

24,478

 

19,829

 

14,657

Consolidated net sales

$

748,833

$

1,122,790

$

1,107,466

Depreciation and amortization

 

  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama

$

46,698

$

27,852

$

29,549

Lilly Pulitzer

 

9,965

 

10,106

 

10,605

Southern Tide

 

676

 

549

 

528

Lanier Apparel

 

1,239

 

422

 

415

Corporate and Other

 

1,336

 

1,358

 

1,393

Consolidated depreciation and amortization

$

59,914

$

40,287

$

42,490

Operating income (loss)

 

  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama

$

(53,310)

$

53,207

$

53,139

Lilly Pulitzer

 

27,702

 

51,795

 

47,239

Southern Tide (1)

 

(64,801)

 

5,554

 

5,663

Lanier Apparel

 

(26,654)

 

1,953

 

6,000

Corporate and Other (2)

 

(6,786)

 

(18,834)

 

(21,449)

Consolidated operating (loss) income

 

(123,849)

 

93,675

 

90,592

Interest expense, net

 

2,028

 

1,245

 

2,283

(Loss) earnings before income taxes

$

(125,877)

$

92,430

$

88,309

(1)Southern Tide included a $60 million impairment charge for goodwill and intangible assets in Fiscal 2020, with 0 such charges in Fiscal 2019 or Fiscal 2018.
(2)Corporate and Other included a LIFO accounting credit of $9 million, charge of $1 million and charge of $1 million in Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, respectively.

93

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The tables below present certain financial information (in thousands) about our operating groups, as well as Corporate and Other.

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

2019

    

2018

    

2017

Net sales

 

  

 

  

 

  

Purchases of Property and Equipment

 

  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama

$

676,652

$

675,358

$

686,021

$

19,666

$

31,272

$

25,111

Lilly Pulitzer

 

284,700

 

272,299

 

248,931

 

7,059

 

4,273

 

10,777

Southern Tide

 

1,423

 

289

 

149

Lanier Apparel

 

97,251

 

100,471

 

106,852

 

21

 

571

 

99

Southern Tide

 

46,409

 

45,248

 

40,940

Corporate and Other

 

17,778

 

14,090

 

3,467

 

755

 

1,016

 

907

Consolidated net sales

$

1,122,790

$

1,107,466

$

1,086,211

Depreciation and amortization

 

  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama

$

27,852

$

29,549

$

30,998

Lilly Pulitzer

 

10,106

 

10,605

 

9,021

Lanier Apparel

 

574

 

567

 

583

Southern Tide

 

549

 

528

 

441

Corporate and Other

 

1,206

 

1,241

 

1,359

Consolidated depreciation and amortization

$

40,287

$

42,490

$

42,402

Operating income (loss)

 

  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama

$

53,207

$

53,139

$

55,002

Lilly Pulitzer

 

51,795

 

47,239

 

46,608

Lanier Apparel

 

1,465

 

5,057

 

6,546

Southern Tide

 

5,554

 

5,663

 

4,504

Corporate and Other

 

(18,346)

 

(20,506)

 

(26,660)

Consolidated operating income

 

93,675

 

90,592

 

86,000

Interest expense, net

 

1,245

 

2,283

 

3,109

Earnings before income taxes

$

92,430

$

88,309

$

82,891

Purchases of Property and Equipment

$

28,924

$

37,421

$

37,043

    

January 30,

    

February 1,

2021

2020

Total Assets

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama (1)

$

569,854

$

668,197

Lilly Pulitzer (2)

 

176,467

 

199,913

Southern Tide (3)

 

31,641

 

99,667

Lanier Apparel (4)

 

10,967

 

39,207

Corporate and Other (5)

 

76,705

 

26,385

Total Assets

$

865,634

$

1,033,369

(1)Corporate and Other included a LIFO accounting charge of $1 million, $1 million and $8 millionDecrease in Fiscal 2019, Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, respectively.

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

Fiscal 2017

Purchases of Property and Equipment

 

  

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama

$

31,272

$

25,111

$

24,962

Lilly Pulitzer

 

4,273

 

10,777

 

11,150

Lanier Apparel

 

571

 

99

 

305

Southern Tide

 

289

 

149

 

1,138

Corporate and Other

 

1,016

 

907

 

1,193

Purchases of Property and Equipment

$

37,421

$

37,043

$

38,748

94

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

    

February 1,

    

February 2,

2020

2019

Total Assets

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama (1)

$

668,197

$

439,353

Lilly Pulitzer (1)

 

199,913

 

152,113

Lanier Apparel (1)

 

43,533

 

54,369

Southern Tide (1)

 

99,667

 

97,939

Corporate and Other (2)

 

22,059

 

(16,520)

Total Assets

$

1,033,369

$

727,254

(1)The increase inTommy Bahama total assets for Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Southern Tide were primarily a result of the recognition ofincludes reductions in operating lease assets, in Fiscal 2019 due to the adoption of the revised lease accounting guidance, while the decrease in Lanier Apparel was primarily due to lowerproperty and equipment, inventories and receivables partially offset by operating lease assets.receivables.
(2)Total assets for Corporate and Other include LIFO reserves of $63 million and $62 million as of February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019, respectively. The changeDecrease in Lilly Pulitzer total assets for Corporateincludes reductions in operating lease assets, receivables, inventories and Other from February 2, 2019property and equipment.
(3)Decrease in Southern Tide total assets was primarily due to the $60 million impairment charge for goodwill and intangible assets in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2020, as well as reductions in inventories and receivables.
(4)Decrease in Lanier Apparel total assets includes reductions in inventories, receivables, operating lease assets, prepaid expenses and property and equipment.
(5)Increase in Corporate and Other total assets includes increased income tax receivable, cash, inventories due to the reversal of inventory markdowns as part of February 1, 2020.LIFO accounting and investments in unconsolidated entities.

Net book value of our property and equipment and net sales by geographic area are presented in the tables below (in thousands). The other foreign amounts primarily relate to our Tommy Bahama operations in Canada Australia and Japan.Australia.

    

February 1,

    

February 2,

    

January 30,

    

February 1,

2020

2019

2021

2020

Net Book Value of Property and Equipment

United States

$

187,032

$

186,426

$

155,902

$

187,032

Other foreign

 

4,485

 

6,150

 

3,830

 

4,485

$

191,517

$

192,576

$

159,732

$

191,517

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

Fiscal 2017

    

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

Net Sales

United States

$

1,086,170

$

1,067,235

$

1,048,619

$

728,308

$

1,086,170

$

1,067,235

Other foreign

 

36,620

 

40,231

 

37,592

 

20,525

 

36,620

 

40,231

$

1,122,790

$

1,107,466

$

1,086,211

$

748,833

$

1,122,790

$

1,107,466

9594

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The tables below quantify net sales, for each operating group and in total (in thousands), and the amountpercentage of net sales by distribution channel (in thousands)for each operating group and as a percentage of net salesin total, for each period presented.

Fiscal 2019

 

Fiscal 2020

 

    

Net Sales

    

Retail

    

Ecommerce

    

Restaurant

    

Wholesale

    

Other

 

    

Net Sales

    

Retail

    

Ecommerce

    

Restaurant

    

Wholesale

    

Other

 

Tommy Bahama

$

676,652

 

48

%  

20

%  

12

%  

20

%  

%

$

419,817

 

37

%  

36

%  

11

%  

16

%  

%

Lilly Pulitzer

 

284,700

 

41

%  

38

%  

%  

21

%  

%

 

231,078

 

20

%  

64

%  

%  

16

%  

%

Southern Tide

 

34,664

 

4

%  

32

%  

%  

64

%  

%

Lanier Apparel

 

97,251

 

%  

1

%  

%  

99

%  

%

 

38,796

 

%  

%  

%  

100

%  

%

Southern Tide

 

46,409

 

%  

21

%  

%  

79

%  

%

Corporate and Other

 

17,778

 

%  

60

%  

%  

32

%  

8

%

 

24,478

 

%  

63

%  

%  

33

%  

4

%

Consolidated net sales

$

1,122,790

 

39

%  

23

%  

8

%  

30

%  

%

$

748,833

 

27

%  

43

%  

7

%  

23

%  

%

    

Fiscal 2018

 

    

Fiscal 2019

 

    

Net Sales

    

Retail

    

Ecommerce

    

Restaurant

    

Wholesale

    

Other

 

    

Net Sales

    

Retail

    

Ecommerce

    

Restaurant

    

Wholesale

    

Other

 

Tommy Bahama

$

675,358

 

48

%  

18

%  

13

%  

21

%  

%

$

676,652

 

48

%  

20

%  

12

%  

20

%  

%

Lilly Pulitzer

 

272,299

 

42

%  

36

%  

%  

22

%  

%

 

284,700

 

41

%  

38

%  

%  

21

%  

%

Southern Tide

 

46,409

 

%  

21

%  

%  

79

%  

%

Lanier Apparel

 

100,471

 

%  

%  

%  

100

%  

%

 

95,200

 

%  

%  

%  

100

%  

%

Southern Tide

 

45,248

 

%  

18

%  

%  

82

%  

%

Corporate and Other

 

14,090

 

%  

54

%  

%  

30

%  

16

%

 

19,829

 

%  

59

%  

%  

34

%  

7

%

Consolidated net sales

$

1,107,466

 

40

%  

21

%  

8

%  

31

%  

%

$

1,122,790

 

39

%  

23

%  

8

%  

30

%  

%

Fiscal 2017

 

Fiscal 2018

 

    

Net Sales

    

Retail

    

Ecommerce

    

Restaurant

    

Wholesale

    

Other

 

    

Net Sales

    

Retail

    

Ecommerce

    

Restaurant

    

Wholesale

    

Other

 

Tommy Bahama

$

686,021

 

49

%  

16

%  

12

%  

23

%  

%

$

675,358

 

48

%  

18

%  

13

%  

21

%  

%

Lilly Pulitzer

 

248,931

 

38

%  

34

%  

%  

28

%  

%

 

272,299

 

42

%  

36

%  

%  

22

%  

%

Southern Tide

 

45,248

 

%  

18

%  

%  

82

%  

%

Lanier Apparel

 

106,852

 

%  

%  

%  

100

%  

%

 

99,904

 

%  

%  

%  

100

%  

%

Southern Tide

 

40,940

 

%  

19

%  

%  

81

%  

%

Corporate and Other

 

3,467

 

%  

23

%  

%  

16

%  

61

%

 

14,657

 

%  

54

%  

%  

30

%  

16

%

Consolidated net sales

$

1,086,211

 

39

%  

19

%  

8

%  

34

%  

%

$

1,107,466

 

40

%  

21

%  

8

%  

31

%  

%

Note 3. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, carried at cost, is summarized as follows (in thousands):

    

February 1,

    

February 2,

    

January 30,

    

February 1,

2020

2019

2021

2020

Land

$

3,166

$

3,166

$

3,166

$

3,166

Buildings and improvements

 

39,563

 

38,782

 

39,559

 

39,563

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and technology

 

240,527

 

223,666

 

231,493

 

240,527

Leasehold improvements

 

231,089

 

229,141

 

237,360

 

231,089

 

514,345

 

494,755

 

511,578

 

514,345

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(322,828)

 

(302,179)

 

(351,846)

 

(322,828)

Property and equipment, net

$

191,517

$

192,576

$

159,732

$

191,517

96

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 4. Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible assets by category are summarized below (in thousands):

    

February 1,

    

February 2,

2020

2019

Intangible assets with finite lives

$

51,929

$

51,929

Accumulated amortization

 

(41,924)

 

(40,753)

Total intangible assets with finite lives, net

 

10,005

 

11,176

Intangible assets with indefinite lives:

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama Trademarks

$

110,700

$

110,700

Lilly Pulitzer Trademarks

 

27,500

 

27,500

Southern Tide Trademarks

 

26,800

 

26,800

Total intangible assets, net

$

175,005

$

176,176

Intangible assets, byAs discussed in Note 1, the COVID-19 pandemic has had a significant negative impact on each of our operating groupgroups. Thus, certain goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment testing was required in total, forthe First Quarter of Fiscal 2017, Fiscal 20182020, which resulted in significant impairment charges in Southern Tide as shown in the tables below. Impairment of goodwill and Fiscal 2019 are as follows (in thousands):

    

Tommy

    

Lilly

    

Lanier

    

Southern

    

Corporate 

    

Bahama

Pulitzer

Apparel

Tide

and Other

Total

Balance, January 28, 2017

$

113,625

$

28,595

$

3,048

$

29,977

$

$

175,245

Acquisition

 

 

1,500

 

 

 

4,440

 

5,940

Amortization

 

(1,580)

 

(346)

 

(172)

 

(288)

 

(18)

 

(2,404)

Other, including foreign currency

 

112

 

 

(35)

 

 

 

77

Balance February 3, 2018

 

112,157

 

29,749

 

2,841

 

29,689

 

4,422

 

178,858

Acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization

 

(1,385)

 

(533)

 

(171)

 

(288)

 

(233)

 

(2,610)

Other, including foreign currency

 

(72)

 

 

 

 

 

(72)

Balance, February 2, 2019

 

110,700

 

29,216

 

2,670

 

29,401

 

4,189

 

176,176

Acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization

 

 

(475)

 

(171)

 

(291)

 

(234)

 

(1,171)

Other, including foreign currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, February 1, 2020

$

110,700

$

28,741

$

2,499

$

29,110

$

3,955

$

175,005

Based on the current estimated useful lives assigned to our intangible assets amortizationexpense for eachare included in impairment of goodwill and intangible assets in our consolidated statements of operations. No additional tests were required in the nextSecond Quarter of Fiscal 2020 or the five years is expected to be $1 million per year.

9795

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Third Quarter of Fiscal 2020. Further, no impairment was required based on our annual tests for impairment of goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives performed as of the first day of the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2020.

Intangible assets by category are summarized below (in thousands):

    

January 30,

 

February 1,

2021

 

2020

Intangible assets with finite lives

$

51,929

$

51,929

Accumulated amortization and impairment

 

(43,242)

 

(41,924)

Total intangible assets with finite lives, net

 

8,687

 

10,005

Intangible assets with indefinite lives:

 

  

 

  

Tommy Bahama Trademarks

$

110,700

$

110,700

Lilly Pulitzer Trademarks

 

27,500

 

27,500

Southern Tide Trademarks

 

9,300

 

26,800

Total intangible assets, net

$

156,187

$

175,005

Intangible assets, by operating group and in total, for Fiscal 2018, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2020 are as follows (in thousands):

    

Tommy

    

Lilly

    

Southern

    

Lanier

    

Corporate 

    

Bahama

Pulitzer

Tide

Apparel

and Other

Total

Balance, February 3, 2018

$

112,157

 

29,749

 

29,689

 

277

 

6,986

$

178,858

Impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization

 

(1,385)

 

(533)

 

(288)

 

(31)

 

(373)

 

(2,610)

Other, including foreign currency

 

(72)

 

 

 

 

 

(72)

Balance February 2, 2019

$

110,700

$

29,216

$

29,401

$

246

$

6,613

$

176,176

Impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization

 

 

(475)

 

(291)

 

(31)

 

(374)

 

(1,171)

Other, including foreign currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, February 1, 2020

 

110,700

 

28,741

 

29,110

 

215

 

6,239

 

175,005

Impairment

 

 

 

(17,500)

 

(207)

 

 

(17,707)

Amortization

 

 

(424)

 

(288)

 

(8)

 

(391)

 

(1,111)

Other, including foreign currency

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 30, 2021

$

110,700

$

28,317

$

11,322

$

$

5,848

$

156,187

Based on the current estimated useful lives assigned to our intangible assets, amortizationexpense for each of the next fiveyears is expected to be $1 million per year.

96

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Goodwill, by operating group and in total, for Fiscal 2017,2018, Fiscal 20182019 and Fiscal 20192020 is as follows (in thousands):

    

Tommy

    

Lilly

    

Southern

    

Corporate

    

    

Tommy

    

Lilly

    

Southern

    

Corporate

    

Bahama

Pulitzer

Tide

and Other

Total

Bahama

Pulitzer

Tide

and Other

Total

Balance, January 28, 2017

$

775

$

16,495

$

42,745

$

$

60,015

Acquisition

 

 

3,027

 

 

3,615

 

6,642

Balance, February 3, 2018

$

821

 

19,522

 

42,745

 

3,615

$

66,703

Impairment

 

 

 

 

 

Other, including foreign currency

 

46

 

 

 

 

46

 

(67)

 

 

 

(15)

 

(82)

Balance February 3, 2018

 

821

 

19,522

 

42,745

 

3,615

 

66,703

Acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

Other, including foreign currency

 

(67)

 

 

 

(15)

 

(82)

Balance, February 2, 2019

 

754

 

19,522

 

42,745

 

3,600

 

66,621

Acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

Balance February 2, 2019

$

754

$

19,522

$

42,745

$

3,600

$

66,621

Impairment

 

 

 

 

 

Other, including foreign currency

 

(43)

 

 

 

 

(43)

 

(43)

 

 

 

 

(43)

Balance, February 1, 2020

$

711

$

19,522

$

42,745

$

3,600

$

66,578

 

711

 

19,522

 

42,745

 

3,600

 

66,578

Impairment

 

 

 

(42,745)

 

 

(42,745)

Other, including foreign currency

 

77

 

 

 

 

77

Balance, January 30, 2021

$

788

$

19,522

$

$

3,600

$

23,910

Note 5. Debt

In July 2019,As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, we amendedhad 0 amounts outstanding under our $325 million Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (as amended, the “U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement”). In July 2019, we amended the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement by entering into the First Amendment to the Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to (1) extend the maturity of the facility to July 2024 and (2) modify certain provisions including a reduction of interest rates on certain borrowings and a reduction in unused line fees. We had 0 amounts outstanding as of February 1, 2020 under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, compared to borrowings of $13 million as of February 2, 2019. The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (1) is limited to a borrowing base consisting of specified percentages of eligible categories of assets, (2) accrues variable-rate interest, unused line fees and letter of credit fees based upon average unused availability or utilization, (3) requires periodic interest payments with principal due at maturity (July 2024) and (4) is secured by a first priority security interest in substantially all of the assets of Oxford Industries, Inc. and its domestic subsidiaries, including accounts receivable, books and records, chattel paper, deposit accounts, equipment, certain general intangibles, inventory, investment property (including the equity interests of certain subsidiaries), negotiable collateral, life insurance policies, supporting obligations, commercial tort claims, cash and cash equivalents, eligible trademarks, proceeds and other personal property.

To the extent cash flow needs exceed cash flow provided by our operations we will have access, subject to its terms, to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to provide funding for operating activities, capital expenditures and acquisitions, if any. Our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement is also used to establish collateral for certain insurance programs and leases and to finance trade letters of credit for product purchases, which reduce the amounts available under our line of credit when issued. As of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, $3 million of letters of credit were outstanding against our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. After considering these limitations and the amount of eligible assets in our borrowing base, as applicable, as of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, we had $322$301 million in unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, subject to certain limitations on borrowings. See Note 14 for additional information relating to borrowings under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement made after February 1, 2020.

Covenants, Other Restrictions and Prepayment Penalties

The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement is subject to a number of affirmative covenants regarding the delivery of financial information, compliance with law, maintenance of property, insurance requirements and conduct of business. Also, the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement is subject to certain negative covenants or other restrictions including, among other things, limitations on our ability to (1) incur debt, (2) guaranty certain obligations, (3) incur liens, (4) pay dividends to shareholders, (5) repurchase shares of our common stock, (6) make investments, (7) sell assets or stock of subsidiaries, (8) acquire assets or businesses, (9) merge or consolidate with other companies or (10) prepay, retire, repurchase or redeem debt.

9897

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Additionally, the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that applies only if excess availability under the agreement for three consecutive business days is less than the greater of (1) $23.5 million or (2) 10% of availability. In such case, our fixed charge coverage ratio as defined in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement must not be less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the immediately preceding 12 fiscal months for which financial statements have been delivered. This financial covenant continues to apply until we have maintained excess availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement of more than the greater of (1) $23.5 million or (2) 10% of availability for 30 consecutive days.

We believe that the affirmative covenants, negative covenants, financial covenants and other restrictions under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement are customary for those included in similar facilities entered into at the time we amended the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. During Fiscal 20192020 and as of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, no financial covenant testing was required pursuant to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement as the minimum availability threshold was met at all times. As of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, we were compliant with all covenants related to the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

Note 6. Leases

Substantially allFor Fiscal 2020, operating lease expense, which consists ofincludes amounts used in determining the operating lease amounts, is includedliability and operating lease asset, was $64 million and variable lease expense was $30 million, resulting in SG&A in our consolidated statementstotal lease expense of operations.$93 million. For Fiscal 2019, operating lease expense, which includes amounts used in determining the operating lease liability and operating lease asset, was $66 million and variable lease expense was $34 million, resulting in total lease expense of $99 million. As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, the weighted-average remaining operating lease term was six years and seven years, respectively, and the weighted-average discount rate for operating leases was 4%.4.1% and 4.0%, respectively. Cash paid for lease amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities in Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019 was $63 million and $70 million.million, respectively.

As of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, the required lease liability payments, which includesinclude base rent amounts but excludes payments for real estate taxes, sales taxes, insurance, other operating expenses and contingent rents incurred under operating lease agreements, for the fiscal years specified below were as follows (in thousands):

    

Operating lease

    

Operating lease

2020

$

64,141

2021

67,213

70,338

2022

 

63,248

64,553

2023

 

59,444

 

57,655

2024

45,972

 

45,826

After 2024

 

96,914

2025

32,719

After 2025

 

68,247

Total lease payments

$

396,932

$

339,338

Less: Difference between discounted and undiscounted lease payments

 

54,848

 

38,489

Present value of lease liabilities

$

342,084

$

300,849

In addition to the lease amounts included above, as of February 1, 2020, we had additional direct to consumer operating lease commitments, excluding variable lease payments, that have not yet commenced of $4 million. These leases are expected commence in Fiscal 2020 with lease terms generally of up to 10 years.

Disclosures related to periods prior to adoption of revised accounting guidance

Total rent expense in Fiscal 2018 was $96 million, which includes base rent amounts, real estate taxes, sales taxes, insurance, and other operating expenses and contingent rents incurred under all leases. Payments for real estate taxes, sales taxes, insurance, other operating expenses and contingent percentage rent are included in rent expense, but are generally not included in the aggregate minimum rental commitments, as, in most cases, the amounts payable in future periods are not quantified in the lease agreement or may be dependent on future events. The total amount of such charges included in total rent expense above were $28 million in Fiscal 2018. As of February 2, 2019, the aggregate

9998

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

minimum base rental commitments for all non-cancelable operating leases with original terms in excess of one year were $68 million, $66 million, $62 million, $59 million, and $51 million for each of the next five years and $124 million thereafter.

Note 7. Commitments and Contingencies

As of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, we are also obligated undera party to certain apparel license and design agreements, to make futureprimarily within our Lanier Apparel operating group, which contemplate minimum royalty and advertising payments of $6 million, $4 million $0in respect of Fiscal 2021.

In connection with our Fiscal 2017 acquisition of TBBC, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement which requires us to make cash payments to the sellers of up to $4 million $0in the aggregate subject to TBBC’s achievement of certain earnings targets over a four year period subsequent to the acquisition. Pursuant to this contingent consideration agreement, as of January 30, 2021, $1 million, in the aggregate, was earned related to Fiscal 2018 and $0Fiscal 2019 and has been paid to the sellers, and $1 million for eachwas earned related to Fiscal 2020 and is payable in Fiscal 2021. NaN of the next five yearssellers of TBBC is an employee and $0 thereafter. These amounts do not include amounts, if any, that exceedcontinues to manage the minimums required pursuant to the agreements.operations of TBBC.

During the 1990s, we discovered the presence of hazardous waste on 1 of our properties. We believe that remedial or other activities may be required, including continued investigation and monitoring of groundwater and soil, although the timing and extent of such activities is uncertain. As of both January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019, the reserve for the remediation of this site was less than $1 million, which is included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. The amount recorded represents our estimate of the costs, on an undiscounted basis, to clean up and monitor the site as well as any associated legal and consulting fees, based on currently available information. This estimate may change in future periods as more information on the activities required and timing of those activities become known.

In Fiscal 2016, we recognized a charge of $1 million related to an assertion of underpaid customs duties concerning the method used to determine the dutiable value of certain inventory. We appealed this assessment in accordance with the standard procedures of the relevant customs authorities. We obtained a favorable ruling on appeal resulting in the Fiscal 2018 reversal for all amounts previously accrued related to the assertion.

In connection with our Fiscal 2017 acquisition of TBBC, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement which requires us to make cash payments to the sellers of up to $4 million in the aggregate subject to TBBC’s achievement of certain earnings targets over a four year period subsequent to the acquisition. Pursuant to this contingent consideration agreement, as of February 1, 2020, less than $1 million was earned related to Fiscal 2018 and paid in Fiscal 2019, less than $1 million was earned related to Fiscal 2019 and is payable in Fiscal 2020. NaN of the sellers of TBBC is an employee and continues to manage the operations of TBBC.

Note 8. Shareholders’ Equity and Equity Compensation

Common Stock

We had 60 million shares of $1.00 par value per share common stock authorized for issuance as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019.2020. We had 17 million shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020. During the First Quarter of Fiscal 2020, and February 2, 2019.we repurchased 0.3 million shares of our common stock under an open market stock repurchase program (Rule 10b5-1 plan).

Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan and Equity Compensation Expense

As of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, less than 1 million shares were available for issuance under our Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the "Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan"). The Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan allows us to grant equity-based awards to employees and non-employee directors in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares and/or restricted share units. NaN additional shares are available under any predecessor plans.

Restricted share awards granted to officers and other key employees generally vest three or four years from the date of grant if (1) the performance or market threshold, if any, was met and (2) the employee is still employed by us on the vesting date. At the time that restricted shares are issued, the shareholder is generally, subject to the terms of the respective agreement, entitled to the same dividend and voting rights as other holders of our common stock as long as the restricted shares are outstanding. The employee generally is restricted from transferring or selling any restricted shares or restricted share units and generally forfeits the awards upon the termination of employment prior to the end of the vesting period. The specific provisions of the awards, including exercisability and term of the award, are evidenced by agreements with the employee as determined by the compensation committee of our Board of Directors. Restricted share units pursuant to performance-based awards and market-based awards are not issued until approved by our compensation committee following completion of the specified performance period.

10099

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

shares are outstanding. The employee generally is restricted from transferring or selling any restricted shares and generally forfeits the awards upon the termination of employment prior to the end of the vesting period. The specific provisions of the awards, including exercisability and term of the award, are evidenced by agreements with the employee as determined by the compensation committee of our Board of Directors.

The table below summarizes the restricted share award activity for officers and other key employees (in shares) during Fiscal 2019,2020, Fiscal 2018,2019, and Fiscal 2017:2018:

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

Fiscal 2017

    

Fiscal 2020

    

Fiscal 2019

    

Fiscal 2018

    

    

Weighted- 

    

    

Weighted-

    

    

Weighted-

    

    

Weighted- 

    

    

Weighted-

    

    

Weighted-

average

average

average

average

average

average

Number of

grant date

Number of

grant date

Number of

grant date

Number of

grant date

Number of

grant date

Number of

grant date

Shares

fair value

Shares

fair value

Shares

fair value

Shares

fair value

Shares

fair value

Shares

fair value

Restricted share awards outstanding at beginning of fiscal year

257,890

$

66

211,045

$

63

228,682

$

69

Service-based restricted share awards granted/issued

42,573

$

76

49,726

$

79

58,753

$

56

Performance-based restricted share awards issued related to prior year performance awards

43,152

$

79

72,427

$

57

30,443

$

76

Restricted share awards vested, including restricted shares repurchased from employees for employees’ tax liability

(87,252)

$

71

(73,408)

$

58

(92,239)

$

78

Restricted share awards forfeited

(4,439)

 

69

(1,900)

 

62

(14,594)

 

58

Restricted share awards outstanding at end of fiscal year

251,924

$

68

257,890

$

66

211,045

$

63

Restricted shares outstanding at beginning of fiscal year

251,924

$

68

257,890

$

66

211,045

$

63

Service-based restricted shares granted/issued

131,425

$

40

42,573

$

76

49,726

$

79

Performance-based restricted shares issued related to prior year performance awards

42,438

$

76

43,152

$

79

72,427

$

57

Restricted shares vested, including restricted shares repurchased from employees for employees’ tax liability

(114,003)

$

56

(87,252)

$

71

(73,408)

$

58

Restricted shares forfeited

(3,415)

 

62

(4,439)

 

69

(1,900)

 

62

Restricted shares outstanding at end of fiscal year

308,369

$

61

251,924

$

68

257,890

$

66

Additionally, during the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2020, we granted 0.1 million restricted share units at target subject to (1) our achievement of specified total shareholder return (“TSR”) ranking by Oxford relative to a comparator group for the three year period ending in July 2023 and (2) the recipient remaining an employee through July 2023. The ultimate number of shares earned will be between 0% and 200% of the restricted share units at target. These TSR-based restricted share units are entitled to dividend equivalents for dividends declared on our common stock during the performance period, which are payable after vesting of the restricted shares, for the number of shares ultimately earned. These TSR-based restricted share units do not have any voting rights during the performance period. These TSR-based restricted performance units are not included in the table above.

The following table summarizes information about unvested restricted share awards as of February 1, 2020.January 30, 2021. The unvested restricted share awards will be settled in shares of our common stock on the vesting date, subject to the employee still being an employee at that time. All awards are subject to the employee remaining employed with us through the vesting date, and the TSR-based restricted share units are subject to us meeting the specified TSR relative to the comparator group

    

Number of

    

Average

    

Number of

    

Average

Unvested

Market

Unvested

Fair Value

Share

Price on

Share/Unit

on

Description

Awards

Date of Grant

Awards

Date of Grant

Service-based & Performance-based Restricted Share Awards Vesting in April 2020

 

114,003

$

58

Service-based & Performance-based Restricted Share Awards Vesting in April 2021

 

83,248

$

76

Service-based Restricted Share Awards Vesting in April 2022

 

54,673

$

75

Service-based & Performance-based Restricted Shares Vesting in April 2021

 

82,513

$

77

Service-based & Performance-based Restricted Shares Vesting in April 2022

 

95,861

$

77

Service-based Restricted Shares Vesting in July 2023

 

129,995

$

40

Total Restricted Shares Outstanding

308,369

61

TSR-based Restricted Share Units (at target), with a July 2023 vesting date

83,345

50

Total

 

251,924

 

  

 

391,714

$

59

Restricted shares pursuant to performance-based awards are not issued until approved by our compensation committee following completion of the performance period. During Fiscal 2019, approximately 40,000 restricted shares were earned by recipients related to the Fiscal 2019 performance period; however, these share awards were not included in the tables above as the awards had not been issued as of February 1, 2020. The grant date fair value of these 40,000 awards was $76 per share, and the awards vest in April 2022.

As of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, there was $8$11 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to the unvested restricted shares and restricted share awards,units included in the table above, which have been granted to employees but have not yet vested, including the Fiscal 2019 performance-based awards issued in the first quarter of Fiscal 2020.vested. As of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, the weighted average remaining life of the outstanding awards was one year.two years.

101100

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

In addition, we grant restricted shares to our non-employee directors for a portion of each non-employee director’s annual compensation. The non-employee directors must complete certain service requirements; otherwise, the restricted shares are subject to forfeiture. On the date of issuance, the non-employee directors are entitled to the same dividend and voting rights as other holders of our common stock. The non-employee directors are restricted from transferring or selling the restricted shares prior to the end of the vesting period.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

There were less than 1 million shares of our common stock authorized for issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP") as of February 1, 2020.January 30, 2021. The ESPP allows qualified employees to purchase shares of our common stock on a quarterly basis, based on certain limitations, through payroll deductions. The shares purchased pursuant to the ESPP are not subject to any vesting or other restrictions. On the last day of each calendar quarter, the accumulated payroll deductions are applied toward the purchase of our common stock at a price equal to 85% of the closing market price on that date. Equity compensation expense related to the employee stock purchase plan recognized was less than $1 million in each of Fiscal 2019,2020, Fiscal 20182019 and Fiscal 2017.2018.

Preferred Stock

We had 30 million shares of $1.00 par value preferred stock authorized for issuance as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019.2020. NaN preferred shares were issued or outstanding as of January 30, 2021 or February 1, 2020 or February 2, 2019.2020.

Note 9. Income Taxes

The following table summarizes our distribution between domestic and foreign earnings (loss) before income taxes and the provision (benefit) for income taxes (in thousands):

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

2019

2018

2017

2020

2019

2018

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Domestic

$

86,528

$

85,050

$

78,707

$

(129,129)

$

86,528

$

85,050

Foreign

 

5,902

 

3,259

 

4,184

 

3,252

 

5,902

 

3,259

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes

$

92,430

$

88,309

$

82,891

$

(125,877)

$

92,430

$

88,309

Income taxes:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Current:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Federal

$

18,565

$

12,543

$

11,710

$

(11,498)

$

18,565

$

12,543

State

 

5,459

 

4,474

 

3,775

 

(1,060)

 

5,459

 

4,474

Foreign

 

1,650

 

1,979

 

707

 

735

 

1,650

 

1,979

 

25,674

 

18,996

 

16,192

 

(11,823)

 

25,674

 

18,996

Deferred—Domestic

 

(1,870)

 

3,141

 

1,690

 

(17,780)

 

(1,870)

 

3,141

Deferred—Foreign

 

133

 

(119)

 

308

 

(582)

 

133

 

(119)

Income taxes

$

23,937

$

22,018

$

18,190

$

(30,185)

$

23,937

$

22,018

102101

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Reconciliations of the United States federal statutory income tax rates and our effective tax rates are summarized as follows:

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

 

2019

2018

2017

 

Statutory tax rate (1)

 

21.0

%  

21.0

%  

33.7

%

State income taxes—net of federal income tax benefit

 

4.4

%  

4.6

%  

3.6

%

Impact of foreign operations rate differential (2)

 

0.2

%  

0.7

%  

(0.6)

%

Valuation allowance for foreign losses and other carry-forwards (3)

 

0.1

%  

(0.1)

%  

1.1

%

Impact of U.S. Tax Reform on deferred tax amounts (4)

 

%  

%  

(14.4)

%

Other, net

 

0.2

%  

(1.3)

%  

(1.5)

%

Effective tax rate for continuing operations

 

25.9

%  

24.9

%  

21.9

%

(1)The statutory tax rate for Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 reflects the federal corporate tax rate of 21%. Fiscal 2017 is a blended rate that reflects the reduction of the federal corporate marginal tax rate effective January 1, 2018 as a result of U.S. Tax Reform.
(2)Impact of foreign operations rate differential primarily reflects the rate differential between the United States and the respective foreign jurisdictions for any foreign income or losses, and the impact of any permanent differences.
(3)Valuation allowance for foreign losses and other carry-forwards primarily reflects the valuation allowance recorded due to our inability to recognize an income tax benefit related to certain operating loss carry-forwards and deferred tax assets during the period. The benefit in Fiscal 2018 was primarily due to the utilization of certain operating loss carryforward benefits against current year earnings and changes in our assessment of the likelihood of recognition of certain foreign operating loss carryforwards.
(4)Impact of U.S. Tax Reform on deferred tax amounts of $12 million consists of our provisional income tax benefit amount related to the revaluation of deferred tax assets and liabilities to reflect the change in the enacted tax rate due to U.S. Tax Reform. During Fiscal 2018 as we completed our calculation of the impact of U.S. Tax Reform in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, which provided us with up to one year to complete accounting for the impacts of U.S. Tax Reform, we did not recognize any material measurement period adjustments to the provisional amounts recorded in Fiscal 2017.

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

    

Fiscal

 

2020

2019

2018

 

Statutory federal income tax rate

 

21.0

%  

21.0

%  

21.0

%

State income taxes—net of federal income tax benefit

 

3.6

%  

4.4

%  

4.6

%

Impact of foreign operations rate differential

 

(0.2)

%  

0.2

%  

0.7

%

Impairment of non-deductible Southern Tide goodwill

(3.7)

%

%

%

Change in reserve for uncertain tax positions

(2.5)

%

%

%

Rate benefit from NOL carryback to pre-U.S. Tax Reform periods due to the CARES Act

 

5.5

%  

%  

%

Other, net

 

0.3

%  

0.3

%  

(1.4)

%

Effective tax rate for continuing operations

 

24.0

%  

25.9

%  

24.9

%

103

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities included in our consolidated balance sheets are comprised of the following (in thousands):

    

February 1,

    

February 2,

    

January 30,

    

February 1,

2020

2019

2021

2020

Deferred Tax Assets:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Inventories

$

13,067

$

13,210

$

16,338

$

13,067

Accrued compensation and benefits

 

8,977

 

8,096

 

8,759

 

8,977

Receivable allowances and reserves

 

993

 

890

 

2,109

 

993

Operating lease liabilities

 

85,969

 

3,371

 

73,917

 

85,969

Operating loss and other carry-forwards

 

3,171

 

2,785

 

4,617

 

3,171

Other, net

 

1,546

 

4,122

 

3,686

 

1,546

Deferred tax assets

 

113,723

 

32,474

 

109,426

 

113,723

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Operating lease assets

(82,186)

(66,341)

(82,186)

Depreciation and amortization

 

(8,076)

 

(11,917)

 

(9,682)

 

(8,076)

Acquired intangible assets

 

(34,019)

 

(32,913)

 

(25,047)

 

(34,019)

Deferred tax liabilities

 

(124,281)

 

(44,830)

 

(101,070)

 

(124,281)

Valuation allowance

 

(5,213)

 

(5,103)

 

(5,668)

 

(5,213)

Net deferred tax liability

$

(15,771)

$

(17,459)

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

$

2,688

$

(15,771)

As of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019 our operating loss and other carry-forwards primarily relate to our operations in Canada and Hong Kong, as well as certain states. The majority of these operating loss carry-forwards allow for carry-forward of at least 20 years and in some cases, indefinitely. The substantial majority of our valuation allowance of $5$6 million and $5 million as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019, respectively, relates to these foreign and state operating loss carry-forwards and the deferred tax assets in those jurisdictions. The recent history of operating losses in certain jurisdictions is considered significant negative evidence against the future realizability of these tax benefits. The amount of the valuation allowance could change in the future if our operating results or estimates of future taxable operating results changes.

U.S. Tax Reform made significant changes to how foreign earnings are taxed. Certain amounts of foreign earnings are subject to U.S. federal tax currently pursuant to the GILTI rules regardless of whether those earnings are distributed, and actual distributions of foreign earnings are generally no longer subject to U.S. federal tax. We continue to assert that our investments in foreign subsidiaries and substantially all of the related earnings are permanently reinvested outside the United States. We believe that any other taxes such as foreign withholding or U.S. state tax payable would be immaterial if we were to repatriate the foreign earnings. Therefore, we have not recorded any deferred

102

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

tax liabilities related to investments and earnings in our consolidated balance sheets as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019.2020.

Accounting for income taxes requires that we offset deferred tax liabilities and assets within each tax jurisdiction and present the net deferred tax amount for each jurisdiction as a net deferred tax amount in our consolidated balance sheets. The amounts of deferred income taxes included in our consolidated balance sheets are as follows (in thousands):

    

February 1,

    

February 2,

    

January 30,

    

February 1,

2020

2019

2021

2020

Assets:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Deferred tax assets

$

769

$

952

$

2,688

$

769

Liabilities:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Deferred tax liabilities

 

(16,540)

 

(18,411)

 

 

(16,540)

Net deferred tax liability

$

(15,771)

$

(17,459)

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

$

2,688

$

(15,771)

104

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

A reconciliation of the changes in the gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits, which are included in other non-current liabilities, is as follows (in thousands):

    

Fiscal 2020

Fiscal 2019

Fiscal 2018

Balance of unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year

 

$

1,212

$

975

$

335

Increase related to prior period tax positions

 

303

 

 

206

Decrease related to prior period tax positions

(1)

(27)

Increase related to current period tax positions

3,960

287

440

Decrease related to settlements with taxing authorities

Decrease related to lapse of statute of limitations

 

(213)

 

(23)

 

(6)

Balance of unrecognized tax benefits at end of year

$

5,261

$

1,212

$

975

Substantially all of our uncertain tax positions as of January 30, 2021, if recognized, would reduce the future effective tax rate in the period settled. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits relating to our tax positions is subject to change based on future events including, but not limited to, settlements of ongoing audits and assessments and the expiration of applicable statutes of limitation. We expect that the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits will decrease by approximately $3 million during Fiscal 2021. However, changes in the expected occurrence, outcomes, and timing of such events could cause our current estimate to change materially in the future. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions are recorded within income tax expense in our consolidated statements of operations. During each of Fiscal 2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, we recognized less than $1 million of interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions in our consolidated statements of operations.

Note 10. Defined Contribution Plans

We have a tax-qualified voluntary retirement savings plan covering substantially all United States employees and other similar plans covering certain foreign employees. If a participant elects to contribute, a portion of the contribution may be matched by us. Additionally, we incur certain charges related to our non-qualified deferred compensation plan as discussed in Note 1. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on the deferred compensation plan investments are recorded in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations and substantially offset the changes in deferred compensation liabilities to participants resulting from changes in market values. Our aggregate expense under these defined contribution and non-qualified deferred compensation plans in Fiscal 2019, Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017 was $5 million, $5 million and $4 million, respectively.

Note 11. Summarized Quarterly Data (unaudited)

Each of our fiscal quarters consists of thirteen week periods, beginning on the first day after the end of the prior fiscal quarter, except that the fourth quarter in a year with 53 weeks (such as Fiscal 2017) includes 14 weeks. Following is a summary of our2020, Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 quarterly results (in thousands, except per share amounts):

    

First

    

Second

    

Third

    

Fourth

    

Quarter

Quarter

Quarter

Quarter

Total(1)

Fiscal 2019

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Net sales

$

281,973

$

302,000

$

241,221

$

297,596

$

1,122,790

Gross profit

$

165,769

$

179,825

$

132,980

$

166,393

$

644,967

Operating income

$

29,742

$

40,259

$

2,594

$

21,080

$

93,675

Net earnings

$

21,657

$

29,836

$

1,668

$

15,332

$

68,493

Net earnings per share:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Basic

$

1.30

$

1.78

$

0.10

$

0.91

$

4.09

Diluted

$

1.29

$

1.76

$

0.10

$

0.90

$

4.05

Weighted average shares outstanding:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Basic

 

16,713

 

16,760

 

16,773

 

16,779

 

16,756

Diluted

 

16,848

 

16,907

 

16,934

 

16,965

 

16,914

Fiscal 2018

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Net sales

$

272,628

$

302,641

$

233,662

$

298,535

$

1,107,466

Gross profit

$

164,146

$

179,297

$

129,279

$

164,402

$

637,124

Operating income

$

28,373

$

36,513

$

3,705

$

22,001

$

90,592

Net earnings

$

20,567

$

27,184

$

1,861

$

16,679

$

66,291

Net earnings per share:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Basic

$

1.24

$

1.63

$

0.11

$

1.00

$

3.97

Diluted

$

1.23

$

1.61

$

0.11

$

0.99

$

3.94

Weighted average shares outstanding:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Basic

 

16,639

 

16,683

 

16,694

 

16,698

 

16,678

Diluted

 

16,769

 

16,840

 

16,870

 

16,890

 

16,842

(1)The sum of the quarterly net earnings per share amounts may not equal the amount for the year due to rounding.

The Fourth Quarters of Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018 included a LIFO accounting charge ofwas $1 million, $5 million and $1$5 million, respectively. The full yearsdecrease in Fiscal 2020 was primarily due to the suspension of the company match for our defined contribution plan during Fiscal 2019 and2020 to reduce our expenses during the COVID-19 pandemic. A company match has been reinstated for Fiscal 2018 included a LIFO accounting charge of $1 million and $1 million, respectively.2021.

105103

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 12. Business Combinations11. Lanier Apparel Exit

In Fiscal 2017 Business Combinations

During2020, we made the decision to exit our Lanier Apparel business, which is expected to be completed during the second half of Fiscal 2017 we completed certain acquisitions which resulted2021. This decision is in line with our acquisitionstated business strategy of TBBCdeveloping and 12 Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores. TBBC, which we acquired in December 2017, designs, sources, markets and distributes premium childrenswear including bonnets, hats, apparel, swimwear and accessories through the TBBC e-commerce website as well as wholesale specialty retailers. The Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores that were acquired are located in Massachusetts, Virginia and Maryland. We believe the TBBC acquisition further advances our strategic goal of owning a diversified portfolio ofmarketing compelling lifestyle brands whileand takes into consideration the acquisitionincreased challenges faced by the Lanier Apparel business, many of which were magnified by COVID-19 pandemic. The Lanier Apparel business was primarily focused on moderately priced tailored clothes and related products.

In connection with the planned exit of the Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores allowsLanier Apparel business, we recorded pre-tax charges of $13 million in the Lanier Apparel operating group during Fiscal 2020. These charges consist of (1) $6 million of inventory markdowns, the substantial majority of which were reversed in Corporate and Other as part of LIFO accounting as the inventory has not been sold as of January 30, 2021, (2) $3 million of employee charges, including severance and employee retention costs, (3) $3 million of operating lease asset impairment charges for growthleased office space, (4) $1 million of Lilly Pulitzer’s directnon-cash fixed asset impairment charges, primarily related to consumer business, particularlyleasehold improvements, and (5) $1 million of charges related to our Merida manufacturing facility, which ceased operations in some key markets. Subsequent to their respective acquisitions,Fiscal 2020. The inventory markdowns and manufacturing facility charges, which total $7 million in the acquired Lilly Pulitzer Signature Storesaggregate, are included in our Lilly Pulitzer operating group,cost of goods sold in Lanier Apparel, while the TBBC operations are included in Corporatecharges for operating lease asset impairments, employee charges, and Other.

The purchase price,fixed asset impairments, which total $6 million in the aggregate, of our Fiscal 2017 acquisitions was $18 million primarily consisting of cash, subject to adjustment based on net working capital or inventory amounts as of the closing dates of the respective acquisitions. We used borrowings under our revolving credit facility to finance the transactions. Transaction and integration costs related to the acquisitions totaled $1 million and are included in SG&A in Fiscal 2017. The following table summarizes our allocationLanier Apparel. As of January 30, 2021, $1 million of the purchase priceaccrued charges have been paid for the employee charges and the charges related to the Merida manufacturing facility. As of January 30, 2021, the remaining $2 million of accrued employee charges are recorded in accrued compensation in our consolidated balance sheet and are expected to be paid during Fiscal 2017 acquisitions, in2021, and there are no significant remaining liabilities related to the aggregate (in thousands):Merida manufacturing facility.

    

Fiscal 2017 acquisitions

Cash and cash equivalents

$

406

Inventories (1)

 

3,910

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

595

Property and equipment

 

682

Intangible assets

 

5,940

Goodwill

 

6,642

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

(640)

Purchase price (2)

$

17,535

(1)Includes a step-up of acquired inventory from cost to fair value of $1 million with substantially all of this step-up amount recognized in Fiscal 2017 in cost of goods sold in our consolidated statement of operations with the remaining amount recognized in Fiscal 2018 in cost of goods sold in our consolidated statement of operations.
(2)In connection with the TBBC acquisition, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement pursuant to which we will be obligated to make cash payments to the sellers of up to $4 million in the aggregate subject to TBBC’s achievement of certain earnings targets over a four year period subsequent to the acquisition. Estimated fair value of the contingent consideration amount as of the acquisition date was less than $1 million.

Intangible assets allocatedIn addition to these charges incurred in connection with our purchase price allocation consistedFiscal 2020, we currently expect to incur incremental Lanier Apparel exit charges totaling approximately $3 million in Fiscal 2021, which are expected to consist of additional employee charges for employees retained during the following (in thousands):exit and the acceleration of certain post-exit contractual commitments.

    

    

Fiscal 2017

Useful life

acquisitions

Finite lived intangible assets acquired:

 

  

 

  

Trade names and trademarks

 

20 years

$

4,220

Other intangible assets including reacquired rights, customer relationships and non-compete agreements

 

3 - 10 years

$

1,720

$

5,940

106

Table of Contents

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 13.12. Tommy Bahama Japan Charges

During Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, we incurred certain charges related to the restructure of our Tommy Bahama Japan operations, which we plan to exitexited entirely duringin the first half of Fiscal 2020. In Fiscal 2018, we incurred charges related to the lease termination and closure of the Tommy Bahama Ginza flagship retail-restaurant location, for which the lease was previously scheduled to expire in 2022, as well as other charges associated with downsizing the business. In Fiscal 2019, we incurred charges associated with the shutdown of our remaining retail and concession operations in Japan which is scheduled to bewas completed in the first half of Fiscal 2020. The substantial majority of the charges in Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018, which are included in Tommy Bahama, were recognized in SG&A.

The charges in Fiscal 2018 totaled $4 million, including $2 million of lease termination and premises reinstatement charges, $1 million of non-cash asset impairment charges and $1 million of inventory markdown, severance and other charges related to the downsizing of the business. The charges in Fiscal 2019 totaled $3 million, including a $1 million non-cash foreign currency charge associated with our investment in Japan which was previously included in accumulated other comprehensive income in our consolidated balance sheet, $1 million of lease termination, premises reinstatement and operating lease asset impairment charges, and charges related to the revision to the estimated Ginza reinstatement charge recognized in the prior year, as well as other items including severance and inventory markdowns related to the pending shutdown of Tommy Bahama’s operations in Japan. No charges related to the exit of Tommy BahamaBahama’s operations in Japan operations.

were recognized in Fiscal 2020. As of both January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, obligationsthere were no significant liabilities related to these charges that are still outstanding total $1 million, which primarily consist of monthly retail store lease payments, lease termination payments and premises reinstatement charges requiring payment in the first half of Fiscal 2020 and other amounts related to the pending shutdown of the business. These amounts are included in current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as the amounts are expected to be paid in the first half of Fiscal 2020.

Note 14. Subsequent Events

Subsequent to the end of Fiscal 2019, in February and March 2020, we repurchased 332,000 shares of our common stock for $18 million under an open market stock repurchase program (Rule 10b5-1 plan).

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of a novel coronavirus (COVID-19) as a pandemic, which continues to spread throughout the United States. Due to the COVID-19 outbreak, we saw reduced consumer traffic starting in early March 2020 and temporarily closed all of our retail and restaurant locations in North America on March 17, 2020. Subsequent to those closures, we also temporarily closed all of our retail locations in Australia. These store and restaurant closures, as well as the disruptions in all of our channels of distribution resulting from the COVID-19 outbreak, has had, and will continue to have a negative impact on our net sales during Fiscal 2020. While the disruption is currently expected to be temporary, there is significant uncertainty around the duration of the disruption. Thus, while we expect this matter to negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial position, the related financial impact cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. As a result, we are leveraging our balance sheet and have drawn down $200 million from the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to increase our cash position and help preserve our financial flexibility.

outstanding.

107104

Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II

Oxford Industries, Inc.

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Column A

Column B

Column C

Column D

Column E

Column B

Column C

Column D

Column E

Additions

Charged

Additions

Charged

Balance at

Charged to

to Other

Deductions

Balance at

Balance at

Charged to

to Other

Deductions

Balance at

Beginning

Costs and

Accounts–

End of

Beginning

Costs and

Accounts–

End of

Description

    

of Period

    

Expenses

    

Describe

    

Describe

    

Period

    

of Period

    

Expenses

    

Describe

    

Describe

    

Period

(In thousands)

(In thousands)

Fiscal 2020

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Deducted from asset accounts:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Accounts receivable reserves (1)

$

8,766

$

5,629

 

$

(7,977)

(3)  

$

6,418

Provision for credit losses (2)

$

555

$

4,052

 

$

(2,027)

(4)  

$

2,580

Fiscal 2019

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

  

 

  

Deducted from asset accounts:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

  

 

  

Accounts receivable reserves (1)

$

6,646

$

15,802

 

$

(13,682)

(3)  

$

8,766

$

6,646

$

15,802

 

$

(13,682)

(3)  

$

8,766

Allowance for doubtful accounts (2)

$

661

$

88

 

$

(194)

(4)  

$

555

Provision for credit losses (2)

$

661

$

88

 

$

(194)

(4)  

$

555

Fiscal 2018

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Deducted from asset accounts:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Accounts receivable reserves (1)

$

6,485

$

9,599

 

$

(9,438)

(3)  

$

6,646

$

6,485

$

9,599

 

$

(9,438)

(3)  

$

6,646

Allowance for doubtful accounts (2)

$

1,659

$

225

 

$

(1,223)

(4)  

$

661

Fiscal 2017

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Deducted from asset accounts:

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

Accounts receivable reserves (1)

$

9,301

$

9,059

 

$

(11,875)

(3)  

$

6,485

Allowance for doubtful accounts (2)

$

811

$

1,366

 

$

(518)

(4)  

$

1,659

Provision for credit losses (2)

$

1,659

$

225

 

$

(1,223)

(4)  

$

661

(1)Accounts receivable reserves includes estimated reserves for allowances, returns and discounts related to our wholesale operations as discussed in our significant accounting policy disclosure for "Revenue Recognition and Receivables" in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.
(2)AllowanceProvision for doubtful accountscredit losses consists of amounts reserved for our estimate of a wholesale customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations as discussed in our significant accounting policy disclosure for "Revenue Recognition and Receivables" in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.
(3)Principally consists of amounts written off related to customer allowances, returns and discounts.
(4)Principally consists of accounts written off as uncollectible.

108105

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Oxford Industries, Inc.

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the Company) as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated March 30, 202029, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Adoption of New Accounting Standards

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases in fiscal year 2019 due to the adoption of the new leasing standard. The Company adopted the new leasing standard using the modified retrospective approach.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

109106

Table of Contents

AnnualInterim Impairment Analysis of Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Asset of the Southern Tide Reporting Unit

Description of the Matter

As disclosed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, at February 1, 2020, the Company’s goodwill and trademark indefinite-lived intangible asset balances for the Southern Tide reporting unit were approximately $43 million and $27 million, respectively. As disclosed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment at least annually on the first day of the fourth quarter or whenever changes in circumstances may indicate the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Additionally, as disclosed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, as a result of the significant negative impact from the COVID-19 pandemic, the Company performed an impairment test on Southern Tide goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets during the First Quarter of Fiscal 2020, which resulted in impairment charges recorded for goodwill in the amount of $43 million and the trademark indefinite-lived intangible asset in the amount of $18 million.  Subsequent to the impairment charges recorded, the Company’s goodwill and trademark indefinite-lived intangible asset balances for the Southern Tide reporting unit were approximately $0 and $9 million, respectively, at January 30, 2021.

Auditing management’s annualinterim goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment testscharge for the Southern Tide reporting unit was complex and highly judgmental due to the significant estimation required to determine the fair values of the Southern Tide reporting unit and indefinite-lived intangible asset. In particular, the fair value estimate of the Southern Tide reporting unit for purposes of assessing whether the related goodwill balance was impairedamount of impairment was sensitive to significant assumptions such as projected net sales, projected operating income, and the discount rate. In addition, the fair value estimate of the Southern Tide indefinite-lived intangible asset was sensitive to significant assumptions such as projected net sales, royalty rate for the trademark, and the discount rate. These significant assumptions are affected by expectations about future market and economic conditions.

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of the Company’s controls over the Southern Tide goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment process. For example, we tested controls over management’s review of the significant assumptions described above.

To test the estimated fair value of the Southern Tide reporting unit and indefinite-lived intangible asset, we performed audit procedures that included, among others, assessing methodologies used by the Company, testing the significant assumptions discussed above, and evaluating the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used by the Company in its analyses. For example, we compared the significant assumptions described above to current market and economic trends; the assumptions used to value similar assets in acquisitions; historical results of the business; and other guidelines used by companies in the same industry. We involved our valuation specialists to assist in our evaluation of the Company's valuation methodology and certain significant assumptions, including the discount rates and trademark royalty rate. In addition, we assessed the historical accuracy of management’s prospective financial information and performed sensitivity analyses on significant assumptions to evaluate the potential changes in the fair value of the Southern Tide reporting unit and indefinite-lived intangible asset that would result from changes in the assumptions.assumptions.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2002.

Atlanta, GA

March 30, 202029, 2021

110107

Table of Contents

Item 9.     Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.   Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our company, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

Changes in and Evaluation of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 20192020 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Our internal control over financial reporting is supported by a program of appropriate reviews by management, written policies and guidelines, careful selection and training of qualified personnel, and a written code of conduct.

We assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of February 1, 2020.January 30, 2021. In making this assessment, management used the updated framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO") in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this assessment, we believe that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of February 1, 2020.January 30, 2021.

Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our internal control over financial reporting as of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, and its report thereon is included herein.

and

/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III

    

/s/ K. SCOTT GRASSMYER

Thomas C. Chubb III

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

(Principal Executive Officer)

K. Scott Grassmyer

Executive Vice President — Finance,and Chief Financial Officer and Controller

(Principal Financial Officer)

March 30, 202029, 2021

March 30, 202029, 2021

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls

Because of their inherent limitations, our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness for future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that a control system’s objectives will be met.

111108

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Oxford Industries, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited Oxford Industries, Inc.’sinternal control over financial reporting as of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Oxford Industries, Inc. (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020, and February 2, 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 1, 2020,January 30, 2021, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”) and our report dated March 30, 202029, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

112109

Table of Contents

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Atlanta, Georgia

March 30, 202029, 2021

Item 9B.   Other Information

None.

PART III

Item 10.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the members of our Board of Directors:

Name

Principal Occupation

Helen Ballard

Ms. Ballard is the owner of Helen Ballard LLC, a home furnishing product design business.

Thomas C. Chubb III

Mr. Chubb is our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President.

Thomas C. Gallagher

Mr. Gallagher is the retired Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of Genuine Parts Company.

Virginia A. Hepner

Ms. Hepner is the retired President and Chief Executive Officer of the Woodruff Arts Center.

John R. Holder

Mr. Holder is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Holder Properties, a full-service commercial and residential real estate developer.

Stephen S. Lanier

Mr. Lanier is a Managing Partner of Fremantle, Capital LLC, a private investment firm that provides capital growth to mature, lower middle market companies primarily in the southeast and Texas.

Dennis M. Love

Mr. Love is the retired Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Printpack Inc.

Clarence H. Smith

Mr. Smith is Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Haverty Furniture Companies, Inc., a home furnishings retailer.

Clyde C. Tuggle

Mr. Tuggle is co-founder of Pine Island Capital Partners, a private investment firm.

E. Jenner Wood III

Mr. Wood is the retired Corporate Executive Vice President of SunTrust Banks, Inc.

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers:

Name

Position Held

Thomas C. Chubb III

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

Thomas E. Campbell

Executive Vice President - People & Technology

K. Scott Grassmyer

Executive Vice President - Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Controller

J. Wesley Howard, Jr.

President, Lanier Apparel

Michelle M. Kelly

Chief Executive Officer, Lilly Pulitzer

Suraj A. Palakshappa

Vice President - Law, General Counsel and Secretary

Douglas B. Wood

Chief Executive Officer, Tommy Bahama

Additional information required by this Item 10 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Directors," "Executive Officers," "Common Stock Ownership by Management and Certain Beneficial Owners—Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance," "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Website Information," "Additional Information—Submission of Director

113

Table of Contents

Candidates by Shareholders," and "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Board Meetings and Committees of our Board of Directors," and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.   Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item 11 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Director Compensation," "Executive Compensation," "Nominating, Compensation & Governance Committee Report" and "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item 12 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Equity Compensation Plan Information" and "Common Stock Ownership by Management and Certain Beneficial Owners" and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item 13 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" and "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Director Independence" and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.   Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information required by this Item 14 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the heading "Audit-Related Matters—Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" and "Audit-Related Matters—Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Auditors" and is incorporated herein by reference.

114110

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)1. Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements are included in Part II, Item 8 of this report:

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 30, 2021 and February 1, 2020 and February 2, 2019.2020.
Consolidated Statements of Operations for Fiscal 2019,2020, Fiscal 20182019 and Fiscal 2017.2018.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for Fiscal 2019,2020, Fiscal 20182019 and Fiscal 2017.2018.
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for Fiscal 2019,2020, Fiscal 20182019 and Fiscal 2017.2018.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for Fiscal 2019,2020, Fiscal 20182019 and Fiscal 2017.2018.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for Fiscal 2019,2020, Fiscal 20182019 and Fiscal 2017.2018.

2.    Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules for which provisions are made in the applicable accounting regulation of the SEC are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and, therefore, have been omitted.

(b)   Exhibits

3.1

Restated Articles of Incorporation of Oxford Industries, Inc. (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended July 29, 2017)

3.2

Bylaws of Oxford Industries, Inc., as amended.(filedamended (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K for Fiscal 2017)8-K filed on August 18, 2020)

4.1

Description of Securities Registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934*

10.1

Amended and Restated Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of March 24, 2015 (filed as Exhibit 10.24.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015)†February 1, 2020)

10.210.1

Oxford Industries, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (as amended and rested effective June 13, 2012) (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 27, 2012)†

10.310.2

First Amendment to Oxford Industries, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan dated July 1, 2016 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q/A for the fiscal quarter ended on July 30, 2016)†

10.410.3

Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2016, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc.; Tommy Bahama Group, Inc.; the Persons party thereto from time to time as Guarantors, the financial institutions party thereto as lenders, the financial institutions party thereto as Exhibit 2.1: Issuing Banks; and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. as a Joint Lead Arranger and a Joint Bookrunner; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as a Joint Lead Arranger, a Joint Bookrunner, and the Syndication Agent; and Bank of America, N.A. and KeyBank National Association, as the Co-Documentation Agents (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 24, 2016)

10.510.4

Fourth Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of May 24, 2016, among Oxford Industries, Inc.; Tommy Bahama Group, Inc.; the additional entities grantor thereto, as Grantors, and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on May 24, 2016)

115111

Table of Contents

10.610.5

First Amendment to Fourth Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, datesdated as of July 31, 2019, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Tommy Bahama Group, Inc., the Persons party thereto from time to time as guarantors, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders, and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on August 1, 2019)

10.6

Form of Oxford Industries, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 29, 2020)†

10.7

Form of Oxford Industries, Inc. Performance-Based Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 29, 2020)†

10.8

Oxford Industries, Inc. Amended and Restated Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on June 29, 2020)†

21

Subsidiaries of Oxford Industries, Inc.*

23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm*

24

Power of Attorney*

31.1

Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

31.2

Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

32

Certification by Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002*

101INS

XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL Document

101SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as– the cover page interactive data file does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)Document

*     Filed herewith

†     Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to Item 15(b) of this report.

We agree to file upon request of the SEC a copy of all agreements evidencing long-term debt omitted from this report pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K.

Item 16.   Form 10-K Summary

None.

116112

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, hereunto duly authorized.

Oxford Industries, Inc.

By:

/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III

Thomas C. Chubb III
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President

Date: March 30, 202029, 2021

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

    

Capacity

    

Date

/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III

Thomas C. Chubb III

Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and President (Principal Executive Officer)

March 30, 202029, 2021

/s/ K. SCOTT GRASSMYER

K. Scott Grassmyer

Executive Vice President — Finance,and Chief Financial Officer and Controller (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

March 30, 202029, 2021

*

Helen Ballard

Director

March 30, 202029, 2021

*

Thomas C. Gallagher

Director

March 30, 202029, 2021

*

Virginia A. Hepner

Director

March 30, 202029, 2021

*

John R. Holder

Director

March 30, 202029, 2021

*

Stephen S. Lanier

Director

March 30, 202029, 2021

*

Dennis M. Love

Director

March 30, 202029, 2021

*

Milford W. McGuirt

Director

March 29, 2021

*

Clarence H. Smith

Director

March 30, 202029, 2021

*

Clyde C. Tuggle

Director

March 30, 2020

/s/ E. Jenner Wood III*

E. Jenner Wood III

Director

March 27, 202029, 2021

*By

/s/ SURAJ A. PALAKSHAPPA

Suraj A. Palakshappa

as Attorney-in-Fact

117113